Laserjet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer

LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer
Service Manual
support.hp.com
HP LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630
Service Manual
Copyright and License Trademark Credits
© Copyright 2018 HP Development Company, Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are

L.P. trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP, and

prior written permission is prohibited, except as Windows Vista® are U.S. registered trademarks
allowed under the copyright laws. of Microsoft Corporation.
The information contained herein is subject to

change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not
be liable for technical or editorial errors or
omissions contained herein.
Edition 4, 6/2019
Revision history
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing
herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial
errors or omissions contained herein.
Table -1 Revision history
Revision number Revision date Revision notes
4.0 June/2019 Updated all inner finisher content. See Inner

finisher on page 457.
Updated developer unit remove and replace

procedure. See Developer unit on page 120.
Added right door dampener kit remove and

replace procedure. See Right door
dampener and lever kit on page 161.
1.0 April/2018 HP LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630
Service manual initial release
ENWW iii
iv Revision history ENWW
Conventions used in this guide
TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.
NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.
CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product.
WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.
ENWW v
vi Conventions used in this guide ENWW
Table of contents
1 Product specifications and features ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

Printer overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................................ 3
General Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 3
Print specifications ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Scan specifications .............................................................................................................................................. 7
Copy specifications .............................................................................................................................................. 9
Fax specifications .............................................................................................................................................. 11
Paper handling specifications .......................................................................................................................... 13
Supplies ............................................................................................................................................................... 16
Maintenance parts ............................................................................................................................................. 17
Optional accessories ......................................................................................................................................... 17
System configuration ............................................................................................................................................................ 23
Feeding system ...................................................................................................................................................................... 27
Feeding system overview ................................................................................................................................ 27
Main components and functions ..................................................................................................................... 28
Cassette (Trays 2–5) ......................................................................................................................................... 31
Pickup unit .......................................................................................................................................................... 32
Registration unit ................................................................................................................................................ 33
MPF (Multi-Purpose Feeder) unit .................................................................................................................... 33
Image Creation ....................................................................................................................................................................... 35
Printing process overview ................................................................................................................................ 35
Imaging unit ........................................................................................................................................................ 35
Fuser unit ................................................................................................................................................................................. 39
Fuser unit overview ........................................................................................................................................... 39
Fuser unit drive .................................................................................................................................................. 40
Fuser unit temperature control ....................................................................................................................... 40
Laser scanning unit (LSU) ..................................................................................................................................................... 42
Laser scanning unit overview .......................................................................................................................... 42
Laser scanning optical path ............................................................................................................................. 43
Laser synchronizing detectors ........................................................................................................................ 43
Drive system ........................................................................................................................................................................... 45
ENWW vii
Drive motors ....................................................................................................................................................... 45
Main drive unit (OPC_DEVE_Regi_MP_Feed) ................................................................................................. 46
Pickup drive ........................................................................................................................................................ 49
Duct drive ............................................................................................................................................................ 50
Fuser / exit drive ................................................................................................................................................ 51
Toner supply drive ............................................................................................................................................. 52
Scanner System ..................................................................................................................................................................... 53
Scanner system overview ................................................................................................................................ 53
Scanning system components ........................................................................................................................ 55
Precautions for unpacking and moving the scanner ................................................................................... 61
Document feeder ................................................................................................................................................................... 63
Document feeder overview ............................................................................................................................. 63
Electrical parts location .................................................................................................................................... 64
Document feeder drive system ....................................................................................................................... 65
Cassette heater ...................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Dual cassette feeder ............................................................................................................................................................. 70
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) block diagram .................................................................................................... 70
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) components ....................................................................................................... 70
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) paper path .......................................................................................................... 72
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) electrical parts location .................................................................................... 73
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) sensors and signals .......................................................................................... 74
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) paper feeding system ...................................................................................... 75
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) plug and jack locations ..................................................................................... 76
Hardware configuration ........................................................................................................................................................ 77
Overview ............................................................................................................................................................. 77
Circuit Board Locations ..................................................................................................................................... 78
Sensor locations ................................................................................................................................................ 79
Main controller (main board) ........................................................................................................................... 82
Document feeder board ................................................................................................................................... 86
Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) board ............................................................................................... 86
Fuser Drive Board (FDB) ................................................................................................................................... 88
HVPS board ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Eraser board ....................................................................................................................................................... 91
Fuser board ........................................................................................................................................................ 91
Waste sensor board .......................................................................................................................................... 92
CRUM board ........................................................................................................................................................ 92
CTD board ........................................................................................................................................................... 93
Paper size sensor board ................................................................................................................................... 93
OPE (control panel) controller ......................................................................................................................... 94
Scan joint board ................................................................................................................................................. 97
CCDM board ........................................................................................................................................................ 98
viii ENWW
WLED interface board ....................................................................................................................................... 98
WLED board ........................................................................................................................................................ 99
2 Removal and replacement ................................................................................................................................................................. 101

For additional service and support ................................................................................................................................... 104
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................................................ 105
Ordering ............................................................................................................................................................ 105
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................... 105
Removal and replacement strategy ................................................................................................................................. 106
Electrostatic discharge ................................................................................................................................... 106
Required tools ................................................................................................................................................. 107
Types of screws ............................................................................................................................................... 107
Service approach ................................................................................................................................................................. 107
Before performing service ............................................................................................................................. 107
Releasing plastic latches ................................................................................................................................ 107
After performing service ................................................................................................................................ 108
Post-service test ............................................................................................................................................. 108
Toner cartridge ..................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 109
Remove the toner cartridge .......................................................................................................................... 109
Toner collection unit ............................................................................................................................................................ 111
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 111
Remove the toner collection unit ................................................................................................................. 111
Paper dust stick .................................................................................................................................................................... 113
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 113
Remove the paper dust stick ........................................................................................................................ 113
OPC drum unit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 115
Remove the OPC drum unit ........................................................................................................................... 115
Developer unit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 120
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 120
Remove the developer unit ........................................................................................................................... 120
Special installation instructions (Developer unit) ...................................................................................... 127
Fuser unit .............................................................................................................................................................................. 129
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 129
Remove the fuser unit .................................................................................................................................... 129
Transfer roller ...................................................................................................................................................................... 132
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 132
Remove the transfer roller ............................................................................................................................ 132
Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers ........................................................................................................ 134
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 134
ENWW ix
Remove the Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers ............................................................. 134
Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers ............................................................................................................... 136
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 136
Remove the Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers .................................................................... 136
Document feeder pickup roller assembly ........................................................................................................................ 138
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 138
Remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly ............................................................................. 138
Document feeder friction pad ........................................................................................................................................... 140
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 140
Remove the document feeder friction pad ................................................................................................. 140
Left cover .............................................................................................................................................................................. 142
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 142
Remove the left cover .................................................................................................................................... 142
Rear upper and lower covers ............................................................................................................................................. 144
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 144
Remove the rear upper and lower covers ................................................................................................... 144
Laser scanner unit (LSU) ..................................................................................................................................................... 146
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 146
Remove the LSU .............................................................................................................................................. 146
Temperature sensor ........................................................................................................................................................... 149
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 149
Remove the temperature sensor ................................................................................................................. 149
HVPS board ........................................................................................................................................................................... 152
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 152
Remove the HVPS board ................................................................................................................................ 152
OPE unit (control panel) ...................................................................................................................................................... 155
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 155
Remove the OPE unit (control panel) .......................................................................................................... 155
Main board ............................................................................................................................................................................ 159
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 159
Remove the main board ................................................................................................................................ 159
Right door dampener and lever kit ................................................................................................................................... 161
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 161
Step 1: Remove the right door dampener .................................................................................................. 162
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly ................................................................................................ 164
Developer fan ....................................................................................................................................................................... 166
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 166
Remove the developer fan ............................................................................................................................ 166
SMPS board .......................................................................................................................................................................... 168
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 168
Remove the SMPS board ............................................................................................................................... 168
x ENWW
Fuser drive board ................................................................................................................................................................. 170
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 170
Remove the fuser drive board ...................................................................................................................... 170
Fuser exit drive unit ............................................................................................................................................................. 172
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 172
Remove the fuser exit drive unit .................................................................................................................. 172
Main drive unit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 174
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 174
Remove the main drive unit .......................................................................................................................... 174
Pickup drive unit ................................................................................................................................................................... 176
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 176
Remove the pickup drive unit ........................................................................................................................ 176
Toner duct drive unit ........................................................................................................................................................... 178
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 178
Remove the toner duct drive unit ................................................................................................................. 178
Toner supply drive unit ....................................................................................................................................................... 180
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 180
Remove the toner supply drive unit ............................................................................................................. 180
Toner duct ............................................................................................................................................................................. 182
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 182
Remove the toner duct .................................................................................................................................. 182
Toner collection unit (TCU) sensor .................................................................................................................................... 184
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 184
Remove the TCU sensor ................................................................................................................................. 184
Auto size sensor ................................................................................................................................................................... 187
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 187
Remove the auto size sensor ....................................................................................................................... 187
Exit unit .................................................................................................................................................................................. 189
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 189
Remove the exit unit ...................................................................................................................................... 189
Side unit ................................................................................................................................................................................. 191
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 191
Remove the side unit ...................................................................................................................................... 191
Fuser out sensor .................................................................................................................................................................. 194
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 194
Remove the fuser out sensor ....................................................................................................................... 194
Duplex sensor ...................................................................................................................................................................... 197
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 197
Remove the duplex sensor ........................................................................................................................... 197
MP unit ................................................................................................................................................................................... 199
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 199
ENWW xi
Remove the MP unit ....................................................................................................................................... 199
MP solenoid .......................................................................................................................................................................... 206
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 206
Remove the MP solenoid ............................................................................................................................... 206
Pickup unit ............................................................................................................................................................................ 210
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 210
Remove the pickup unit ................................................................................................................................. 210
Pickup unit empty and level sensors ................................................................................................................................ 213
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 213
Remove the pickup unit empty and level sensors ..................................................................................... 213
Feed sensor .......................................................................................................................................................................... 215
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 215
Remove the feed sensor ................................................................................................................................ 215
Feed unit sensor .................................................................................................................................................................. 217
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 217
Remove the feed unit sensor ........................................................................................................................ 217
Registration unit and sensor .............................................................................................................................................. 220
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 220
Remove the registration unit ........................................................................................................................ 220
Side cover open switch ....................................................................................................................................................... 227
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 227
Remove the side cover open switch ............................................................................................................ 227
Front door open switch ....................................................................................................................................................... 229
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 229
Remove the front door open switch ............................................................................................................ 229
Document feeder ................................................................................................................................................................. 232
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 232
Remove the document feeder ...................................................................................................................... 232
Document feeder front and rear covers .......................................................................................................................... 234
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 234
Remove the document feeder front and rear covers ............................................................................... 234
Document feeder open cover ............................................................................................................................................ 237
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 237
Remove the document feeder open cover ................................................................................................. 237
Document feeder stacker ................................................................................................................................................... 239
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 239
Remove the document feeder stacker ........................................................................................................ 239
Document feeder board ..................................................................................................................................................... 241
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 241
Remove the document feeder board .......................................................................................................... 241
Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors ........................................................................................... 243
xii ENWW
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 243
Remove the document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors ................................................ 243
Document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch ............................................................................................................... 245
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 245
Remove the document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch .................................................................... 245
Document feeder exit idle sensor ..................................................................................................................................... 250
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 250
Remove the document feeder exit idle sensor .......................................................................................... 250
Document feeder exit sensor ............................................................................................................................................ 252
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 252
Remove the document feeder exit sensor ................................................................................................. 252
Document feeder length and width sensors .................................................................................................................. 255
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 255
Remove the document feeder length and width sensors ........................................................................ 255
Image scanner ...................................................................................................................................................................... 257
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 257
Remove the image scanner .......................................................................................................................... 257
Scanner glass ....................................................................................................................................................................... 264
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 264
Remove the scanner glass ............................................................................................................................ 264
Scanner LED lamp module ................................................................................................................................................. 271
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 271
Remove the scanner LED lamp module ...................................................................................................... 271
Scanner imaging unit .......................................................................................................................................................... 273
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 273
Remove the scanner imaging unit ............................................................................................................... 273
Scanner joint board ............................................................................................................................................................. 276
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 276
Remove the scanner joint board .................................................................................................................. 276
Scanner APS sensor ............................................................................................................................................................ 278
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 278
Remove the scanner APS sensor ................................................................................................................. 278
Hard disk drive (HDD) .......................................................................................................................................................... 281
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 281
Remove the hard disk drive (HDD) ............................................................................................................... 281
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door .............................................................................................................................. 284
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 284
Remove the DCF right door ........................................................................................................................... 284
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover .............................................................................................................................. 286
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 286
Remove the DCF rear cover ........................................................................................................................... 286
ENWW xiii
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board ........................................................................................................................... 288
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 288
Remove the DCF main board ........................................................................................................................ 288
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor ............................................................................................................................ 290
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 290
Remove the DCF feed motor ......................................................................................................................... 290
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor ........................................................................................................................ 292
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 292
Remove the DCF pickup motor ..................................................................................................................... 292
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units .......................................................................................................................... 294
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................... 294
Remove the DCF pickup units ....................................................................................................................... 294
3 Parts and diagrams .............................................................................................................................................................................. 299

For additional service and support ................................................................................................................................... 300
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................................................ 301
Ordering ............................................................................................................................................................ 301
Main parts ............................................................................................................................................................................. 302
Exit parts ............................................................................................................................................................................... 304
Main engine parts ................................................................................................................................................................ 306
First pickup parts ................................................................................................................................................................. 308
Front and rear frame parts ................................................................................................................................................ 310
Fuser exit drive ..................................................................................................................................................................... 312
Covers .................................................................................................................................................................................... 314
MP right cover parts ............................................................................................................................................................ 316
MP Tray 1 parts .................................................................................................................................................................... 318
Control panel (OPE unit) parts ........................................................................................................................................... 320
Scanner parts ....................................................................................................................................................................... 322
Scanner upper parts ....................................................................................................................................... 322
Scanner lower parts ........................................................................................................................................ 324
Document feeder parts ...................................................................................................................................................... 326
Document feeder upper parts ...................................................................................................................... 326
Document feeder main frame parts ............................................................................................................ 328
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) parts ...................................................................................................................................... 330
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main parts ........................................................................................................ 330
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup 1 parts ............................................................................ 332
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup parts ............................................................................... 334
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup, upper parts ................................................................... 336
Alphabetical parts list ......................................................................................................................................................... 338
xiv ENWW
4 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................................................... 345
How to search for printer documentation ....................................................................................................................... 346
How to search WISE for printer documentation ........................................................................................ 346
How to search GCSN for printer documentation ........................................................................................ 346
Control panel overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 349
Understanding the status LED ........................................................................................................................................... 351
Firmware upgrades ............................................................................................................................................................. 352
Perform a firmware upgrade ........................................................................................................................ 353
Clearing paper jams ............................................................................................................................................................. 354
Jam in Tray 2 .................................................................................................................................................... 354
Jam in optional trays ...................................................................................................................................... 355
Jam in Tray 1 (MP) ........................................................................................................................................... 357
Jam inside the printer ..................................................................................................................................... 357
Jam in the fuser area ...................................................................................................................................... 357
Jam in the exit area ......................................................................................................................................... 358
Jam in the duplex unit area ........................................................................................................................... 359
Clearing original document jams .................................................................................................................. 360
Original paper jam in exit area of scanner .................................................................................................. 361
Jam in the optional inner finisher area ........................................................................................................ 362
Service mode ........................................................................................................................................................................ 365
Overview ........................................................................................................................................................... 365
Entering and exiting service mode ............................................................................................................... 365
Service mode sub-menus .............................................................................................................................. 365
Service mode menu item descriptions ........................................................................................................ 368
Error codes ............................................................................................................................................................................ 329
Control Panel Messages Document (CPMD) ............................................................................................... 391
11–2Txx (Paper mismatch error) ................................................................................................................. 392
A1–xxxx (Motor error) .................................................................................................................................... 392
A2–xxxx (Fan error) ........................................................................................................................................ 393
A3–xxxx (Sensor error) .................................................................................................................................. 393
C1–xxxx (Toner cartridge error) .................................................................................................................... 393
C3–xxxx (Drum unit error) ............................................................................................................................. 394
C5–xxxx (Transfer Roller error) .................................................................................................................... 394
C6–xxxx (Fuser unit error) ............................................................................................................................. 394
C7–xxxx (Waste toner container error) ....................................................................................................... 395
C8–xxxx (Development unit error) ............................................................................................................... 395
H1–xxxx (Optional tray error) ....................................................................................................................... 395
H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error) ...................................................................................................................... 397
Mx–xxxx (Jam error) ....................................................................................................................................... 399
Mx–xxxx (Tray not install_Paper empty_Outbin full) ................................................................................ 400
Sx–xxxx (System error) .................................................................................................................................. 401
ENWW xv
U1–xxxx (Fuser error) ..................................................................................................................................... 402
U2–xxxx (LSU error) ........................................................................................................................................ 402
U3-xxxx (RADF error) ...................................................................................................................................... 403
Printing quality problems ................................................................................................................................................... 404
A/S Chart ........................................................................................................................................................... 404
Defect analysis flowchart .............................................................................................................................. 406
Print quality defects ........................................................................................................................................ 407
Adjusting the document feeder skew .............................................................................................................................. 422
Other errors .......................................................................................................................................................................... 424
Toner cartridge detection error ..................................................................................................................... 425
Acoustic noise in fuser unit ............................................................................................................................ 427
Document feeder hinge problems ............................................................................................................... 428
Document feeder multi-feed jam ................................................................................................................. 429
Image scanner is locked ................................................................................................................................. 430
Image distortion .............................................................................................................................................. 431
Document feeder is not recognized or S3-3211 error occurs ................................................................ 432
Printer makes noise while printing .............................................................................................................. 433
Printer cannot pick paper from Trays 1–3 .................................................................................................. 434
Printer cannot feed paper .............................................................................................................................. 435
Loud noise from the laser scanner unit motor ........................................................................................... 437
Job pause problem ......................................................................................................................................... 438
Scan to PC login failure ................................................................................................................................... 439
Script error in Internet Explorer .................................................................................................................... 440
Side cover open error ..................................................................................................................................... 441
SMPS output voltage drop error ................................................................................................................... 442
Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise .................................................................................................. 443
Networking is not working ............................................................................................................................. 444
Active NFC does not detect the NFC tag ...................................................................................................... 445
Connection diagrams .......................................................................................................................................................... 446
Connection Diagram (FUSER_EXIT_TONER DC) .......................................................................................... 447
Connection Diagram (HDD_SCANNER) ........................................................................................................ 448
Connection Diagram (OPE) ............................................................................................................................ 449
Connection Diagram (FDI_FINISHER_FAX) .................................................................................................. 450
Connection Diagram (DCF) ............................................................................................................................. 451
Connection Diagram (PH DRIVE_PICK UP_SIDE) ......................................................................................... 452
Connection Diagram (LSU_HVPS) ................................................................................................................. 453
Connection Diagram (FRONT_OPC DRIVE) ................................................................................................... 454
Connection Diagram (SMPS_FDB) ................................................................................................................ 455
5 Inner finisher ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 457

Product Specification and Description .............................................................................................................................. 458
xvi ENWW
Inner finisher view ........................................................................................................................................... 459
Specifications ................................................................................................................................................... 460
Inner finisher system ...................................................................................................................................... 465
Service approach ................................................................................................................................................................. 509
Before performing service ............................................................................................................................. 509
ESD precautions .............................................................................................................................................. 509
After performing service ................................................................................................................................ 509
Post-service test ............................................................................................................................................. 510
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ........................................................................................................ 510
Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) ......................................................................................... 511
Parts and diagrams (inner finisher) .............................................................................................................. 511
Covers ............................................................................................................................................................... 528
Entrance unit .................................................................................................................................................... 558
Exit unit ............................................................................................................................................................. 578
Paper support unit .......................................................................................................................................... 605
Paddle unit ....................................................................................................................................................... 715
Tamper unit ...................................................................................................................................................... 746
Stapler ............................................................................................................................................................... 885
Ejector unit ....................................................................................................................................................... 922
End fence unit ............................................................................................................................................... 1007
Output tray unit ............................................................................................................................................. 1022
Paper holding unit ........................................................................................................................................ 1098
Punch unit ...................................................................................................................................................... 1156
Problem solving ................................................................................................................................................................. 1175
Control panel message document (CPMD) ............................................................................................... 1175
Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) ............................................................................................................................... 1176
Punch waste full sensor .............................................................................................................................. 1177
Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor ........................................................................... 1178
Entrance motor ............................................................................................................................................. 1179
Exit sensor ..................................................................................................................................................... 1180
Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper
holding solenoid ........................................................................................................................................... 1181
Paper support motor and home sensor ................................................................................................... 1182
Front tamper motor and home sensor ..................................................................................................... 1183
Rear tamper motor and home sensor ...................................................................................................... 1184
End fence sensor .......................................................................................................................................... 1185
Stapler position motor and sensor ............................................................................................................ 1186
Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor .................... 1187
Output tray motor and sensor .................................................................................................................... 1188
Output tray top of stack sensor ................................................................................................................. 1189
Top cover switch ........................................................................................................................................... 1190
ENWW xvii
Front cover switch ........................................................................................................................................ 1191
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1193
Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1199
xviii ENWW
1 Product specifications and features
This chapter presents an overview of the major components of the HP LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630 series
printers, and it includes a detailed discussion of the image-formation system.
ENWW 1
Printer overview
● Printing speed (Mono)
– M72625dn: Up to 25 ppm on A4 or Letter
– M72630dn: Up to 30 ppm on A4 or Letter
● Scan speed
– 45 ipm mono on A4 or Letter
● Processor
– Dual core 1 GHz
● Memory
– 1.5 GB
● 7-inch color LCD touchscreen control panel
● Optional accessories
– 320 GB hard disk drive
– 802.11 b/g/n + NFC-A wireless module
2 Chapter 1 Product specifications and features ENWW

Specifications
Product specifications are subject to change without notice.
General Specifications
Table 1-1 General specifications
Item Specification
Processor CPU 1 GHz (Chorus4N Dual Core)
Image processor Embedded in Chorus4N
User interface Operational panel 7-inch color LCD touchscreen control panel
Memory Standard 1.5 GB
Maximum 1.5 GB (optional memory N/A)
Storage Optional 320 GB hard disk drive (HDD)
Interface USB (device) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 2.0)
USB (host) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 2.0)
Wired LAN Standard (Ethernet 10/10/1G Base TX)
Wireless LAN Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n + NFC Active

Type)
NFC Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n + NFC Active

Type)
Warm-up time From power off Less than 25 seconds
From sleep Less than 23 seconds
Power consumption Ready Less than 100 Wh
Normal operation ● M72625: Less than 550 Wh
● M72630: Less than 590 Wh
Max/Peak Less than 1.750 Wh
Sleep Less than 1.5 W
Power off Less than 0 W
TEC ● M72625: Less than 1,700 Wh
● M72630: Less than 2,270 Wh
Default sleep delay time 2 minutes (low power = 1 minute; power

save = 1 minute)
Maximum sleep delay time 60 minutes (low power = 30 minutes; power

save = 30 minutes)
ENWW Specifications 3
Table 1-1 General specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Power requirement ● Input voltage (Europe): AC 220–240 V

(–10% to 6%)
● Input voltage (USA): AC 110–127 V (–

10% to 6%)
● Input voltage (Korea): AC 220–240 V (–

10% to 6%)
● Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz
Acoustic noise level (sound pressure) Printing simplex ● M72625: Less than 50 dBA
● M72630: Less than 51 dBA
Copying ● M72625: Less than 53 dBA
● M72630: Less than 55 dBA
Standby Less than 30 dBA
Sleep Less than 27 dBA
Dimensions (W x D x H) Whole unit, including document feeder 566 mm x 620 mm x 820 mm (22.3 in x
hinge depth 24.4 in x 32.3 in)
Weight Whole unit, including supplies ● M72625: 58.30 kg (128.53 lb)
● M72630: 59.00 kg (130.07 lb)
Recommended monthly print volume ● M72625: 3,500 pages
● M72630: 5,000 pages
Maximum monthly duty cycle ● M72625: 60,000 pages
● M72630: 80,000 pages
Print specifications
Table 1-2 Print specifications
Item Specification
Engine speed Simplex (mono) ● M72625
– Up to 25 ppm on A4 and Letter
– Up to 14 ppm on A3
● M72630
– Up to 30 ppm on A4 and Letter
– Up to 15 ppm on A3
Duplex (mono) ● M72625
(simplex to duplex)

Table 1-2 Print specifications (continued)
Item Specification
– Up to 19 ipm on A4 and Letter

without second exit

with second exit
● M72630

without second exit

with second exit
FPOT From Ready ● M72625: Less than 8.5 seconds
● M72630: Less than 8.0 seconds
From Sleep ● M72625: Less than 31.5 seconds
● M72630: Less than 31 seconds
Resolution Optical 600 x 600 dpi
Enhanced Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi with reduced speed
Printer languages ● PCL5e
● PCL6
● PostScript3
● PDF V1.7
Font PCL ● 96 scalable fonts (including OCR-A and

OCR-B)
● 1 bitmap font
PostScript3 136 scalable fonts
Client OS support Windows ● XP (32/64bit)
● Vista (32/64bit)
● 2003 Server (32/64bit)
● 2008 Server (32/64bit)
● Win 7 (32/64bit)
● 2008 Server R2 (64bit)
● Win 8 (32/64bit)
● Win 8.1 (32/64bit)
● 2012 Server (64bit)
● 2012 Server R2 (64bit)
● Win 10
Item Specification
Linux ● Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, 6, 7
● Fedora 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22
● openSUSE 11.3, 11.4, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3,

13.1, 13.2
● Ubuntu 10.04, 10.10, 11.04, 11.10,

12.04, 12.10, 13.04, 13.10, 14.04,
14.10
● SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11, 12
● Debian 6, 7, 8
● Mint 13, 14, 15, 16, 17
UNIX ● Sun Solaris 9, 10, 11 (x86, SPARC)
● HP-UX 11.0, 11i v1, 11i v2, 11i v3 (PA-

RISC, Itanium)
● IBM AIX 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 7.1

(PowerPC)
Mac OS Mac OS X 10.6–10.10
Network protocol ● IP Management (DHCP, BOOTP, AutoIP,

SetIP, Static)
● Discovery Protocol (SLP, UPnP,

Bonjour, DNS, WINS)
● Printing Protocol (TCP/IP, LPR, IPP,

WSD)
● Management Protocol (SNMPv1.2,

SNMP3, POP3, SMTP, Telnet)
● Scan Protocol (SMTP, FTP, SMB, WSD)
● Security Protocol (SMB, Kerberos,

LDAP, IPsec, EAP)
Duplex print Built-in

Item Specification
Direct print ● PRN
● PDF
● TIFF
● JPEG
● XPS
Print features ● WSD print
● Secure print
● Stored print
● Booklet
● N-up
● Cover page
● Insert page
● Except page
● Barcode
● Eco
● Poster
● Glossy
● Watermark
● Tray priority setting
● Auto tray setting
● Tray protection
● USB print
● Secure PDF print
● Google Cloud print
Scan specifications
Table 1-3 Scan specification
Item Specification
Scan speed B/W (lineart, halftone) Up to 45 ipm (at 300 dpi)
Gray Up to 45 ipm (at 300 dpi)
Color Up to 45 ipm (at 300 dpi)
Color mode Mono/Gray/Color
Table 1-3 Scan specification (continued)
Item Specification
Compatibility Network TWAIN / Network SANE
Scan method MMT
File formats ● PDF
NOTE: Optional hard-disk drive (HDD) required. ● Searchable PDF
● Compact PDF
● PDF encryption
● Digital Signature in PDF
● PDF/A
● Single-page PDF
● Multi-page PDF
● TIFF
● Single-page TIFF
● Multi-page TIFF
● XPS
● Single-page XPS
● Multi-page XPS
● JPEG
Resolution Optical (document feeder) Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Optical (Platen) Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Enhanced (document feeder) Up to 4,800 x 4,800 dpi
Enhanced (Platen) Up to 4,800 x 4,800 dpi
Scan destinations ● Email
● FTP
● SMB
● HDD
● USB
● WSD
● PC
Multi destinations Yes

Table 1-3 Scan specification (continued)
Item Specification
Communication protocol ● SMTP(IPv4, IPv6, SSL/TLS)
● FTP(IPv4, IPv6, SSL/TLS)
● SMB(IPv4, IPv6)
● WSD
Scan size Document feeder 297 mm x 432 mm (11.7 in x 17.0 in)
Platen 297 mm x 432 mm (11.7 in x 17.0 in)
Scan original types ● Text
● Text and photo
● SPhoto
Copy specifications
Table 1-4 Copy specification
Item Specification
Copy speed Single Document Multiple Copy (SDMC) ● M72625: Up to 25 cpm in A4 or Letter
(Mono) ● M72630: Up to 30 cpm in A4 or Letter
Multiple Document Multiple Copy (MDMC) ● M72625
– Simplex to simplex : Up to 25
cpm in A4 or Letter
– Simplex to duplex: Up to 17 cpm

in A4 or Letter
– Duplex to simplex : Up to 14 cpm

in A4 or Letter
– Duplex to duplex : Up to 14 cpm

in A4 or Letter
● M72630
– Simplex to simplex : Up to 30
cpm in A4 or Letter
– Simplex to duplex: Up to 21 cpm

in A4 or Letter
– Duplex to simplex : Up to 17 cpm

in A4 or Letter
– Duplex to duplex : Up to 17 cpm

in A4 or Letter
FCOT From Ready ● M72625: Less than 6.2 seconds
(Mono) ● M72630: Less than 5.5 seconds
From Sleep Less than 30 seconds
Table 1-4 Copy specification (continued)
Item Specification
Resolution RADF Scanning and printing: 600 x 600 dpi
Platen Scanning and printing: 600 x 600 dpi
Reduce/Enlarge RADF 25%–400%
Platen 25%–400%
Preset ● 25%
● 50% (A3 to A5)
● 61% (A3 to B5)
● 64% (Ledger to Letter)
● 70% (A3 to A4, B4 to B5, or A4 to A5)
● 77% (Ledger to Legal)
● 78% (Legal to Letter)
● 81% (B4 to A4 or B5 to A5)
● 86% (A3 to B4 or A4 to B5)
● 104% (Executive to Letter)
● 115% (B4 to A3)
● 121% (Legal to Ledger)
● 122% (A4 to B4)
● 129% (Letter to Ledger)
● 141% (A4 to A3 or A5 to A4)
● 150%
● 200% (A5 to A3)
● 400%
Darkness control 11 levels
Multi copy 1–9,999
Duplex copy Built-in

Table 1-4 Copy specification (continued)
Item Specification
Copy Original Type ● Text
● Text and printed photo
● Text and glossy photo
● Newspaper
● Printed photo
● Glossy photo
● Copied original
● Map
● Light original
Copy features ● ID copy
● N-up
● Booklet
● Auto fit
● Book copy
● Watermark
● Stamp
● Covers
● Job build
● Erase edge
● Background adjustment
Fax specifications
Table 1-5 Fax specification
Item Specification
Compatibility ITU-T G3 / Super G3
Modem speed 33.6 Kbps
TX Speed 4 seconds / 1 page (based on ITU-T No. 1

chart)
Scan speed Standard, Fine, and Super Fine: 1.2

seconds / LTR
Resolution Standard 203 x 98 dpi
Fine 203 x 196 dpi
Super Fine 300 x 300 dpi
Table 1-5 Fax specification (continued)
Item Specification
Ultra Fine 600 x 600 dpi
Compression methods ● MH
● MR
● MMR
● JBIG
Fax Memory (standard/max) HDD
Dual lines No
Fax features ● Handset: No
● On-hook dial: Yes
● Search: Yes (address book)
● One-touch dial: N/A
● Speed dial: 200 locations
● TAD I/F: Yes
● Tone/pulse: Yes (selectable in Tech

Mode)
● Pause: Yes
● Auto redial: Yes
● Last number redial: Yes
● Distinctive ring: No
● Caller ID: Yes
● External phone interface: Yes
● Fax forward to email: Yes
● Fax to PC: N/A
● Broadcasting:Yes
● Delayed fax: Yes
● Colored fax: No
Report and list print out Tx/Rx journal Yes
Confirmation Two types available (with Image TCR /

without Image TCR)
Auto dial list N/A
System data list N/A

Paper handling specifications
Table 1-6 Paper handling specification
Item Specification
Input capacity Standard trays 1,040 sheets (520 sheets x 2)
Tray 1 (multi-purpose) 100 sheets
Other options Dual cassette feeder – 1,040 sheets (520

sheets x 2)
Maximum 2,180 sheets (1,040 standard +100 multi-

purpose + 1,040 dual cassette feeder)
Trays 2 and 3 Capacity 520 sheets x 2
Media sizes ● Tray 2: From 148.5 mm x 210 mm

(5.8 in x 8.2 in) to 297 mm x 364 mm
(11.7 in x 14.3 in)
● Tray 3: From 148.5 mm x 210 mm

(5.8 in x 8.2 in) to 297 mm x 432 mm
(11.7 in x 17 in)
Media types ● Plain paper
● Thin paper
● Bond
● Punched
● Pre-printed
● Recycled
● Label
● Cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin glossy
● Heavyweight
● Extra heavyweight
Table 1-6 Paper handling specification (continued)
Item Specification
Media weight ● Plain paper: 70–90 g/m2 (18.5–24 lb /

duplex)
● Thick paper: 91–105 g/m2 (25–28 lb /

duplex)
● Heavyweight paper: 106–176 g/m2

(duplex)
● Extra heavyweight paper: 177–220

g/m2
● Thin paper: 60–69 g/m2 (16–19 lb /

duplex)
● Cotton paper: 75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Colored: 75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Pre-printed:71–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Recycled:60–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Bond paper:105–120 g/m2 (duplex)
● Letterhead:75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Hole-punched paper:75–90 g/m2

(duplex)
● Thin cardstock:105–163 g/m2 (duplex)
● Thin glossy:106–163 g/m2 (duplex)
Sensing ● Hardware install detect: Yes
● Paper empty and low level detect: Yes
● Paper type detect: No
● Paper size detect: Yes
Tray 1 (MP) Capacity ● 100 sheets
Media sizes From 98 mm x 148 mm (3.8 in x 5.8 in) to

297 mm x 432 mm (11.7 in x 17 in)

Item Specification
Media type ● Plain paper
● Thin paper
● Bond
● Punched
● Pre-printed
● Recycled
● Thin cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin glossy
● Heavyweight
● Envelope
● Label
Media weight ● 16–47 lb (60–176 g/m2): Simplex,

duplex
● Envelope (75–90 g/m2): Simplex
● Label (120–150 g/m2): Simplex
Sensing ● Paper empty detect: Yes
● Paper size detect: No
Document feeder Capacity 100 sheets
2-sided document scanning Yes
Document size ● Width: 148–297 mm (5.8–11.7 in)
● Length: 148–432 mm (5.8–17 in)
Document weight ● 60–128 g/m2 (16–28 lb)
Sensing ● Paper empty detect: Yes
● Paper width detect: No
● Paper length detect: Yes
Item Specification
Auto-detected size ● A5 (long-edge feed)
● Letter or A4 (short-edge feed)
● Legal (short-edge feed)
● A3 (short-edge feed)
Output capacity Standard Up to 500 sheets face-down
Maximum 615 sheets (500 sheets standard + 125

sheets job separator)
Printing size Maximum size 297 mm x 432 mm (11.7 in x 17 in)
Minimum size 98 mm x 148 mm (3.8 in x 5.8 in)
Maximum printing area Simplex Top and left margins:4.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm
(1.7 in x .06 in)
Duplex Top and left margins:4.3 mm +/- 2 mm (1.7

in x .08 in)
Duplex printing Support Built-in
Media sizes ● Width: 148–297 mm (5.8–11.7 in)
● Length: 182–432 mm (7.2–17 in)
Media type ● Plain paper
● Thin paper
● Bond
● Punched
● Pre-printed
● Recycled
● Thin cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin glossy
● Heavyweight
Media weight 16–47 lb (60–176 g/m2)
Supplies
When supplies reach the end of their life, you can order the following supplies for your printer:

Item Description Part number Life (A4/Letter pages)
Toner cartridge 1 Replacement black toner MLT-D704S 33,000 pages

cartridge
Imaging unit2 Replacement imaging X3A65-67903 200,000 pages

drum
Toner collection unit Replacement toner X3A60-67901 100,000 pages

collection unit
1 Toner cartridge life is approximate, based on average A4 /Letter-size page count with ISO coverage. Declared cartridge yield value is in
accordance with ISO/IEC 19798. Actual yields vary considerably based on images printed and other factors. For more information, visit
www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies.
2 The imaging unit must be installed by a service technician.
Maintenance parts
Table 1-7 Maintenance parts
Item Kit number Life (A4/Letter pages)
Development unit JC96-11585A Approximately 300,000 pages (based on

two pages per job printed in simplex mode)
Fuser unit 220V: JC91-01237A Approximately 250,000 pages
110V: JC91-01238A
Transfer roller JC95-01943A Approximately 150,000 pages
Pickup, reverse, and forward rollers (Trays JC93-00540A Approximately 200,000 pages
2–5)
Pickup, reverse, and forward rollers (Tray 1) JC93-00540B Approximately 150,000 pages
Document feeder pickup roller assembly JC97-04009A Approximately 100,000 pages
Document feeder friction pad JC97-04733A Approximately 50,000 pages
NOTE: The life estimates for the developer, fuser, transfer roller, tray rollers, and document feeder rollers are
approximate values, based on A4/Letter equivalent simplex pages. These values might vary with environment,
usage, media type, average print job size, and other factors.
Optional accessories
Available accessories
You can purchase and install accessories to enhance your printer’s performance and capacity.
Figure 1-1 Available accessories
Table 1-8 Available optional accessories
No Accessory Function Part number
1 Fax Expansion This fax kit allows you to use your printer as a China only: SS411E#AB2
Kit CLX-FAX160 fax.
India only: SS411F#ACJ
Taiwan only: SS411C#ABD
Vietnam only: SS411F#ACJ
All other Asia Pacific Countries/Regions: SS411B#EEE
2 Foreign Device This card is installed inside the printer to allow a China only: SS421C#AB2
Interface (FDI) third party device such as a coin operated
Kit CLX-KIT10F device or a card reader. Those devices allow the India only: SS421D#ACJ
pay for-print service on your printer.
Taiwan only: SS421B#EEE
Vietnam only: SS421B#EEE
3 JetDirect To purchase the Wireless/NFC kit, contact the China only: SS474E#AB2
Wireless/NFC Kit retailer or distributor where you purchased the
SL-NWE001X printer. Only authorized service providers, India only: SS474F#ACJ
distributors, or retailers are permitted to install
the Wireless/NFC kit. Taiwan only: SS474B#EEE
4 320GB Hard disk This HDD kit will help the printer to be used in China only: SS441D#AB2
drive (HDD) SCX- various ways.
HDK471 India only: SS441C#ACJ
Taiwan only: SS441B#EEE

Table 1-9 Available paper handling accessories
No. Accessory Function Part name
5 HP LaserJet Dual Cassette Feeder If you are experiencing frequent Paper Source problems, you can Y1F97A
attach an additional tray. The optional tray can hold up to 1,040
sheets. You can print documents in various sizes and types of
print materials in the tray.
6 HP LaserJet Cabinet You can place the printer on the ergonomically-designed cabinet Y1G17A
which lets you reach the printer conveniently. Also, you can easily
move the cabinet with its wheels, if necessary, and store
miscellaneous items like papers into the cabinet.
7 HP LaserJet Inner Finishera This finisher allows you to sort, group and staple printouts. Y1G00A
8 HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3 This kit allows you to punch holes for filing the printouts. Y1G02A
punchb
8 HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4 This kit allows you to punch holes for filing the printouts. Y1G03A
punchb
8 HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish This kit allows you to punch holes for filing the printouts. Y1G04A
punchb
9 Staple Refillb The staple refill contains 3 x 5,000 staples per package and Y1G13A
covers a maximum thickness of 50 sheets with one staple
position.
10 HP LaserJet Job Separatora This job separator allows you to sort the printouts. Y1G15A
a The second exit must be installed in order to use the inner finisher or job separator.
b This accessory is available only when the optional inner finisher is installed.
NOTE: Many part numbers vary based on where you are located. It is important to contact your local HP parts
suppliers to ensure you have the most current part number available based on your location.
Optional accessories specifications

Table 1-10 Optional accessories specifications
Item Specification
Dual cassette feeder Capacity 520 sheets x 2
Media sizes ● Tray 4: From 148.5 mm x 210 mm

(5.8 in x 8.2 in) to 297 mm x 432 mm
(11.7 in x 17 in)
● Tray 5: From 148.5 mm x 210 mm

(5.8 in x 8.2 in) to 297 mm x 432 mm
(11.7 in x 17 in)
Table 1-10 Optional accessories specifications (continued)
Item Specification
Media types ● Plain paper
● Thin paper
● Bond
● Punched
● Pre-printed
● Recycled
● Thin cardstock
● Letterhead
● Thick
● Cotton
● Colored
● Archive
● Thin glossy
● Heavyweight
● Extra heavyweight
Media weight ● Plain paper: 70–90 g/m2 (18.5–24 lb /

duplex)
● Thick paper: 91–105 g/m2 (25–28 lb /

duplex)
● Heavyweight paper: 106–176 g/m2

(duplex)
● Extra heavyweight paper: 177–220

g/m2
● Thin paper: 60–69 g/m2 (16–19 lb /

duplex)
● Cotton paper: 75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Colored: 75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Pre-printed:71–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Recycled:60–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Bond paper:105–120 g/m2 (duplex)
● Letterhead:75–90 g/m2 (duplex)
● Hole-punched paper:75–90 g/m2

(duplex)
● Thin cardstock:105–163 g/m2 (duplex)
● Thin glossy:106–163 g/m2 (duplex)

Item Specification
Sensing ● Hardware install detect: Yes
● Paper empty and low level detect: Yes
● Paper type detect: No
● Paper size detect: Yes
Dimensions (W x D x H) 566 mm x 610 mm x 265 mm (22.3 in x 24

in x 10.4 in)
Weight Net: 20 kg (44.1 lb)
With packaging: 23.5 kg (51.8 lb)
Stand Dimensions (W x D x H) 566 mm x 610 mm x 265 mm (22.3 in x 24

in x 10.4 in)
Weight 15 kg (33.07 lb)
Inner finisher Capacity 500 sheets (main = 500, top = 50) at 80

gsm
Sensing ● Paper jam
● Tray sensing
● Stapler
● Cover open
Media sizes ● Main: 148–320 mm x 140–457.2 mm

(5.8–12.6 in x 5.5–18 in)
● Top: 98–297 mm x 140–432 mm

(3.9–11.7 in x 5.5–17 in)
Media types ● Plain
● Thick
● Heavyweight
● Thin
● Cotton
● Colored
● Recycled
● Bond
● Archive
● Pre-punched
● Cardstock
● Glossy
● Envelope
Item Specification
Media weight ● Main: 52–256 gsm (13.9–68.3 lb)
● Top: 52–325 gsm (13.9–86.7 lb)
Number of bins Two (main and top)
Dimensions (W x D x H) 458 mm x 491 mm x 173 mm (18 in x 19.3

in x 6.8 in)
Tray 1 finishing capacity 50 sheets at 80 gsm
Tray 1 finishing mode ● Stapling (left, right, center)
● Punch (2/3, 2/4, Swedish)
Tray 2 finishing capacity 50 sheets at 80 gsm
Punch kit Paper weight 256 gsm (68.3 lb)
Dimensions (W x D x H) 426.3 mm x 179.3 mm x 137.4 mm (16.8 in

x 7.1 in x 5.4 in)

System configuration
Figure 1-2 Front view 1
1
3
14
4
13
5
12
6
11
10 7
8
9
Table 1-11 Front view 1
Callout Description Callout Description
1 Document feeder cover 8 Power receptacle
2 Document feeder width guides 9 Handles
3 Document input tray 10 Standard tray (Tray 3)
4 Control panel 11 Standard tray (Tray 2)
5 Side door 12 Front door
6 Tray 1 (MP) 13 Front door handle
7 Power-switch 14 Paper output tray
ENWW System configuration 23

Figure 1-3 Front view 2
2
3
1
Table 1-12 Front view 2
1 Scanner glass 4 Tray 1 (MP)
2 White sheet 5 USB memory port
3 Tray 1 (MP) paper width guides

Figure 1-4 Inner view
2
1
Table 1-13 Inner view
Callout Description
1 Toner collection unit
2 Toner cartridge
3 Imaging unit
ENWW System configuration 25

Figure 1-5 Rear view
6
4
7 3
1
2
Table 1-14 Rear view
1 Output support tray 5 Network port
2 Control board cover 6 Cover for optional FDI kit
3 USB memory port 7 Cover for optional Fax1 port
4 USB port

Feeding system
Feeding system overview
The feeding system transports paper from the paper trays to inside the printer. It consists of the pickup unit,
registration unit, transfer roller, and the exit unit.
Figure 1-6 Feeding system components
ENWW Feeding system 27

Main components and functions
Figure 1-7 Rollers
Table 1-15 Rollers

Item Function Item Function
1 Tray 2 paper tray 12 Tray 4 feed roller (optional)
2 Tray 3 paper tray 13 Tray 5 feed roller (optional)
3 Tray 4 paper tray (optional) 14 Registration sensor
4 Tray 4 paper tray (optional) 15 Registration roller
5 Tray 2 pickup, reverse, and forward rollers 16 Transfer roller
6 Tray 3 pickup, reverse, and forward rollers 17 First exit roller
7 Tray 4 pickup, reverse, and forward rollers (optional) 18 Second exit roller (optional)
8 Tray 5 pickup, reverse, and forward rollers (optional) 19 Invert roller (optional)

Table 1-15 Rollers (continued)
Item Function Item Function
9 Tray 1 pickup, reverse, and forward rollers 20 Duplex 1 roller
10 Tray 2 feed roller 21 Duplex 2 roller
11 Tray 3 feed roller
Roller functions
● Pickup roller (Trays 1–5): This roller picks up paper from the paper trays.
● Forward roller (Trays 1–5): This roller presses against the reverse roller and transports paper from the
pickup roller to the feed roller.
● Reverse roller (Trays 1–5): This roller presses against the forward roller and transports only one sheet of
paper to the feed roller. When the pickup roller picks two or more sheets of paper, the load of the torque
limiter on the reverse roller is heavier than the frictional force between the sheets of paper. As a result, the
reverse roller is stopped and the lower sheet of paper does not advance any further.
● Feed roller: This roller transports the paper sent from the forward/reverse roller to the registration roller.
● Registration roller: This roller aligns the leading edge of the paper and transports the paper to the transfer
roller.

Figure 1-8 Sensors, motors, solenoids
Exit Tray2 paper
full detection
Exit 2 2nd Exit

paper return
detection
Exit Tray 1 paper
full detection
Exit 2 Path & Return
Path solenoid
Exit
Fuser out jam detection
Fuser
Duplex jam detection

Duplex
TR
Regi.
Registration jam detection Tray 1 pickup
solenoid
Pick up
Tray 2 pickup jam detection Tray 1 paper
empty detection
Tray 2 paper empty detection
Tray 2
Tray 2 paper Tray 2 pickup
size detection & lift motor MP
Tray 3 pickup jam detection
Tray 3 Tray 3 pickup

Tray 3 paper
& lift motor
size detection
Tray 3 paper empty detection Tray 4 pickup
Tray 4 paper empty detection jam detection
Tray 4 Tray 4 pickup

Tray 4 paper
& lift motor
size detection Tray 5 pickup
Tray 5 paper empty detection jam detection
Tray 5
Tray 5 paper Tray 5 pickup
size detection & lift motor
Table 1-16 Sensors, motors, solenoids

Item Function
Tray 2 paper size detection sensor Detects Tray 2 paper size
Tray 2 paper empty detection sensor Detects Tray 2 paper empty
Tray 2 upper limit detection sensor Detects Tray 2 upper limit
Tray 2 paper feed jam detection sensor Detects Feed 1 jam
Tray 3 paper size detection sensor Detects Tray 3 paper size
Tray 3 upper limit detection sensor Detects Tray 3 upper limit
Tray 3 paper feed jam detection sensor Detects Feed 2 jam
Tray 4 paper size detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 4 paper size

Table 1-16 Sensors, motors, solenoids (continued)
Item Function
Tray 4 paper empty detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 4 paper empty
Tray 4 upper limit detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 4 upper limit
Tray 4 paper feed jam detection sensor (optional) Detects Feed 3 jam
Tray 5 paper size detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 5 paper size
Tray 5 paper empty detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 5 paper empty
Tray 5 upper limit detection sensor (optional) Detects Tray 5 upper limit
Tray 5 paper feed jam detection sensor (optional) Detects Feed 4 jam
Paper registration jam detection sensor Detects registration jam
Paper fuser-out jam detection sensor Detects a fuser jam
Exit tray 1 paper full detection sensor Detects paper full on exit tray 1
Exit tray 2 path and return path solenoid Changes the paper path
Duplex motor Controls duplex driving
Duplex jam detection sensor Detects a duplex jam
Exit tray 2 paper full detection sensor Detects paper full on exit tray 2
Exit 2 paper return detection sensor Detects the duplex return position
NOTE: If paper is loaded in Tray 1, that tray takes priority over

Trays 2–5.
Tray 1 solenoid Controls the Tray 1 pickup roller
Tray 1 paper width detection sensor Detects Tray 1 paper width
Tray 2 pickup and lift motor Drives the Tray 2 pickup roller and the knock-up plate
Cassette (Trays 2–5)

The cassette stores paper. Use the front and rear guides to set the paper size.

Figure 1-9 Cassette components
Cassette specifications
● Structure: Drawer type
● Capacity: 520 sheets (80g/m² paper standard)
● Paper
– Plain paper: A5, A4, A3, B5, B4, Letter, 11"×17" (Ledger), Statement, Legal
● Weight
– Plain paper 60–220 g/m²
● Plate knock-up lift type: lift motor + up limit sensor
Pickup unit
The pickup roller moves down to come into contact with the surface of the paper to pick it from the tray. If the
cassette is installed, the LEVER-INPUT CST is pushed and the pickup roller moves down. The friction between the
forward roller and the reverse roller ensures that a single sheet of paper is moved to the paper path. The feed
roller moves the paper as far as the registration roller.
NOTE: Pickup unit 1 and pickup unit 2 are not interchangeable.

Figure 1-10 Pickup unit 1
Figure 1-11 Pickup unit 2
Registration unit
The registration roller is driven by the Regi/MP motor. The registration roller clutch is located between this motor
and registration roller. The clutch controls ON/OFF of the registration roller in order to match paper and an image
on the drum at the predetermined registration point.
Figure 1-12 Registration unit components
MPF (Multi-Purpose Feeder) unit

The MPF unit allows feeding of specialty media, envelopes, and custom-size paper.

Figure 1-13 MPF unit
MPF specifications
● Capacity: 100 sheets (80g/m² paper standard)
● Media size
– Maximum: 297 mm × 432 mm (11.7 in × 17 in)
– Minimum: 98 mm ×148 mm (3.87 in × 5.8 in)
● Media weight: Plain paper 60–176 g/m²
● Feeding speed: 25/30 ppm Letter/A4 LEF (long edge feeding)
Paper Separation
When the Tray 1 paper detection (callout A) sensor detects paper and the printer receives a printing job for Tray
1, the Tray 1 solenoid (callout B) drops the pickup roller (callout C) onto the top of the paper stack in Tray 1.
The printer uses an FRR (feed and reverse roller) system for feeding paper. The friction between the reverse
roller (callout D) and the forward roller (callout E) separates the top sheet of paper from the stack.
Figure 1-14 Paper separation

Image Creation
Printing process overview
This printer uses one imaging unit and one laser beam for printing. The imaging unit consists of a drum unit and
a developer unit.
The drum unit contains an OPC drum, a charge roller, a cleaning blade, and an eraser.
The OPC drum (callout A) is charged with a negative voltage and exposed to the light from the Laser Scanner
Unit (LSU) (callout F). The light produced by the laser creates a latent image by discharging on the surface of the
OPC drum. The negatively-charged toner particles are attracted to the latent image on the OPC drum. The toner
particles on the OPC drum are transferred to the paper by the positive bias applied to the transfer roller.
Figure 1-15 Printing process overview
Printing process
1. OPC drum charge: The charge roller applies a negative charge to the drum.
2. Laser exposure: Light produced by a laser diode hits the charged OPC through the lens and mirrors.
3. Development: The developer roller carries negatively-charged toner to the latent image on the drum
surface.
4. Transfer: The transfer roller opposite the OPC drum transfers toner from the drum to the paper.
5. Cleaning the OPC drum: The cleaning blade removes remaining toner on the drum surface after the image
transfer to the paper.
6. Discharge cleaning the OPC drum: Discharge cleaning is done by illuminating the whole area of the drum
with the laser at the end of every job.
Imaging unit
Imaging unit overview
The Imaging unit consists of the drum unit and the developer unit.
The diameter of the drum is 30 mm (1.2 in) The circumference is approximately 94.2 mm (3.7 in).
ENWW Image Creation 35

The developing gap between the OPC drum and the corresponding magnetic roller cannot be adjusted. The ID
chip is a component of the drum unit. It stores the printed page-count information and other data. When the
drum unit is replaced, the ID chip must be reset.
Figure 1-16 Imaging unit overview
Drum drive
The OPC drum and magnetic roller are driven by one BLDC motor and supplied with power from the coupling.
The drive shaft is directly inserted into the OPC drum to stabilize the drum unit. This structure provides stable
printing quality.
Figure 1-17 Drum drive

Developer unit
This printer uses a dual-component development system.
The developer unit contains 320 g (11.3 oz) of toner carrier that is supplied to the magnetic developer roller
(callout B) by the two mixing augers (callout C). The diameter of the magnetic roller is 18.2 mm (0.7 in).
The developer unit has a TC (toner concentration) sensor (callout D). It is used for controlling the operating range
of toner density.
Figure 1-18 Developer unit
Developer circulation
Two mixing augers (callout A) circulate forward and backward to agitate the toner carrier and mix it thoroughly
with the toner.
This occurs at the following times:
● During process control self-checking
● When toner is supplied to the developer unit
● When toner is applied to the OPC drum
The filter (callout B) maintains inner pressure in the developer unit and is sealed to prevent overflow of the toner
carrier. This filter must be removed when installing the imaging unit.
The developer unit must be stored below 50°C (122°F) or the toner will harden and not work properly.
ENWW Image Creation 37

Figure 1-19 Developer Circulation

Fuser unit
Fuser unit overview
This unit fuses the toner that was transferred by the transfer roller onto the paper, by applying heat and
pressure. This printer's two-roller fusing system uses a thinner heat roller to improve warm-up time.
Figure 1-20 Fuser unit overview
Fuser components
● Halogen lamp: The fuser unit contains two halogen lamps. One lamp heats the center of the heat roller and
the heat moves through to the outside of the heat roller. The other lamp heats the end of the roller. These
lamps are activated alternately to heat the heat roller. The coil of the center heater lamp is in the center,
while the coils on the end lamp are on both sides. Both lamps are stationary inside of the heat roller and do
not rotate when the heat roller rotates.
● Heat roller: The aluminum heat roller transfers heat from the halogen lamp to the toner and paper. The
thinner heat roller reduces the warm-up time and the mode switching time. To prevent the heat roller from
adhering to the toner, its surface has a PFA coating. The gear assembly on the side of the fuser unit rotates
the heat roller.
● Pressure roller: The pressure roller is made of rubber, which ensures proper nip width between the
pressure roller and the heat roller. The pressure roller uses a spring to apply pressure to the heat roller and
effectively adhere the toner onto the paper.
● NC sensor: NC sensors (non-contact type thermistors), located near the center of the heat roller, control
the temperature of the heat roller.
● Thermistor: The thermistor detects the temperature on the surface of the heat roller and controls the
halogen lamps.
● Thermostat: The thermostat cuts off the power supply to the halogen lamps by opening the circuit. This
happens when the heat roller becomes abnormally hot due to problems, such as a thermistor malfunction.
ENWW Fuser unit 39

The thermostat is used to prevent abnormal operation. When the thermostat is triggered, it must be
replaced along with any other damaged parts in the fuser unit.
Fuser unit drive

The fuser motor (callout A) drives the heat roller (callout C) through the gear train. The heat roller drives and
rotates the pressure roller (callout B).
Figure 1-21 Fuser unit drive
Fuser unit temperature control

When the main switch turns on, the CPU turns on the fusing lamp. The lamp stays on until the contact
thermistors detect the standby temperature. Then the CPU raises the temperature up to the printing
temperature.
Figure 1-22 Fuser unit temperature control

Overheating protection
● The CPU cuts power to the fusing lamp in the following cases:
– The temperature detected by the thermistor stays higher than 240°C (464°F) for 20 seconds.
● The following components are used when the thermistor overheat protection fails:
– Two thermostats get into line with the common ground wire of the fusing lamp.
– If the thermostat temperature is higher than 195°C (383°F), power is cut to the fusing lamp.
ENWW Fuser unit 41

Laser scanning unit (LSU)
Laser scanning unit overview
The laser scanner unit (LSU) consists of one polygon motor and one LD unit. The LSU forms a latent image on
the surface of the OPC drum by using a collimating lens, a cylindrical lens, and an F-Theta lens in its optical path.
The cover glass on the LSU protects the glass on the optical path from contamination. The LD PBA interfaces
with the printer.
Figure 1-23 LSU overview
Table 1-17 LSU overview

Item Description
1 LD PBA
2 P/Mirror motor
3 F1 Lens

Table 1-17 LSU overview (continued)
Item Description
4 F2 Lens
5 Cover glass
Laser scanning optical path

The laser beam moves from the polygon motor (callout A) to the OPC drum (callout D). The F1 lens (callout B)
and F2 lens (callout C) determine the scanning line and the image position. This is adjusted at the factory.
Figure 1-24 Laser scanning optical path
Laser synchronizing detectors

The beam detector sensor board (PD PBA; callout A) on the laser scanning unit (LSU) detects the beam at the
scanning start point and creates the horizontal sync signal (Hsync). The figure below shows the data scanning
direction.
ENWW Laser scanning unit (LSU) 43

Figure 1-25 Laser synchronizing detectors

Drive system
Drive motors
This section shows the motor locations and functions.
Figure 1-26 Drive motors
Table 1-18 Drive motors
Item Motor Motor type Qty Function
1 Exit PM-STEP 1 Exit driving
(Reverse driving at duplex job)
2 Fuser BLDC 1 Fuser driving/fuser pressure mode
(Reverse driving at pressure mode)
3 OPC / DEVE BLDC 1 OPC / DEVE driving
4 Regi. / MP BLDC 1 Regi / MP / Feed 1, 2 driving
Feed 1, 2 E-clutch 3 Regi / MP / Feed driving control
5 Pickup PM-STEP 2 Pickup roll / CST lift driving
(Reverse driving at CST lift driving)
6 Toner supply DC 1 Toner cartridge driving
7 Toner duct PM-STEP 1 Toner transfer in toner cartridge

driving duct
ENWW Drive system 45

Main drive unit (OPC_DEVE_Regi_MP_Feed)
Figure 1-27 Main drive unit—front view
Figure 1-28 Main drive unit–rear view

Figure 1-29 Main drive (OPC / Deve)
Table 1-19 Main drive (OPC / Deve)
Power train OPC / Deve: BLDC driving
● 1 → 2 (OPC driving)
● 1 → 3 → 4 (Magnetic roller driving)

Figure 1-30 Main drive (Regi / MP / Feed 1, 2)
Table 1-20 Main drive (Regi / MP / Feed 1, 2)
Power train Regi / MP / Feed 1, 2 : BLDC driving, clutch driving control
● 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 clutch/gear (Regi input)
● 1 → 2 → 5 → 6 → 7 clutch/gear (MP Input)
● 1 → 2 → 5 → 6 → 8 clutch/gear (Feed1 Input) → 9 → 10 (Feed2 input)

Pickup drive
Figure 1-31 Pickup drive
Table 1-21 Pickup drive
Power train Pickup: rotating (pickup input) / counter rotating (cassette lift input)
● Step → forward rotation → Gear 1 → Gear 2 (pickup)
● Step → reverse rotation → Gear 1 → Gear 3 → Gear 4 → Gear 5 → Gear 6 (CST lift)

Duct drive
Figure 1-32 Duct drive
Table 1-22 Duct drive
Power train Duct: PM-STEP driving)
● 1 PM-STEP → 2 Gear → gear duct driving

Fuser / exit drive
Figure 1-33 Fuser / exit drive
Table 1-23 Fuser / exit drive
Power train ● Fuser: BLDC motor driving
● Exit: Step motor driving
● Fuser and fuser release one-way gear are used.
● 1 BLDC motor → counterclockwise rotation (ccw) → 2 clockwise rotations (cw) → 3 cw (fuser driving)
● 1 BLDC motor → clockwise rotation (cw) → 4 counterclockwise rotations (ccw) → 5 cw → 6 cw (fuser release driving)
● 1 step motor → 8 RDCN exit (exit driving)

Toner supply drive
Figure 1-34 Toner supply drive
Table 1-24 Toner supply drive
Power train ● Toner cartridge driving
● 1 DC motor → 2 Gear-M RDCN supply → 3 Gear-M supply (toner cartridge driving)

Scanner System
Scanner system overview
The scanner converts images into digital format using an imaging lens and a Charge Coupled Device (CCD). It
transfers the converted image to a storage location or sends it to the printer for printing. During a scan
operation, the scanner uses the Full Rate (FR) carriage and the Half Rate (HR) carriage, both of which are moved
by a wire. The HR carriage moves at half the distance and half the speed of the FR carriage. This ensures a
regular gap between the original and the imaging lens. The scanner scans the original document on the scanner
glass or through the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Scanning system modules
● Full Rate (FR) carriage: Illuminates the original and reflects the light at a 90° angle.
● Half Rate (HR) carriage: Transfers the reflected light from the FR carriage to the lens.
● Imaging module: Creates the image on the Charge Coupled Device (CCD).
Figure 1-35 Scanner system overview
Scanning process
1. The lamp installed on the FR carriage illuminates the original document. The reflected light moves to
Mirror #1.
2. The reflected light from Mirror #1 is sent to the imaging lens through Mirrors #2 and #3.
ENWW Scanner System 53

3. The light becomes smaller and creates an optical image.
4. The optical image is converted to an electrical analog signal by the CCD sensor.
Figure 1-36 Scanning process
Charge Coupled Device (CCD) sensor operation
● Each color element signal in the optical image is separated by the CCD sensor into red, green, or blue. The
red CCD sensor element extracts the red color from the optical image, the green CCD sensor element
extracts the green color from the optical image, and the blue CCD sensor element extracts the blue color
from the optical image. After extraction, each color is converted to an electrical analog signal.
● The A/D converter converts the analog image signal to a digital image signal and transfers it to the
processor.
● The CCD sensor performs an image scan in the main scanning direction. The CCD sensor consists of
approximately 7,500 pixels. The FR carriage and HR carriage perform image scanning of the sub-scanning
direction. These carriages are moved by a wire driven by the scan motor. Scan resolution is 600 dpi.

Figure 1-37 CCD sensor operation
Scanning system components

This section describes the components and purpose of the scanning system.
To scan the original on the scan glass, two carriages, driven by the motor, move at a constant speed. The motor
drives the timing belt, wire pulley, and wire. The wire pulley rolls and releases the wire in order to move the
carriages.
The scanner consists of the scan glass, FR carriage, HR carriage, imaging unit, and driving unit.

Figure 1-38 Scanning system components
Full Rate (FR) carriage components

1. LED lamp module: This module illuminates the light on the original document. Two white LEDs are
attached to the side of the module. The light guide illuminates the original document. The head sink is
attached to the LED PCB. When the heat sink is broke or it’s life has expired, it must be replaced by an
authorized service provider.
● White LED: This component transforms the light from a point to a line. It is composed of transparent
resin and uniformly controls the amount of light in the scan area.
● Light guide: This component emits white light. The heat sink attached to the PBA prevents heat
deterioration.
● Reflection holder: This component reflects the light through the light guide.
2. Mirror #1: This component changes the direction of reflected light at a 90° angle.

Figure 1-39 FR carriage components
Half Rate (HR) carriage (mirror unit) components

1. Mirrors #2 and #3: In order to change the direction of the light, Mirrors #2 and #3 are assembled at a 45°
angle. The reflected light from Mirror #1 is sent to the imaging lens through Mirrors #2 and #3.
2. Pulley: The pulley is a ball bearing design that rolls and releases the wire. This causes the HR carriage to
move half the distance of the FR carriage.
Figure 1-40 HR carriage components

Imaging unit components
1. Imaging lens: The reflected light through the imaging lens is focused on the Charge Coupled Device (CCD).
The image reduces to fit the CCD sensor and pixel size.
2. CCD PBA: The image created by the lens is converted to an electrical signal by the CCD, which consists of
three sensors for color image creation. The brightness and darkness of the image is converted to a voltage
level from the CCD. The output voltage is converted to a digital signal. The digital signal creates the
scanned image through the image process.
Figure 1-41 Imaging unit components
Wire driving
In order to move the carriage in a stable manner, the wire is assembled in the front and rear portions of the
scanner. The pulley rolls and releases the wire in order to move the FR and HR carriages.

Figure 1-42 Wire driving
Flatbed glass
The original is placed on the flatbed glass for scanning or copying. The glass is tempered and attached to the
frame to prevent distortion.
Drive motor
The scanner drive system uses the drive motor to move the carriages. It controls the position and constant
speed of the carriages. The motor power is transferred to the wire through the timing belt and pulley.

Timing belt
The timing belt is the standard sawtooth design and transfers the motor power to the pulley.
Figure 1-43 Timing belt
Paper size sensor

The paper size sensor detects the paper size on the scan glass automatically. It contains two sensors and uses
an infrared LED to detect dark originals.
Home sensor
The home sensor is a transmission photosensor and detects the FR carriage position.
Cover open sensor #1

When the ADF is opened and closed, this sensor is triggered to detect whether the paper size sensor is on or off.
This sensor also detects the width of the original.
Cover open sensor #2

This is a reed switch that uses magnetic force to detect if the ADF unit is closed.
ADF glass
The ADF glass scans the originals fed through the ADF unit. When the original passes on over this glass, the FR
carriage reads the original. If this glass is contaminated, horizontal black line or white line might be visible on the
scanned copies.

Shading sheet
This sheet allows the scan module to detect the base for white color. Before every scan job, the scan module
reads the shading sheet in order to scan the image at the same color and brightness. If the shading sheet is
contaminated, a vertical line might be visible on the scanned copies
Figure 1-44 Shading sheet
Precautions for unpacking and moving the scanner

When shipping or moving the printer, the FR and HR carriages in the scanner must be secured with a scan locking
screw to prevent movement of these parts and possible damage to the scanner. This screw must be installed
before moving the printer and then removed once the printer is positioned in place.
Remove the scan locking screw when installing the printer

1. Locate and remove the scan locking screw.
IMPORTANT: Failure to remove the scan lock screw will cause a scanner failure.

Figure 1-45 Remove the scan locking screw
2. After removing the screw, install the screw cap from the accessory package.
Installing the scan locking screw before moving the printer
1. Verify that the FR carriage is located in the home position.
2. Remove the screw cap.
3. Install the scan locking screw to secure the FR carriage.
IMPORTANT: Failure to install the scan lock screw might cause damage to the scanner when the printer is
moved or shipped.
Figure 1-46 Install the scan locking screw

Document feeder
Document feeder overview
Figure 1-47 Document feeder overview
Table 1-25 Document feeder overview
Callout Part Function
R1 Simplex and duplex registration. Aligns the leading edge of the paper for registration.
roller
R2 Document feeder forward roller Separates an original from the tray and transfers it to the paper path.
R3 Document feeder friction pad Prevents multi-feeds.
R4 Document feeder pickup roller Picks up an original from the tray.
R5 Original document tray Paper input tray
R6 Exit tray Paper output tray
R7 Exit roller Sends an original to the exit tray and forms the duplex reverse path.
R8 Feed-in roller Feeds an original before scanning.
R9 Feed-out roller Transfers a scanned original to the exit roller.
ENWW Document feeder 63

Electrical parts location
Figure 1-48 Electrical parts location
Table 1-26 Electrical parts location
Callout Description Part number Controller board
S1 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Paper Length) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S2 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Paper Width 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S3 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Regi) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S4 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Detect) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S5 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Exit) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S6 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Scan) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S7 CLUTCH-ELECTRIC (Regi) JC66-00994B PBA-document feeder
S8 BLDC MOTOR JC97-03993A PBA-document feeder
S9 CLUTCH-ELECTRIC (Pickup) JC47-00033A PBA-document feeder
S10 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Cover) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder
S11 SOLENOID-PICKUP (Exit) JC33-00007A PBA-document feeder
S12 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER (Exit Roller) 0604-001393 PBA-document feeder

Document feeder drive system
Overview
The document feeder consists of one motor and two clutches for paper transfer.
Figure 1-49 Document feeder drive system
● A BLDC motor drives the system for simplex and duplex jobs.
● The pickup and registration clutch controls the drive power.
● The cam type gear and solenoid is used for duplex reverse.
Document feeder original pickup assembly

Figure 1-50 Document feeder original pickup assembly

After detecting the paper, one motor controls the entire drive system.
The electric clutch provides the power to pick up the paper.
When the clutch stops rotating, the printer goes into Standby mode in order to fix the problem.
The document feeder roller and pick up roller are connected by the belt.
The ADF roller provides the power while the paper is picked up and transferred to the registration roller. When
the pickup drive is stopped and registration roller is driven, the document feeder roller becomes idle.
The normal process is:
● When the original is set up, the detect-sensor activates and start the print job. The motor and pick-up
clutch work and the pick-up roller moves down to contact an original in the tray.
● When the registration sensor detects the paper, the pickup clutch stops.
● When the Detect-Sensor detects that the tray is empty, the motor stops and the printer enters stand-by
status.
Document feeder registration drive assembly

Figure 1-51 Document feeder registration drive assembly
The registration drive uses the electric clutch to drive the registration roller, and transfers the paper to the feed
roller.
The registration roller aligns the leading edge of the original. When original is placed in the Nip, the roller is
rotated for alignment.
The electric clutch repeats powering on and off to align each page.

Document feeder feed drive assembly
Figure 1-52 Document feeder feed drive assembly
The feed roller is driven by the gear that is connected to the motor.
The feed roller and idle roller feed paper using spring pressure.
The motor transfers paper between the input feed roller and the output feed roller. When scanning, the motor is
driven continually to maintain stable paper transfer.
Document feeder exit drive assembly

Figure 1-53 Document feeder exit drive assembly
The power from the motor is transferred to the exit gear and exit roller to transfer the paper to the exit. When in
duplex mode, counterrotation occurs.

The roller-exit_idle spring keeps pressure on the exit roller. During duplexing, the roller-exit_idle is rotated in
reverse to make space between the rollers and prevent jams.
The space between rollers is adjusted by link-exit_idle and sensor-exit_idle.
Original return drive

Figure 1-54 Original return drive
The solenoid works only during duplex mode.
During duplex mode, the motor rotates in reverse and the solenoid powers the gear-cam outer and gear-exit.
When the gear-exit rotates, the solenoid drives the gear-cam which makes space between the roller-exit and the
idle roller.

Cassette heater
The cassette heater is located at the bottom of the paper tray. It improves paper-handling quality and print
quality by raising the internal tray temperature in very humid environments.
NOTE: Depending upon the country/region, the cassette heater is either installed at the factory in Trays 2 and 3
or is optional.
The cassette heater is optional for Trays 4 and 5.
Figure 1-55 Cassette heater
ENWW Cassette heater 69

Dual cassette feeder
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) block diagram
The DCF board controls all functions for the dual cassette feeder. It consists of the CPU and the motor drive IC.
The Micom on the board receives information from the paper size sensor, empty sensor, feed sensor etc. and
communicates with the printer main board through the UART.
When the DCF board receives a print job command from the interface connector (CN7) through UART, the DCF
board drives the feed motor and pick up motor to pick up a sheet of paper.
This board has two LEDs. The left LED is for checking the 5V power supply and the right LED is for checking the
Micom operation.
Figure 1-56 DCF block diagram
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) components

The dual cassette feeder (DCF) is an optional accessory containing two additional paper trays.

Figure 1-57 DCF components (front view)
1 Tray 4 pickup assembly 7 Tray 5 pickup assembly
2 Feed roller (Tray 4) 8 Feed roller (Tray 5)
3 Idle roller (Tray 4) 9 Idle roller (Tray 5)
4 Forward roller (Tray 4) 10 Forward roller (Tray 5)
5 Separation roller (Tray 4) 11 Separation roller (Tray 5)
6 Pickup roller (Tray 4) 12 Pickup roller (Tray 5)
ENWW Dual cassette feeder 71

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) paper path
Figure 1-58 DCF paper path
Table 1-27 Document feeder overview
Callout Description
1 Tray 4 paper path
2 Tray 5 paper path

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) electrical parts location
Figure 1-59 DCF electrical parts location
Table 1-28 Electrical parts location
Callout Description Part number DC controller PCB
M1 Feed motor JC31-00033B CN5 3 to 6
M2 Tray 4 pickup motor JC93-00442C CN5 9 to 12
M3 Tray 5 pickup motor JC93-00442C CN5 13 to 16
SW3 Tray 4 auto-size switch JC92-02622A CN9 1 to 4
SW4 Tray 5 auto-size switch JC92-02622A CN9 5 to 8
S1 Tray 4 feed sensor 0604-001381 CN6 7 to 9
S2 Tray 4 limit sensor 0604-001393 CN6 4 to 6
S3 Tray 4 paper empty sensor 0604-001393 CN6 1 to 3
S4 Tray 5 feed sensor 0604-001381 CN6 16 to 18
S5 Tray 5 limit sensor 0604-001393 CN6 13 to 15
S6 Tray 5 paper empty sensor 0604-001393 CN6 10 to 12
S7 Door open sensor JC39-01696A CN3 1 to 2

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) sensors and signals
Figure 1-60 DCF sensors and signals
Callout Sensor Signal
1 P_Size_DCF1 Tray 4 Paper Size analog signal
3 nP_Empty_DCF1_IHCF Tray 4 Paper Empty signal
4 Limit_DCF1_IHCF Tray 4 Paper Limit signal
5 Feed_DCF1_IHCF Tray 4 Feed signal
6 P_Size_DCF2 Tray 5 Paper Size analog signal
8 nP_Empty_DCF2 Tray 5 Paper Empty signal
9 Limit_DCF2 Tray 5 Paper Limit signal
10 Feed_DCF2 Tray 5 Feed signal
11 nDoor_open Door open signal

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) paper feeding system
Figure 1-61 DCF paper feeding system
Callout Name Description
1 Pickup roller (Tray 4) This roller transports the paper from Trays 4 or 5.
6 Pickup roller (Tray 5)
2 Forward roller (Tray 4) This roller transports the paper from the pickup roller to the
feed roller.
7 Forward roller (Tray 5)
3 Separation roller (Tray 4) When two sheets of paper or more are transported from the
pickup roller, the torque limit load is greater than the
8 Separation roller (Tray 5) resistance between the sheets. As a result, the separation
roller is stopped and the lower paper is not advanced any
further. When the last sheet is transported from the pickup
roller, the separation roller rotates following the feed roller.
4 Feed roller (Tray 4) This roller transports the paper from the forward roller to the
printer.
9 Feed roller (Tray 5)
5 Idle roller (Tray 4) When paper is passed through the feed roller, the idle roller
helps make the paper transport smooth.
10 Idle roller (Tray 5)
11 nP_Empty_DCF1 This sensor detects paper in Trays 4 or 5.
14 nP_Empty_DCF2

Callout Name Description
12 Limit_DCF1_IDCF This sensor detects whether or not the paper is at the pickup
position.
15 Limit_DCF2_IDCF
13 Feed_DCF1_IDCF This sensor detects when the leading edge of the paper
passes over the feed roller.
16 Feed_DCF2_IDCF
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) plug and jack locations

Figure 1-62 DCF plug and jack locations
Connector number Connection
P/J601 Download tool I/F(Minicube)
P/J602 Debug I/F
P/J603 Cover open switch (24V interlock switch)
P/J604 USB I/F
P/J605 EMPTY/LIFT/FEED (Tray 4, 5) sensor
P/J606 FEED / PICKUP 4, 5 motor
P/J607 Interface with main
P/J608 Paper size sensor (Tray 4, 5)

Hardware configuration
Overview
The electrical circuit system consists of the following:
● Main controller (main board)
● OPE (control panel) controller
● Document feeder controller
● HVPS board
● SMPS board
● FDB board
Figure 1-63 Electrical circuit diagram
The main controller handles the video controller, engine controller and scan controller.
The main controller receives print data from the host through the network or USB port and it receives copy data
from the scan controller. It takes this information and generates printable video bitmap data. It controls all
modules required to print, including the LSU, HVPS, FAN, Fuser, etc.
The main controller communicates with the drive system and other devices through UART (Universal
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter). It communicates with the toner cartridge and drum/developer unit through
I2C to check their life.
The main controller uses a Dual Core CPU 1GHZ, DDR3 1.5GB memory, Flash NAND 512MB, and an optional
320GB SATA HDD to successfully control the engine driving, video signal processing, interface, etc.
A MICOM on the main controller controls the fuser lamp on/off and system power according to an optimized
energy-saving algorithm for optimal efficiency.
ENWW Hardware configuration 77

The OPE (control panel) controller transfers the key value to the main controller through UART and adjusts the
TFT 7” LCD brightness.
The soft power switch in the KEY SUB BOARD is used to safely shut down the system power.
The document feeder controller controls the mechanisms required to scan through the feeder continuously and
communicates with the main controller to synchronize the scanning timing.
The HVPS board generates high-voltage channels and controls it. The FDB board controls the fuser lamp On/Off.
The SMPS board generates the 5V, 24V for system power.
Circuit Board Locations

The following diagrams show the locations of the printer circuit boards:
Figure 1-64 Circuit board locations

Sensor locations
The following diagrams show the sensor locations.
Figure 1-65 Sensor locations (1 of 3)
Table 1-29 Sensor locations (1 of 3)
Ref. Sensor Function Part Number Controller Board
S1 SENSOR-HUMIDITY Check the outer JC32-00015A PBA-MAIN: JC92-02831D

environment
S2 SWITCH FRONT COVER OPEN Front cover open/close JC93-00466A
S3 SWITCH FRONT COVER OPEN Side cover open/close JC93-00466A
S4 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Home position Y/N 0604-001393 PBA-SCAN JOINT:

JC92-02781A
S5 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Document feeder open/ 0604-001393
close

S6 SENSOR-DEVELOPER Check TC SENSOR PBA-MAIN: JC92-02831D

developer density
S7 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Check WTB installation. 0604-001393
S8 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Control toner supply 0604-001393
S9 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Control toner supply 0604-001393
S10 PBA-CTD CTD SENSOR
S11 PBA-WASTE SENSOR RX WTB Full Y/N


S12 AUTOSIZE SENSOR Second CST paper size JC92-02622A PBA-MAIN: JC92-02831D
S13 AUTOSIZE SENSOR First CST paper size JC92-02622A
S14 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Second feed paper path. 0604-001490
S15 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Second pickup sensor(front) 0604-001381

paper empty (rear)
S16 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER First feed paper path. 0604-001381
S17 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER First pickup sensor(front) 0604-001381

paper empty (rear)
S18 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER MP empty sensor 0604-001381
S19 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Regi paper path 0604-001381

Table 1-31 Sensor locations (3 of 3) (continued)
S20 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Exit sensor 0604-001393
S21 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER Duplex path 0604-001393
Main controller (main board)

The main controller consists of the main processor (Chorus4N), memory (DDR3 1.5GB), flash (512MB), 1G
Ethernet PHY, USB2.0 HUB, Micom (Power/Fuser control), Video/UI/FAX signal interface connection, motor
driving IC, Engine signal interface connection, and power interface.
The main processor (Dual Core 1GHz CPU) controls video, engine, and UI display and communicates with other
printer components. The HDD is connected to the main controller by a SATA cable and to the other devices
(RADF, DCF, Finisher, Modem) by UART.
Figure 1-68 Main controller diagram

Main controller connections
Figure 1-69 Main controller connections
Table 1-32 Main controller connections
Number Description Number Description Number Description
1 EXIT 10 USB DEVICE 19 PH DRIVER
2 HDD POWER 11 USB HOST 1 / 2 20 TONER I/F MONO
3 HDD I/F 12 HVPS_MONO 21 FUSER
4 PLATEN CCDM 13 LSU MONO 22 SCAN I/F
5 OPE POWER I/F 14 FDB I/F 23 MSOK I/F
6 LCD I/F 15 POWER I/F 24 MODEM JOINT
7 OPE HUB I/F 16 FRONT_MONO 25 DCF I/F
8 FDI I/F 17 SIDE COVER 26 FINISHER
9 GIGA N/W RJ45 18 PICKUP

Part Number Part Name
JC92-02831D PBA-MAIN
Master System Operation Key (MSOK) board

The MSOK board is used to store all system information and consists of serial flash memory, an EEPROM, and an
X-CRUM. The flash memory (4 MB), EEPROM (256 Kb) and X-CRUM are used for all system operation (system
parameter, device status, tech information, and service information).
IMPORTANT: When a main board is replaced, the MSOK PBA should be re-installed on the new main board to
retain the system information.
Figure 1-70 MSOK board
Fax joint board

The fax joint board interfaces between the main board and the modem PBA through a UART.
Figure 1-71 Fax joint PBA
Connector number Description
1 Main PBA I/F connector
2 Modem Card I/F connector

JC92-02743B PBA-FAX JOINT
Fax card (optional)

The fax card transfers and receives the fax data through a telephone line. This PBA is controlled by the main
board.
Figure 1-72 Fax joint PBA
1 FAX Joint I/F connector
2 TEL line I/F connector
3 External phone I/F connector
JC92-02743B PBA-FAX CARD
Foreign Device Interface (FDI) module (optional)

The FDI module is an optional accessory that is used to track printer usage, such as the number of print or copy
pages. This module interfaces to the main board.
Figure 1-73 FDI module
1 Connector to main controller

Document feeder board
The document feeder board controls the operation of the document feeder. It uses RENESAS’s uPD70F3824
(48MHz main clock, 256KB flash memory, 24KB RAM) and interfaces with the main controller board through
UART communication. It has one motor driver IC for motor driving and controls one BLDC motor, one solenoid,
two clutches, and eleven sensors.
Figure 1-74 Document feeder board
1 Scan joint PBA
2 EXIT_Solenoid
3 Paper_Length1/2, Paper_Width1/2/3 Sensor
4 Paper_Exit Sensor
5 Paper_Exit_Idle Sensor
6 BLDC_Motor
7 Paper_Regi, Cover_Open, Paper_Detect Sensor
8 Scan Sensor, Pickup Clutch, RegiClutch
JC92-02446F PBA-RADF
Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) board

The SMPS board supplies electric power to the main board and other boards. The voltage provided includes +5V,
and +24V from a 110V/220V power input. It has safety protection modes for overcurrent and overload.

Figure 1-75 SMPS board
1 INPUT_AC
2 OUTPUT_24V1/2/3 and 5V 1/2 (to Main PBA)
3 24V on/off
JC44-00092D SMPS Type 4 V2 (220V)
Specifications
General input/output voltage
● AC 110V (110V ~ 127V)
● AC 220V (220V ~ 240V)
● Input Current: 4.2A (110V) / 2.1A (220V)
● Output Power (Max): 205W
– DC 5V : 25W / DC 24V : 180W
Input/Output connector
● Table 1-33 AC Input Connector (CON1)
PIN ASSIGN PIN NO Description
1 AC_L AC Input
2 AC_N

● Table 1-34 DC Output Connector (CON3)
1 +5V1 Power
2 GND 5V Ground
3 +5V2 Power
4 GND 5V Ground
5 +24V1 Power
6 GND 24V Ground
7 +24V2 Power
8 GND 24V Ground
9 +24V3 Power
● Table 1-35 Signal Connector (CON4)
1 GND ActiveLow
2 24V_ON_OFF
3 Relay on
Fuser Drive Board (FDB)

The fuser drive board (FDB) supplies voltage to the fuser AC, heater, and main board.
Figure 1-76 Fuser drive board
1 Heater I/F
2 Fuser AC
3 FDB I/F

4 SMPS
5 Main S/W
6 Inlet
7 Option Heater Switch
JC44-00211B FDB-MX3-V2 (220V)
HVPS board
HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) board generates seven high-voltage channels, MHV DC (-), DEV AC/DC (-), THV
DC (+/-), Fuser DC (+), SAW DC (-)
Figure 1-77 HVPS board
CN2
(AC/DC)
CN1
(FUSER/SAW)
CN4
(MHV)
CN5 CN3
(HVPS I/F) (T2 +/-)
Specifications
● Input voltage: DC 24V, 3.3V
● Output voltage:
– MHV : -1200V
– DEV DC : -497V, AC : Vpp 1000V

– THV+ : 39.6uA, THV- : -1300V
– SAW : -990V
– FUSER : 400V
JC44-00237C HVPS
Connection
● Table 1-36 CN1 connections
Description Pin Name Pin Assign
Output voltage Fuser 1
Output voltage SAW 2
Output voltage AC/DC 1, 2
Output voltage T2 + / - 1
Output voltage MHV 1, 2

PWM signal PWM SAW 1
PWM signal PWM DEVE AC 2
PWM signal PWM FUSER BIAS 3
PWM signal PWM VPP AC 4
PWM signal PWM MHV 5
nEN signal nEN DEVE AC 6
Output signal ADC MHV READ 7
PWM signal PWM DEVE DC 8
nEN signal nEN MHV 9
nEN signal nEN THV 10

Table 1-40 CN5 connections (continued)
Input voltage 3.3V PS 11
PWM signal PWM THV 12
Output signal ADC_HVPS_24V 13
Output signal ADC THV READ 14
GND GND 15, 16, 17
– NC 18
Input voltage 24V 19, 20
Eraser board
The eraser board contains one LED, which is used for erasing the negative charges on the surface of the drum
after printing.
Figure 1-78 Eraser board
JC92–02747AB PBA-ERASER
Fuser board
The fuser board includes CRU memory for fuser unit lifecycle counting. It also provides a connection interface for
the pressure sensor.

Figure 1-79 Fuser board
1 Fuser EEPROM, Pressure Sensor I/F
2 Pressure Sensor
Waste sensor board

The waste sensor board detects the waste toner level inside the toner collection unit.
Figure 1-80 Waste sensor board
CRUM board
The CRUM board includes CRU memory for developer unit, drum unit, and toner cartridge lifecycle counting.

Figure 1-81 CRUM board
CTD board
The CTD board is used for adjusting density of print and copy.
Figure 1-82 CTD board
Paper size sensor board

The paper size sensor board is used for sensing paper size in the tray.
Figure 1-83 Paper size sensor board
JC92-02622A PBA-PAPER SIZE SENSOR

OPE (control panel) controller
OPE (control panel) controller overview
The MICOM (ST STM8) in the OPE PBA controls the LED, Key, and LCD backlight. The C4N chip controls the 7-inch
LCD data and touchscreen.
The MICOM communicates with the main board through UART.
The LCD data R/G/B 28-bit and control signal is transferred using the serializer/deserializer.
Figure 1-84 OPE (control panel) controller overview

OPE (control panel) main board
Figure 1-85 OPE (control panel) main board
1 KEY PBA I/F connector
2 MAIN PBA I/F connector (DATA)
3 MAIN PBA I/F connector (POWER)
4 USB HOST MAIN I/F connector
5 LCD DATA I/F connector
6 LCD TSP IF connector
7 USB HOST port for memory stick
8 USB HOST port for NFC
9 USB HOST port for card reader
JC92-02835A OPE MAIN

Touchscreen (7-inch TFT LCD C-type)
Figure 1-86 Touchscreen

OPE (control panel) keyboard
Figure 1-87 OPE (control panel) keyboard
1 Interface connector to OPE main board
2 Magnetic buzzer
JC92-02435A OPE KEY
Scan joint board

The scan joint board has one bipolar step motor drive IC for driving the scanner motor. It functions as a
connection between the WLED, APS Sensor1, APS Sensor2, Cover Open Sensor1, Cover Open Sensor2, Home
Position Sensor and the main board. It also functions as the joint PBA for the document feeder interface and 24V
and 5V power connectors

Figure 1-88 Scan joint board
1 WLED IF PBA
2 MAIN PBA
3 Cover Open2, Home Sensor
4 RADF PBA
5 Platen Motor
JC92–02781A PBA-SCAN JOINT
CCDM board
The CCDM board converts the reflected light from an original document to electrical signals. It includes the CCD,
ADC, Logic IC, etc. The CCD converts the reflected light from an original document to three-color analog signals
(red, green, and blue). The ADC converts each analog signal to digital. For high speed data transmission, the
digital data signal is converted to LVDS format with serialization.
Figure 1-89 CCDM board
1 Main PBA
WLED interface board

The WLED interface board interfaces with sensors for the WLED and platen.

Figure 1-90 WLED interface board
1 APS1, APS2 Sensor
2 Cover Open1 Sensor
3 Scan joint board
4 WLED board
WLED board
The WLED board consists of two WLEDs used as scanner light.
Figure 1-91 WLED board
1 WLED interface board

2 Removal and replacement
● For additional service and support
● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
● Removal and replacement strategy
● Service approach
● Toner cartridge
● Toner collection unit
● Paper dust stick
● OPC drum unit
● Developer unit
● Fuser unit
● Transfer roller
● Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers
● Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers
● Document feeder pickup roller assembly
● Document feeder friction pad
● Left cover
● Rear upper and lower covers
● Laser scanner unit (LSU)
● Temperature sensor
● HVPS board
● OPE unit (control panel)
● Main board
● Right door dampener and lever kit
● Developer fan
ENWW 101
● SMPS board
● Fuser drive board
● Fuser exit drive unit
● Main drive unit
● Pickup drive unit
● Toner duct drive unit
● Toner supply drive unit
● Toner duct
● Toner collection unit (TCU) sensor
● Auto size sensor
● Exit unit
● Side unit
● Fuser out sensor
● Duplex sensor
● MP unit
● MP solenoid
● Pickup unit
● Pickup unit empty and level sensors
● Feed sensor
● Feed unit sensor
● Registration unit and sensor
● Side cover open switch
● Front door open switch
● Document feeder
● Document feeder front and rear covers
● Document feeder open cover
● Document feeder stacker
● Document feeder board
● Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors
● Document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch
● Document feeder exit idle sensor
102 Chapter 2 Removal and replacement ENWW

● Document feeder exit sensor
● Document feeder length and width sensors
● Image scanner
● Scanner glass
● Scanner LED lamp module
● Scanner imaging unit
● Scanner joint board
● Scanner APS sensor
● Hard disk drive (HDD)
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
ENWW 103
For additional service and support
HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:
AMS
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-en
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-es
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-pt
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-fr
APJ
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-en
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-ja
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-ko
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-Hans
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-zh-Hant
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-th
EMEA
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/emea-en
Channel partners, go to https://partner.hp.com .
At these locations, find information on the following topics:
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Service advisories
● Warranty and regulatory information
Channel partners, access training materials in the HP University and Partner Learning Center at
https://content.ext.hp.com/sites/LMS/HPU.page.
To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.

Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Ordering
Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply
Order genuine HP parts or accessories www.hp.com/buy/parts
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the
HP SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.
ENWW Order parts, accessories, and supplies 105

Removal and replacement strategy
WARNING! Turn the product off, wait 5 seconds, and then remove the power cord before attempting to service
the product. If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result, in addition to damage to the product. The
power must be on for certain functional checks during problem solving. However, the power supply should be
disconnected during parts removal.
The sheet-metal parts can have sharp edges. Be careful when handling sheet-metal parts.
CAUTION: Many repair operations will require you to flatten or straighten flex cables. However, where possible,
try to avoid doing so. You must make sure that all FFCs are fully seated in their connectors. Failure to fully seat
an FFC into a connector can cause a short circuit in a printed circuit-board assembly (PCA).
NOTE: To install a self-tapping screw, first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern,
and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. If a self-tapping screw-hole becomes stripped,
repair the screw-hole or replace the affected assembly.
Throughout this chapter, the reinstallation process should follow the reverse order of the removal process
documented. Where necessary, the tasks include reinstallation tips to aid in the installation of replacement
parts.
Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing product parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before touching an
ESD-sensitive part.
Protect the ESD-sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the product.

Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length
● Small flat blade screwdriver
● Needle-nose pliers
● ESD mat (if one is available) or ESD strap
● Penlight (optional)
Types of screws
WARNING! Make sure that components are replaced with the correct screw type. Using the incorrect screw (for
example, substituting a long screw for the correct shorter screw) can cause damage to the product or interfere
with product operation. Do not intermix screws that are removed from one component with the screws that are
removed from another component.
Service approach
Before performing service
● Remove all paper from the product.
● Turn off the power using the power button.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the toner cartridges.
● Remove the paper trays.
Releasing plastic latches

Many of the parts are held in place with plastic latches. The latches break easily; release them carefully. To
remove such parts, press the hook end of the latch away from the part to which it is latched.
ENWW Service approach 107

Figure 2-1 Release plastic latch
After performing service

● Plug in the power cable.
● Reinstall the toner cartridges.
● Reinstall the paper trays.
● Load paper in the product.
Post-service test
Perform the following test to verify that the repair or replacement was successful.
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.
4. Print a configuration page.
5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
7. Clean the outside of the product with a damp cloth.

Toner cartridge
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner cartridge.
Click here to view a video of this procedure.
Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly.

○ Disconnect the power cable.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove the
power cable before attempting to service the printer.
Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts
Toner cartridge part number
JC02-00140A Toner - Black
Required tools
● No special tools are needed to remove or install this assembly.
Turn the printer power on
○ Connect the power cable.
○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.
Post service test

When the power is turned on, listen for normal startup sounds.
Check the control-panel display for error messages.
Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.
Copy, scan, or print a document. Verify the document copies, scans, or prints correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge

▲ Rotate the dial on the front of the toner cartridge to the left (callout 1) until it stops, and then slide the
toner cartridge out of the printer (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the toner cartridge, slide the cartridge into the printer only until the
front of the cartridge is even with the front of the cartridge slot. Do not slide the cartridge all the way in the
printer. Move the cartridge slightly in or out of the printer until you can rotate the dial to the right until it
stops. Do not force the rotation of the dial.
ENWW Toner cartridge 109

Figure 2-2 Remove the toner cartridge

Toner collection unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner collection unit.

Toner collection unit part number
X3A60-67901 Toner collection unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the toner collection unit

▲ Release two tabs (callout 1), and then pull the toner collection unit away from the printer to remove it
(callout 2).
ENWW Toner collection unit 111

Figure 2-3 Remove the toner collection unit

Paper dust stick
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the paper dust stick.

Paper dust stick part number
JC93-00078C Dust holder
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the paper dust stick

▲ Slide the paper dust stick out of the printer to remove it.
ENWW Paper dust stick 113

Figure 2-4 Remove the paper dust stick

OPC drum unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the OPC drum unit.

OPC drum unit part number
X3A65-67903 OPC drum (imaging drum unit)
Required tools
● #2 JIS screwdriver with a magnetic tip
Post service test

Remove the OPC drum unit

1. Open the front cover, and then remove the toner collection unit. Open the right door.
ENWW OPC drum unit 115

Figure 2-5 Remove the TCU and open the right door
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-6 Disconnect connector and remove two screws
3. Lift the gray handle, and then slide the imaging unit out of the printer.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the OPC drum, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes.
Cover the green OPC drum if the imaging unit must be removed from the printer for an extended period of
time. Make sure not to scratch or touch the green surface of the drum to avoid potential print quality
problems.
Figure 2-7 Remove the imaging unit

4. Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-8 Disconnect one connector
5. Remove six screws securing the imaging unit rear cover.
Figure 2-9 Remove six screws
Reinstallation tip: When reassembling the rear cover, be careful not to miss the coupler as shown below.

6. Remove the imaging unit rear cover.
Figure 2-10 Remove the imaging unit rear cover
7. Separate the developer unit (callout B) from the OPC drum unit (callout A).
Figure 2-11 Separate the developer unit and OPC drum unit
8. When installing the initial imaging unit or replacing the developer kit, remove the arrow label horizontally.
Figure 2-12 Remove the arrow label
● CAUTION: Make sure to remove the label horizontally. Do not remove it in a downward direction

Figure 2-13 Remove the label horizontally
● CAUTION: Make sure to keep the imaging unit in a horizontal position. Do not tilt it because
developer leaking will occur.
Figure 2-14 Keep the imaging unit horizontal

Developer unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the developer unit.

Developer unit part number
JC96-11669A Developer unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the developer unit

1. Open the front cover, and then remove the toner collection unit. Open the right door.

Figure 2-15 Remove the TCU and open the right door
2. Disconnect one connector, and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-16 Disconnect connector and remove two screws
3. Lift the gray handle, and then slide the imaging unit out of the printer.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the OPC drum, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes.
Cover the green OPC drum if the imaging unit must be removed from the printer for an extended period of
time. Make sure not to scratch or touch the green surface of the drum to avoid potential print quality
problems.
Figure 2-17 Remove the imaging unit
ENWW Developer unit 121

4. Disconnect one connector.
5. Remove six screws securing the imaging unit rear cover.
Figure 2-19 Remove six screws
Reinstallation tip: When reassembling the rear cover, be careful not to miss the coupler as shown below.

6. Remove the imaging unit rear cover.
Figure 2-20 Remove the imaging unit rear cover
7. Separate the developer unit (callout B) from the OPC drum unit (callout A).
Figure 2-21 Separate the developer unit and OPC drum unit
8. Unpack the developer unit and verify four components are in the box:
1. Developer unit
2. Developer powder
3. Sealing tape
4. Paper funnel
Figure 2-22 Unpack the developer unit

9. Remove two protective sheets.
NOTE: When removing protective sheet 1, be careful not to contaminate the magnetic roller.
When removing protective sheet 2, be careful to avoid grease contamination.
Figure 2-23 Remove two protective sheets
10. Create a funnel from the paper sheet.
Figure 2-24 Create a funnel

11. Insert the paper funnel into the opening on the developer unit as shown below.
Figure 2-25 Insert the paper funnel into the developer unit
12. Pour the developer powder into the funnel.
NOTE: While filling the developer unit, intermittently tilt the developer unit to avoid overflow of the
developer powder.
Figure 2-26 Pour the developer powder into the funnel

13. Carefully attach the seal tape to the opening in the developer.
NOTE: Follow the guides on the developer for attaching the tape.
Figure 2-27 Attach the sealing tape
14. Remove the arrow label horizontally.
Figure 2-28 Remove the arrow label
● CAUTION: Make sure to remove the label horizontally. Do not remove it in a downward direction

Figure 2-29 Remove the label horizontally
● CAUTION: Make sure to keep the imaging unit in a horizontal position. Do not tilt it because
developer leaking will occur.
Figure 2-30 Keep the imaging unit horizontal
Special installation instructions (Developer unit)

Firmware counter reset and toner concentration initialization
The front door must be open at the beginning of this procedure. Do not close the door until instructed.
1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu.
2. Select the Service menu.
3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected in the drop-down menu, and then enter the service access
code.
4. Select the Service Tools menu.
5. On the Information tab, select the Supply Status menu.
6. Select Field Replacement Unit.
7. Select Developer Unit
8. Select Reset, to clear the counter.

IMPORTANT: After performing the reset, perform a toner concentration initialization by selecting TC Init in
the same menu screen.
9. Close the front door, and then exit service mode (touch the Home button).

Fuser unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the fuser.

Fuser part numbers
JC91-01237A Fuser assembly (220V)
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the fuser unit

1. Open the right door.
ENWW Fuser unit 129

Figure 2-31 Open the right door
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the cover (callout A). Disconnect one connector (callout B).
Figure 2-32 Remove the cover and disconnect the connector
[A]
[B]
3. Disconnect one connector (callout A).
[A]

4. Remove two screws, and then remove the fuser unit.
CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Allow it to cool before removing it from the printer.
Figure 2-34 Remove the fuser unit
ENWW Fuser unit 131

Transfer roller
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the transfer roller.

Transfer roller part number
JC95-01943A Transfer roller
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the transfer roller


2. Release one tab on each end of the transfer roller, and then lift up to remove it.
CAUTION: The springs on either end of the transfer unit are not captive and can be easily dislodged.
Figure 2-36 Remove the transfer roller
ENWW Transfer roller 133

Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers.
Click here to view a video of this procedure (Tray 2).

Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers part number
JC93-00540A Pickup rollers
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers

NOTE: HP recommends replacing all three rollers at the same time.
1. Open the right door, and then remove Trays 2–5.

Figure 2-37 Open the right door and remove Trays 2–5
2. Inside the tray opening, release the tab (callout 1), and then slide the roller off of the shaft (callout 2).
Repeat this procedure for the remaining rollers
Figure 2-38 Remove the roller
ENWW Trays 2–5 pickup, separation, and forward rollers 135

Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers.

Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers part number
JC93-00540B Pickup rollers, Tray 1
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers

NOTE: HP recommends replacing all three rollers at the same time.
1. Open Tray 1 and remove the cover (callout A).

Figure 2-39 Open Tray 1 and remove the cover
2. Remove the cover (callout B).
Figure 2-40 Remove the cover
3. Release the tab, and then slide the roller off of the shaft. Repeat this procedure for the remaining rollers
Figure 2-41 Remove the roller
ENWW Tray 1 pickup, separation, and forward rollers 137

Document feeder pickup roller assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly.

Document feeder pickup roller assembly part number
JC97-04009A ADF pickup assembly
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly

1. Open the document feeder cover.

Figure 2-42 Open the document feeder cover
2. Remove the spring.
Figure 2-43 Remove the spring
3. Release the Holder-Shaft lock (callout 1), and then remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly
(callout 2).
Figure 2-44 Remove the document feeder pickup roller assembly
ENWW Document feeder pickup roller assembly 139

Document feeder friction pad
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder friction pad.

Document feeder friction pad part number
JC97-04733A ADF friction pad
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder friction pad


2. Remove the document feeder friction pad.
Figure 2-46 Remove the friction pad
ENWW Document feeder friction pad 141

Left cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the left cover.

Left cover part number
JC63-04541B Cover left
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the left cover

1. Remove the top left cover.

Figure 2-47 Remove the top left cover
2. Remove ten screws, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 2-48 Remove the left cover
ENWW Left cover 143

Rear upper and lower covers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the rear upper and lower covers.

Rear upper and lower covers part numbers
JC63–04522B Cover, rear upper
JC63–04542B Cover, rear lower
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the rear upper and lower covers

▲ Remove five screw caps on the rear upper cover. Remove nine screws, and then remove the rear upper and
lower covers.

Figure 2-49 Remove the rear covers
ENWW Rear upper and lower covers 145

Laser scanner unit (LSU)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the laser scanner unit (LSU).

LSU part number
JC97-04017A Laser scanner unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the LSU


3. Disconnect the flat cable, and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-52 Disconnect the flat cable and remove two screws
ENWW Laser scanner unit (LSU) 147

4. Remove the LSU.
Figure 2-53 Remove the LSU

Temperature sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the temperature sensor.

Temperature sensor part number
JC32-00015A Temperature sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the temperature sensor

ENWW Temperature sensor 149

3. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-56 Release retainer and remove two screws

4. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the temperature
sensor.
Figure 2-57 Disconnect connector and remove screw
1
2
ENWW Temperature sensor 151

HVPS board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the HVPS board.

HVPS board part number
JC44-00237C HVPS board
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the HVPS board


3. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-60 Release retainer and remove two screws
ENWW HVPS board 153

4. Remove one screw, and then release the ground wire. Disconnect all of the connectors on the HVPS board,
and then remove the HVPS and board holder from the printer.
TIP: Removing the laser scanner unit allows easier access to the connectors.
Figure 2-61 Remove one screw and release the ground wire
5. Remove one screw, and then remove the HVPS board from the holder.
Figure 2-62 Remove the HVPS board

OPE unit (control panel)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the OPE unit (control panel).

OPE unit (control panel) part number
JC97-04947A OPE unit (control panel)
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the OPE unit (control panel)

ENWW OPE unit (control panel) 155

2. Remove two screw caps and two screws.
Figure 2-64 Remove two screw caps and two screws
3. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-65 Remove one screw

4. Remove the front top cover (callout A).
Figure 2-66 Remove the front top cover
5. Raise the document feeder, and then remove three screw caps and three screws.
Figure 2-67 Remove three screw caps and three screws
6. Lift up and release the OPE cover.
Figure 2-68 Remove the OPE cover
ENWW OPE unit (control panel) 157

7. Remove four screws. Release two hooks, and then lift the OPE unit up slightly.
Figure 2-69 Remove four screws and release two hooks
8. Disconnect three connectors, and then release the OPE unit.
Figure 2-70 Disconnect three connectors and release the OPE unit

Main board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the main board.

Main board part number
JC92-02831D PCA board - Main
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the main board

1. Remove five screw caps on the upper rear cover. Remove nine screws, and then remove the rear cover.
ENWW Main board 159

Figure 2-71 Remove the rear cover
2. Unplug all of the connectors on the main board. Remove nine screws, and then remove the main board.
Figure 2-72 Remove the main board
3. Install the replacement main board. Remove the MSOK and memory PCAs from the old board and install
them on the replacement board.
NOTE: When installing the MSOK, make sure it is installed in the correct orientation.
Figure 2-73 Install MSOK and memory on replacement board

Right door dampener and lever kit
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the right door dampener
● Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove and replace the right door dampener and lever kit.
IMPORTANT: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special installation
instructions.

○ Press the power button on the front of the printer, and then turn off the power switch next to the power
cable.
○ A shutting-down message appears on the control-panel display.
WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the power off and wait until the printer shuts down before
removing the power cable.
○ Disconnect the printer power cable after the printer has completely shut down (the control-panel display is
blank).
5CM76-67901
● Right door dampener and lever kit
Required tools

○ Connect the printer power cable.
○ Turn on the power switch next to the power cable, and then press the power button on the front of the
printer.
○ Verify that the service performed was successful.
○ Verify that the most recent firmware is installed on the printer.
○ Verify that all parts are correctly reinstalled and are properly working.
Post service test

Print any pages necessary to verify that the repair resolved the issue and did not create any new issues.
ENWW Right door dampener and lever kit 161

Step 1: Remove the right door dampener
1. Remove Tray 2 and Tray 3.
2. Open the right door, and then release the right door stopper from the damper.
Figure 2-74 Release the right door stopper
3. Remove three screws, and then remove the right front cover.
Figure 2-75 Remove the right front cover

4. Remove two screws, and then remove the front lower cover.
TIP: Slightly open Tray 4 to make removing the cover easier.
Figure 2-76 Remove the front lower cover
5. Remove two screws, and then remove the dampener cover.
Figure 2-77 Remove the dampener cover

6. Remove the dampener gear assembly.
IMPORTANT: Do not discard the failed dampener. Return the assembly to HP for failure analysis.
Figure 2-78 Remove the dampener assembly
7. Important: Make sure that the right door stopper is reinstalled after servicing the printer. Closing the right
door without the stopper installed will damage the damper.
Figure 2-79 Install the right door stopper
Step 2: Unpack the replacement assembly

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.
http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html
2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at
an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal
chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive
assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on the roller or pad
can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves when
handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or pads.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed from
the replacement part prior to installation.
3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.
NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of the
instructions.

Developer fan
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the developer fan.

Developer fan part number
JC31-00161A Developer fan
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the developer fan


2. Disconnect one connector, remove one screw, and then remove the developer fan.
Figure 2-81 Remove the developer fan
ENWW Developer fan 167

SMPS board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the SMPS board.

SMPS board part numbers
JC44-00092D SMPS-V2, 220V
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the SMPS board

WARNING! To avoid the risk of shock by electric discharge, wait five minutes after unplugging the power cord
before replacing the SMPS board.

2. Remove four screws, and then remove the SMPS cover.
Figure 2-83 Remove the SMPS cover
3. Disconnect all of the connectors on the SMPS board. Remove four screws, and then remove the SMPS
board.
Figure 2-84 Disconnect connectors and remove four screws
ENWW SMPS board 169

Fuser drive board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the fuser drive board.

Fuser drive board part numbers
JC44-00211B Fuser drive board (220V)
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the fuser drive board

before replacing the fuser drive board.

2. Remove four screws, and then remove the SMPS cover.
Figure 2-86 Remove the SMPS cover
3. Disconnect all of the connectors on the fuser drive board. Remove four screws, and then remove the fuser
drive board.
Figure 2-87 Disconnect connectors and remove four screws
ENWW Fuser drive board 171

Fuser exit drive unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the fuser exit drive unit.

Fuser exit drive unit part numbers
JC93-00449A Fuser exit drive
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the fuser exit drive unit


2. Disconnect two connectors. Remove four screws, and then remove the fuser exit drive unit.
Figure 2-89 Remove the fuser exit drive unit
ENWW Fuser exit drive unit 173

Main drive unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the main drive unit.

Main drive unit part numbers
JC93-00912C Main drive unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the main drive unit

1. Remove the imaging unit.

4. Disconnect two connectors. Remove five screws, and then remove the main drive unit.
Figure 2-92 Remove the main drive unit
ENWW Main drive unit 175

Pickup drive unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the pickup drive unit.

Pickup drive unit part numbers
JC93-00442C Motor - Pickup
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the pickup drive unit


2. Disconnect one connector. Remove three screws, and then remove the pickup drive unit.
Figure 2-94 Remove the pickup drive unit
ENWW Pickup drive unit 177

Toner duct drive unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner duct drive unit.

Toner duct drive unit part numbers
JC93-00451A Motor - Duct
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the toner duct drive unit


2. Disconnect two connectors. Remove four screws, and then remove the toner duct drive unit.
Figure 2-96 Remove the toner duct drive unit
ENWW Toner duct drive unit 179

Toner supply drive unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner supply drive unit.

Toner supply drive unit part numbers
JC93-00450B Motor - Toner Supply
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the toner supply drive unit


2. Disconnect one connector. Remove three screws, and then remove the toner supply drive unit.
Figure 2-98 Remove the toner supply drive unit
ENWW Toner supply drive unit 181

Toner duct
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner duct.

Toner duct part numbers
JC93-00917A Duct
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the toner duct

1. Remove the toner cartridge and the imaging unit.

3. Remove the main drive unit and the toner drive unit.
4. Remove two screws, and then remove the toner duct.
Figure 2-100 Remove the toner duct
ENWW Toner duct 183

Toner collection unit (TCU) sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the toner collection unit (TCU) sensor.

TCU sensor part number
0604-001393 Toner collection unit (TCU) sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the TCU sensor


ENWW Toner collection unit (TCU) sensor 185

5. Open the front door. Remove the toner collection unit, toner cartridge, and imaging unit. Remove seven
screws, and then remove the inner cover.
Figure 2-105 Remove the inner cover
6. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the TCU sensor.
Figure 2-106 Remove the TCU sensor

Auto size sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the auto size sensor.

Auto size sensor part number
JC92-02622A Auto size sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the auto size sensor

1. Open the right door, and then remove Trays 2 and 3. Locate the sensor inside the tray opening.
ENWW Auto size sensor 187

Figure 2-107 Remove Trays 2 and 3
2. Disconnect one connector, remove two screws, and then remove the auto size sensor.
Figure 2-108 Remove the auto size sensor

Exit unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the exit unit.

Exit unit part number
JC90-01118B Exit Assembly
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the exit unit

1. Open the right door. Disconnect the exit unit connector.
ENWW Exit unit 189

Figure 2-109 Disconnect the exit unit connector
2. Remove three screws, and then remove the exit unit.
Figure 2-110 Remove the exit unit

Side unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side unit.

Side unit part number
JC95-02167A Side unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the side unit

1. Remove three screws, and then remove the right rear cover.
ENWW Side unit 191

Figure 2-111 Remove the right rear cover
2. Disconnect the side unit connector.
Reinstallation tip: When reinstalling the side unit, make sure that the side unit connector is correctly
installed.
Figure 2-112 Disconnect the side unit connector
3. Release the right stopper.
Figure 2-113 Release the right stopper

4. Release the left stopper.
Figure 2-114 Release the left stopper
5. Rotate the side unit down, and then slide it away from the printer to remove it.
Figure 2-115 Remove the side unit
ENWW Side unit 193

Fuser out sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the fuser out sensor.

Fuser out sensor part number
0604-001393 Fuser out sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the fuser out sensor

1. Remove the side unit.

2. Remove two screws, one on each side of the side unit. Lift the side exit cover.
Figure 2-116 Remove two screws
3. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the side exit cover.
4. Remove three screws, and then separate the side exit cover.
Figure 2-118 Remove three screws
ENWW Fuser out sensor 195

5. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the fuser out sensor.
Figure 2-119 Remove the fuser out sensor

Duplex sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the duplex sensor.

Duplex sensor part numbers
0604-001393 Duplex sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the duplex sensor

ENWW Duplex sensor 197

2. Remove the transfer roller.
Figure 2-120 Remove the transfer roller
3. Remove one screw, and then raise the Guide-TR Upper.
4. Remove one screw, and then raise the Holder-DUP SNR. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the
duplex sensor.
Figure 2-122 Remove the duplex sensor

MP unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the MP unit.

MP unit part number
JC90-01777A MP unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the MP unit

ENWW MP unit 199

2. Remove two screws, and then remove the Harness-Cover Mono (callout A).
Figure 2-123 Remove two screws and the cover
3. Remove three screws, and then remove the lower harness cover.
Figure 2-124 Remove three screws and the cover
4. Remove two screws, and then raise the stopper.
Figure 2-125 Remove two screws and raise the stopper

5. Remove three screws.
7. Remove two screws.
ENWW MP unit 201

8. Remove four screws.
Figure 2-129 Remove four screws
9. Remove the side duplex lower cover.
Figure 2-130 Remove the side duplex lower cover
10. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), release one retainer (callout 2), and then release the wires from the
wire guide (callout 3).
Figure 2-131 Disconnect two connectors and release the wires
3
1

11. Remove the duplex side cover.
Figure 2-132 Remove the duplex side cover
ENWW MP unit 203

13. Remove the duplex lower cover.
Figure 2-134 Remove the duplex lower cover
14. Disconnect two connectors.
Figure 2-135 Disconnect two connectors
15. Remove the MP front cover.
Figure 2-136 Remove the MP front cover

16. Release the arm on the right side of Tray 1.
Figure 2-137 Release the tray arm
17. Remove the MP unit.
Figure 2-138 Remove the MP unit
ENWW MP unit 205

MP solenoid
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the MP solenoid.

MP solenoid part number
JC33-00029B MP solenoid
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the MP solenoid

2. Remove the MP unit.

3. Remove the MP base cover.
Figure 2-139 Remove the MP base cover
4. Remove the e-ring (callout 1), and then remove the gear (callout 2).
Figure 2-140 Remove the e-ring and gear
ENWW MP solenoid 207

5. Remove the bushing (callout 1), release the retainer (callout 2), and then release the wires from the guide
(callout 3).
Figure 2-141 Remove the bushing and release the wires
1
3
6. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the MP pickup bracket (callout 2).
Figure 2-142 Remove four screws and the bracket

7. Remove two screws, and then remove the MP solenoid.
Figure 2-143 Remove two screws and the solenoid
ENWW MP solenoid 209

Pickup unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the pickup unit.

Pickup unit part numbers
JC93-00511A Pick Up 1st
JC93-00512A Pick Up 2nd
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the pickup unit

2. Remove the paper trays.

4. Release the feed unit and disconnect one connector.
ENWW Pickup unit 211

5. For each pickup unit, disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove
the pickup unit.
Figure 2-146 Disconnect one connector and remove one screw
2
1

Pickup unit empty and level sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the pickup unit empty and level sensors.

Pickup unit empty and level sensors part numbers
0604-001393 Pickup unit empty sensor
0604-001393 Pickup unit level sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the pickup unit empty and level sensors

2. Remove the pickup assembly.
ENWW Pickup unit empty and level sensors 213

3. Disconnect the connector, and then remove the empty sensor (callout A) or the level sensor (callout B).
Figure 2-147 Remove sensor

Feed sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the feed sensor.

Feed sensor part number
0604-001381 Feed sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the feed sensor

1. Remove two screws, and then remove the sensor cover.
ENWW Feed sensor 215

Figure 2-148 Remove the sensor cover
2. Remove one screw, and then release the sensor holder.
3. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the feed sensor.
Figure 2-149 Remove the feed sensor

Feed unit sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the feed unit sensor.

Feed unit sensor part numbers
0604-001381 Feed unit sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the feed unit sensor

ENWW Feed unit sensor 217

3. Release the feed unit and disconnect one connector.

4. On the feed unit, remove three screws, and then remove the bracket (callout B).
Figure 2-152 Remove three screws and the bracket
5. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the feed sensor.
Figure 2-153 Remove the feed sensor
ENWW Feed unit sensor 219

Registration unit and sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the registration unit and sensor.

Registration unit and sensor part numbers
JC93-01371A Registration assembly
0604-001381 Registration sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the registration unit

2. Remove the paper dust stick.
3. Remove the imaging unit.

5. Remove the sensor cover.
Figure 2-155 Remove the sensor cover
ENWW Registration unit and sensor 221

6. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then disconnect one connector (callout 2).
Figure 2-156 Release one retainer and disconnect one connector
1
2
7. Remove the cover over the gears on the right side of the registration unit.

9. Release the bushing at the end of the shaft.
Figure 2-159 Release the bushing

10. Remove the registration unit.
Figure 2-160 Remove the registration unit
11. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the bracket (callout 2).
Figure 2-161 Remove two screws and the bracket
1
2

13. On the back of the registration unit, release the tape (callout 1), and then release the retainer (callout 2).
Figure 2-163 Release the tape and the retainer

14. Remove the sensor and wire harness.
NOTE: Disconnect the wire harness from the defective sensor and connect it to the replacement sensor.
Figure 2-164 Remove the sensor and wire harness

Side cover open switch
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the side cover open switch.

Side cover open switch
Part not available
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the side cover open switch

ENWW Side cover open switch 227

2. Disconnect one connector. Remove one screw, and then remove the side cover open switch.
Figure 2-166 Remove the side cover open switch

Front door open switch
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the front door open switch.

Front door open switch part number
JC93-00466A Front door open switch
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the front door open switch

ENWW Front door open switch 229


5. Open the front door. Remove the toner collection unit, toner cartridge, and imaging unit. Remove seven
screws, and then remove the inner cover.
Figure 2-171 Remove the inner cover
6. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the front door open switch.
Figure 2-172 Remove the front door open switch
ENWW Front door open switch 231

Document feeder
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder.

Document feeder part number
JC97-04942A Document feeder
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder

1. Remove the cover on the back of the scanner.

2. Remove one screw securing the ground wire, and then disconnect the harness.
Figure 2-174 Remove one screw and disconnect harness
3. Lift the document feeder up, and then tilt it forward to remove it.
Figure 2-175 Remove the document feeder

Document feeder front and rear covers
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder front and rear covers.

Document feeder front and rear covers part numbers
JC63-05426A Document feeder front cover
JC63-05427A Document feeder rear cover
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder front and rear covers

1. Remove the document feeder.

2. Remove four screws on the bottom of the document feeder, and then release the hooks.
Figure 2-176 Remove four screws and release the hooks
3. Open the document feeder cover, and then remove two screws.
4. Push and release the stacker tray hinge.
Figure 2-178 Release the stacker tray hinge
ENWW Document feeder front and rear covers 235

5. Lift the stacker tray and remove two screws.
6. Remove the document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-180 Remove the document feeder front cover
7. Remove the document feeder rear cover.
Figure 2-181 Remove the document feeder rear cover

Document feeder open cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder open cover.

Document feeder open cover part numbers
JC97-04789A Document feeder open cover
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder open cover

2. Remove the document feeder front and rear covers.
ENWW Document feeder open cover 237

3. Remove the document feeder open cover by first sliding it in the direction shown in the figure below, and
then rotating it away from the document feeder to release the hinge pins.
Figure 2-182 Remove the document feeder open cover

Document feeder stacker
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder stacker.

Document feeder stacker part numbers
JC97-04787A Document feeder stacker
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder stacker

ENWW Document feeder stacker 239

3. Disconnect the stacker connector from the document feeder board, and then lift up to remove the stacker
unit.
Figure 2-183 Remove the document feeder stacker

Document feeder board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder board.

Document feeder board part numbers
JC92-02446F PCA ADF
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder board

ENWW Document feeder board 241

3. Disconnect all of the connectors on the document feeder board, and then remove two screws. Remove the
document feeder board.
Figure 2-184 Remove the document feeder board

Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors.

Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors part numbers
0604-001393 Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors

ENWW Document feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors 243

3. Disconnect the connector, and then remove one or more of the following sensors: detect sensor (callout A),
cover sensor (callout B), or registration sensor (callout C)
Figure 2-185 Remove the sensor

Document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch.

Document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch part numbers
JC97-03993A Motor ADF assy
JC33-00007A Solenoid Pickup Assy
JC47-00033G Clutch
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch

ENWW Document feeder motor, solenoid, and clutch 245

3. Remove the document feeder stacker.
4. Remove the document feeder open cover.
6. Disconnect three connectors, and then remove four screws.
Figure 2-187 Disconnect three connectors and remove four screws

8. Lift up and release the document feeder main frame.
Figure 2-189 Release the main frame
9. Remove two screws, release the wire harnesses from the holder, and then remove the harness holder.
Figure 2-190 Release the harness holder
10. Disconnect one connector, remove four screws, and then remove the motor.
Figure 2-191 Remove the motor

11. Remove two screws, and then remove the solenoid.
Figure 2-192 Remove the solenoid
12. Remove two springs, remove two screws, and then remove the bracket.
Figure 2-193 Remove the bracket

13. Remove the E-ring, and then remove the clutch.
Figure 2-194 Remove the clutch

Document feeder exit idle sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder exit idle sensor.

Document feeder exit idle sensor part number
0604-001393 Exit idle sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder exit idle sensor

3. Remove the document feeder main frame.

4. Release two tabs on the bottom of the sensor, and then remove the sensor. Disconnect one connector
from the sensor.
NOTE: The figure below shows the motor bracket removed. It is not necessary to remove the motor
bracket in order to remove the sensor.
Figure 2-195 Remove the sensor
ENWW Document feeder exit idle sensor 251

Document feeder exit sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder exit sensor.

Document feeder exit sensor part number
0604-001393 Document feeder exit sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder exit sensor


4. Disconnect three connectors, and then remove four screws.
Figure 2-197 Disconnect three connectors and remove four screws
ENWW Document feeder exit sensor 253

6. Lift up and release the document feeder main frame.
Figure 2-199 Release the main frame
7. Disconnect one connector, and then remove the exit sensor.
Figure 2-200 Remove the exit sensor

Document feeder length and width sensors
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the document feeder length and width sensors.

Document feeder length and width sensors part numbers
0604-001393 Document feeder length and width sensors
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the document feeder length and width sensors

ENWW Document feeder length and width sensors 255

3. Disconnect the stacker connector from the document feeder board, and then lift up to remove the stacker
unit.
Figure 2-201 Remove the document feeder stacker
4. Remove five screws, and then remove the sensor cover.
Figure 2-202 Remove five screws and the sensor cover
5. Disconnect the connector, and then remove one or more of the following sensors: paper length sensor
(callouts A and B) or paper width sensor (callouts C, D, and E).
Figure 2-203 Disconnect the connector and remove the sensor

Image scanner
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the image scanner.

Image scanner
Part not available
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the image scanner

ENWW Image scanner 257

2. Remove six screw caps and six screws. Remove the scanner rear cover.
Figure 2-204 Remove the scanner rear cover

7. Remove five screw caps and five screws.
Figure 2-209 Remove five screw caps and five screws

9. Remove the scan front cover (callout A).
Figure 2-211 Remove the scan front cover

11. Disconnect the cable, and then release the OPE unit.
Figure 2-213 Disconnect the cable and release the OPE unit
12. Remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan left cover.
Figure 2-214 Remove the scan left cover
13. Remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan right cover.
Figure 2-215 Remove the scan right cover

14. Disconnect the scanner cables.
Figure 2-216 Disconnect the scanner cables
15. Remove three screws on the left side of the scanner.
16. Remove two screws on the right side of the scanner.

17. Lift up and remove the scanner.
Figure 2-219 Remove the scanner

Scanner glass
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner glass.

Scanner glass part number
JC97-04720B Scanner glass large
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the scanner glass


ENWW Scanner glass 265

7. Remove five screw caps and five screws.
Figure 2-225 Remove five screw caps and five screws

9. Remove the scan front cover (callout A).
Figure 2-227 Remove the scan front cover

11. Disconnect three connectors, and then release the OPE unit.
Figure 2-229 Disconnect three connectors and release the OPE unit
12. Remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan left cover.
Figure 2-230 Remove the scan left cover
13. Remove three screw caps and three screws, and then remove the scan right cover.
Figure 2-231 Remove the scan right cover

15. Remove the plastic retainer.
Figure 2-233 Remove the plastic retainer

16. Remove the scanner glass.
Figure 2-234 Remove the scanner glass

Scanner LED lamp module
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner LED lamp module.

Scanner LED lamp module part number
JC97-04514A Scanner LED lamp module
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the scanner LED lamp module

ENWW Scanner LED lamp module 271

2. Remove the transparent tape.
Figure 2-235 Remove the transparent tape
3. Disconnect one flat cable.
Figure 2-236 Disconnect one flat cable
4. Remove four screws, and then remove the LED lamp module.
Figure 2-237 Remove the LED lamp module

Scanner imaging unit
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner imaging unit.

Scanner imaging unit part number
JC97-04523B Lens, scanner
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the scanner imaging unit

ENWW Scanner imaging unit 273

2. Remove four screws, and then remove the imaging unit cover.
Figure 2-238 Remove the imaging unit cover
3. Disconnect one flat cable.
Figure 2-239 Disconnect one flat cable
4. Remove two screws, and then remove the scanner imaging unit.
Figure 2-240 Remove the scanner imaging unit

5. After replacing the imaging unit, match the value between the lens number and the scale.
Figure 2-241 Match the value between the lens number and the scale
ENWW Scanner imaging unit 275

Scanner joint board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner joint board.

Scanner joint board part number
JC92-02781A PCA scanner joint
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the scanner joint board


3. Disconnect all of the connectors on the scanner joint board. Remove four screw, and then remove the
scanner joint board.
Figure 2-243 Remove the scanner joint board
ENWW Scanner joint board 277

Scanner APS sensor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the scanner APS sensor.

Scanner APS sensor part number
JC97-04507B Scanner APS sensor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the scanner APS sensor


2. Remove the joint board cover.
Figure 2-244 Remove the joint board cover
4. Disconnect the harness.
Figure 2-246 Disconnect the harness
ENWW Scanner APS sensor 279

5. Remove two screws, and then remove the APS sensor.
Figure 2-247 Remove the APS sensor

Hard disk drive (HDD)
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the hard disk drive (HDD).

Hard disk drive part number
SCX-HDK471 Hard disk drive
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the hard disk drive (HDD)

ENWW Hard disk drive (HDD) 281

2. Remove the exit tray.
Figure 2-249 Remove the exit tray
3. Remove four screws, and then remove the rear exit cover.
Figure 2-250 Remove the rear exit cover

4. Disconnect one connector, remove four screws, and then remove the hard disk drive.
Figure 2-251 Remove the hard disk drive
ENWW Hard disk drive (HDD) 283

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door.

DCF right door part number
JC90-01285A DCF right door
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF right door

1. Remove four screws caps and four screws (callout 1), and then remove the lower right cover (callout 2).

Figure 2-252 Remove the lower right cover
2
1
2. Open the right door. Rotate the left side of the door away from the printer (callout 1) to release the left
hinge pin. Slide the door to the left (callout 2) to release the right hinge pin, and then remove the door.
Figure 2-253 Remove the right door
1
2
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door 285

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover.

DCF rear cover part number
JC63-04604B DCF rear cover
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF rear cover

▲ Remove five screws, and then remove the rear cover.

ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover 287

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board.

DCF main board part number
JC92-02978A PCA, DCF
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF main board

1. Remove six screws, and then remove the rear cover.

2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DCF main board. Remove four screws, and then remove the DCF
main board.
Figure 2-256 Remove the DCF main board
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board 289

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor.

DCF feed motor part number
JC93-00447A DCF feed motor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF feed motor


2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the feed drive
unit.
Figure 2-258 Remove the feed drive unit
3. Remove three e-rings and three gears. Remove two screws, and then remove the feed motor.
Figure 2-259 Remove the feed motor
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor 291

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor.

DCF pickup motor part number
JC93-00442C DCF pickup motor
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF pickup motor


2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the DCF pickup
motor.
Figure 2-261 Remove the DCF pickup motor
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup motor 293

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
Introduction
This document provides the procedures to remove the dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units.

DCF pickup units part number
JC93-00510A DCF pickup unit
Required tools
Post service test

Remove the DCF pickup units

2. Remove the DCF right door.

3. Remove one screw, and then release the cable cover.
4. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then lift up to remove two cable covers (callout 2).
Figure 2-263 Remove two cable covers
1
2
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units 295

5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-264 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
6. Rotate the left side of the lower pickup unit away from the feeder (callout 1), and then release the belt
(callout 2) from the gear. Remove the lower pickup unit.
Reinstallation tip: Make sure to reinstall the belt over the gear when installing the replacement pickup
unit.
Figure 2-265 Remove the lower pickup unit

7. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2). Rotate the upper pickup unit
away from the feeder to remove it.
CAUTION: The belt over the gear on the right side of the unit is not captive. Do not lose the belt.
Figure 2-266 Disconnect one connector and remove two screws
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units 297

3 Parts and diagrams
● For additional service and support
● Order parts, accessories, and supplies
● Main parts
● Exit parts
● Main engine parts
● First pickup parts
● Front and rear frame parts
● Fuser exit drive
● Covers
● MP right cover parts
● MP Tray 1 parts
● Control panel (OPE unit) parts
● Scanner parts
● Document feeder parts
● Dual cassette feeder (DCF) parts
● Alphabetical parts list
ENWW 299
For additional service and support
HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:
AMS
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/ams-fr
APJ
● https://support.hp.com/wise/home/apj-th
EMEA
Channel partners, go to https://partner.hp.com .
At these locations, find information on the following topics:
● Install and configure
● Printer specifications
● Up-to-date control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting
● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues
● Remove and replace part instructions and videos
● Service advisories
● Warranty and regulatory information
Channel partners, access training materials in the HP University and Partner Learning Center at
https://content.ext.hp.com/sites/LMS/HPU.page.
To access HP PartSurfer information from any mobile device, go to http://partsurfermobile.hp.com/.
300 Chapter 3 Parts and diagrams ENWW

Ordering
ENWW Order parts, accessories, and supplies 301

Main parts

Table 3-1 Main parts
Ref Description Part number Qty
3 Cassette/Tray 2 JC90-01773A 1
4 Cassette/Tray3–5 JC90-01774A 1
5 Toner collection unit X3A60-67901 1
6 HVPS JC44-00237C 1
7 Laser scanner unit JC97-04017A 1
10 Exit assembly JC90-01118B 1
11 Fuser assembly (220V) JC91-01237A 1
12 Humidity encoder/sensor JC32-00015A 1
14 Motor, duct JC93-00451A 1
15 Motor, toner supply JC93-00450B 1
16 Motor, pickup JC93-00442C 1
17 Fuser drive board (220V) JC44-00211B 1
18 SMPS-V2 (220V) JC44-00092D 1
19 Main drive unit JC93-00912C 1
19-1 Motor, main drive subassembly JC31-00123A 1
19-2 Motor, main drive subassembly JC31-00123B 1
19-3 Motor, main drive JC93-00911B 1
20 Motor, fuser drive JC93-00449A 1
21 Fan, type 6 JC31-00160C 1
22 PCA Board, main JC92-02831D 1
23 PCA Board, fax JC92-02743B 1
25 Foam filter seal JC62-00641A 1
26 Developer unit JC96-11669A 1
27 Cover, control panel JC63-05301G 1
28 OPC drum (imaging drum unit) X3A65-67903 1
Not shown Toner cartridge JC02-00140A 1
Not shown Hard disk drive SCX-HDK471 1
Not shown Transfer T2 assembly JC82-00466A 1
Not shown Cassette tray left guide JC61-08229A 1
ENWW Main parts 303

Exit parts

Table 3-2 Exit parts
2 Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001393 1
6 Actuator, bin full JC66-04339A 1
7 Actuator, FD full JC66-02218A 1
8 Actuator, exit full JC66-02278A 1
Not shown Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001490 1
ENWW Exit parts 305

Main engine parts
2-1

Table 3-3 Main engine parts
2-1 Right door damper and lever kit 5CM76-67901 1
3 Dust holder JC93-00078C 1
5 Pickup, second JC93-00512A 1
6 Pickup, first JC93-00511A 1
7 Registration assembly JC93-01371A 1
8-1 Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001381 1
12 Duct JC93-00917A 1
17 High voltage package JC93-00891A 1
18-1 Fan, type 7 JC31-00161A 1
ENWW Main engine parts 307

First pickup parts

Table 3-4 First pickup parts
1 Pickup, main JC93-00510A 1
1-3 Pickup rollers JC93-00540A 3
ENWW First pickup parts 309

Front and rear frame parts

Table 3-5 Front and rear frame parts
1-1 Front door open switch JC93-00466A 1
1-2 Speaker 3001-002207 1
2-1 PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A 1
2-2 Grounding plate JC61-03002A 1
ENWW Front and rear frame parts 311

Fuser exit drive

Table 3-6 Fuser exit drive
9 Motor, step drive JC93-00452A
ENWW Fuser exit drive 313

Covers

Table 3-7 Covers
1 Cover, front JC63-05659A 1
2 Cover, inner JC95-02097A 1
3 Cover, middle right JC63-05298B 1
4 Cover, scan front JC95-02170A 1
5 Cover, left JC63-04541B 1
6 Cover, left top JC63-04534B 1
7 Cover, scan left JC63-05295B 1
8 Cover, left upper JC63-04534B 1
9 Cover, exit JC95-02087A 1
10 Cover, exit rear JC95-02088A 1
11 Cover, exit dummy JC63-04526B 1
12 Cover, front lower JC63-04536B 1
13 Cover, right front JC63-04539B 1
14 Cover, right rear JC63-04540B 1
15 Cover, right upper JC63-04520B 1
16 Cover, scan right JC63-05296B 1
17 Cover, rear lower JC63-04542B 1
18 Cover, rear upper JC63-04522B 1
19 Cover, rear upper dummy JC63-04528B 1
20 Cover, scan rear JC63-05297B 1
21 Cover, rear dummy JC63-04567C 1
Not shown Cover, sheet JC63-03496D 1
Not shown Cover, base JC63-04575B 1
Not shown Cover, tray exit flap JC63-04527B 1
ENWW Covers 315

MP right cover parts

Table 3-8 MP right cover parts
1 Cover, side upper JC63-04573B 1
3 Cover, side JC63-04576B 1
4 Cover. front MP JC63-03356C 1
5 Tray 1, multipurpose JC90-01777A 1
6 Guide, duplex upper JC61-04795A 1
7 Cover, side exit JC95-01509C 1
7-2 Actuator, fuser out JC66-03307A 1
10 Cover, side duplex JC95-01924A 1
11 Link arm, front JC66-03235A 1
13 Cover. side duplex lower JC95-01519A 1
17 Cover, harness lower JC63-03361B 1
23 Link arm, rear JC95-01518A 1
24-1 Transfer roller JC95-01943A 1
Not shown Side unit JC95-02167A 1
Not shown Tray 1, sub JC90-01778A 1
ENWW MP right cover parts 317

MP Tray 1 parts

Table 3-9 MP Tray 1 Parts
3-1 MP solenoid JC33-00029B 1
7 MP pickup roller JC93-00540B 3
ENWW MP Tray 1 parts 319

Control panel (OPE unit) parts

Table 3-10 Control panel parts
0 Control panel JC97-04947A 1
1-1 Control panel LCD sheet JC63-05379A 1
1-2 PCA, control panel JC92-02835A 1
1-3 PCA, control panel keys JC92-02435A 1
1-6 Keys, control panel JC64-00684D 1
3 Cover, control panel bottom JC63-05299A 1
ENWW Control panel (OPE unit) parts 321

Scanner parts
Scanner upper parts

Table 3-11 Scanner parts
2 Scanner glass, large JC97-04720B 1
4 ADF tempered glass, small JC01-00101A 1
10 PCA, scanner joint JC92-02781A 1
12 Belt JC66-02257A 1
13 Motor, scanner JC31-00158A 1
14 Hinge, Scanner left JC97-04736A 1
15 Hinge, scanner right JC97-04737A 1
ENWW Scanner parts 323

Scanner lower parts

Table 3-12 Scanner lower parts
1 Scanner APS sensor JC97-04507B 1
1-1 Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001453 2
2 Lens, scanner JC97-04523B 1
6 Scanner LED lamp module JC97-04514A 1
ENWW Scanner parts 325

Document feeder parts
Document feeder upper parts

Table 3-13 Document feeder parts
1 Cover, ADF open JC97-04789A 1
1-3 Actuator, registration JC66-03148A 1
1-5 Actuator, detect paper JC66-03147A 1
1-7 Pickup assembly, ADF JC97-04009A 1
1-9 Guide, paper stop JC61-04647A 1
2 ADF stacker JC97-04787A 1
2-7 ADF paper length and width sensors 0604-001393 2
2-8 Actuator, paper length JC66-03209D 1
3 Cover, ADF side front JC63-05426A 1
4 Cover, ADF side rear JC63-05427A 1
5 Hinge, ADF right JC97-04555B 1
6 Hinge, ADF left JC97-04757B 1
7 PCA, ADF JC92-02446F 1
Not shown Document feeder JC97-04942A 1
ENWW Document feeder parts 327

Document feeder main frame parts

Table 3-14 Document feeder main frame parts
1-1 ADF friction pad JC97-04733A 1
1-3 Clutch, ADF JC47-00033G 1
1-10 Belt, ADF timing gear 6602-003186 1
1-11 ADF exit, feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors 0604-001393 4
2 Motor, ADF assembly JC97-03993A 1
2-2 Solenoid, pickup assembly JC33-00007A 1
Not shown ADF sub stacker damper JC66-03901A 1
Not shown Belt, ADF timing gear 6602-003874 1
Not shown Belt, ADF timing gear 6602-001730 1
Not shown Harness heater JC39-01583A 1
Not shown Harness finisher JC39-02072A 1
Not shown Sponge, RADF JC63-05343A 1
Not shown Badge, HP logo JC64-01027A 1
Not shown Cover, side holder JC95-01639B 1
ENWW Document feeder parts 329

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) parts
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main parts
Figure 3-1 DCF main

Table 3-15 DCF main
1 Cassette four JC90-01666A 1
2 Cover, left DCF JC63-04607B 1
8 Cassette five JC90-01664A 1
9 Caster wheel 6109-001138 4
11 Cover, front DCF JC63-04606B 1
16 Main pickup JC93-00513A 2
17 Timing belt, gear 6602-003185 1
18 Door, right DCF JC90-01285A 1
19 Cover, right DCF JC63-04605B 1
20 Rear auto-size holder JC93-00018A 2
21 Drive assembly - main, (DCF pickup motor) JC93-00442C 1
22 Feed motor, DCF JC93-00447A 1
26 Drive Feed Assy JC39-01692A 1
29 Cable, DCR Size Sensor JC39-01695A 1
30 PCA, DCF JC92-02978A 1
31 IF Cable JC39-01690A 1
32 Cover, rear DCF JC63-04604B 1
Not shown PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A 1
Not shown Door open sensor JC39-01696A 1
ENWW Dual cassette feeder (DCF) parts 331

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup 1 parts
Figure 3-2 DCF main frame pickup 1

Table 3-16 DCF main frame pickup 1
0 DCF, main pickup JC93-00513A 2
1 Main Pickup Sub Assy JC93-00510A 2
2 Photo interrupter 0604-001381 2
3 Feed pulley JC66-03288A 2
5 Second pickup guide JC61-04717A 2
6 Idle feed roller JC66-03287A 2

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup parts
Figure 3-3 DCF main frame pickup

Table 3-17 DCF main frame pickup
0 Main Pickup lower and upper JC93-00510A 2
1 Tray 2–x rollers JC93-00540A 6
7-4 Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A 2
7-7 Fixer, e-ring JC61-01367A 2

Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main frame pickup, upper parts
Figure 3-4 DCF main frame pickup, upper

Table 3-18 DCF main frame pickup, upper
0 Main frame pickup, upper JC93-00504A 2
3 Actuator, empty pickup JC66-03199A 2
4 Clutch, one way JC66-00977A 4
5 Gear-m, joint JC66-00943A 2
6 Gear-m, one way JC66-00941A 2
7 Gear-m, idle JC66-00940A 2
12 Holder-m, idle one way JC61-01288A 2
14 Photo interrupter 0604-001393 4

Alphabetical parts list
Table 3-19 Alphabetical parts list
Description Part number Table and page
Actuator, bin full JC66-04339A Exit parts on page 305
Actuator, detect paper JC66-03147A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Actuator, empty pickup JC66-03199A DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Actuator, exit full JC66-02278A Exit parts on page 305
Actuator, FD full JC66-02218A Exit parts on page 305
Actuator, fuser out JC66-03307A MP right cover parts on page 317
Actuator, paper length JC66-03209D Document feeder parts

on page 327
Actuator, registration JC66-03148A Document feeder parts

on page 327
ADF exit, feeder registration, cover, and detect sensors 0604-001393 Document feeder main frame
parts on page 329
ADF friction pad JC97-04733A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
ADF paper length and width sensors 0604-001393 Document feeder parts
on page 327
ADF stacker JC97-04787A Document feeder parts

on page 327
ADF sub stacker damper JC66-03901A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
ADF tempered glass, small JC01-00101A Scanner parts on page 323
Badge, HP logo JC64-01027A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Belt JC66-02257A Scanner parts on page 323
Belt, ADF timing gear 6602-003186 Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329

parts on page 329

parts on page 329
Cable, DCR Size Sensor JC39-01695A DCF main on page 331
Cassette five JC90-01664A DCF main on page 331
Cassette four JC90-01666A DCF main on page 331
Cassette tray left guide JC61-08229A Main parts on page 303
Cassette/Tray 2 JC90-01773A Main parts on page 303
Cassette/Tray3–5 JC90-01774A Main parts on page 303

Table 3-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
Caster wheel 6109-001138 DCF main on page 331
Clutch, ADF JC47-00033G Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Clutch, one way JC66-00977A DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Control panel JC97-04947A Control panel parts on page 321
Control panel LCD sheet JC63-05379A Control panel parts on page 321
Coupler, torque limiter JC67-00455A DCF main frame pickup

on page 335
Cover, ADF open JC97-04789A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Cover, ADF side front JC63-05426A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Cover, ADF side rear JC63-05427A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Cover, base JC63-04575B Covers on page 315
Cover, control panel JC63-05301G Main parts on page 303
Cover, control panel bottom JC63-05299A Control panel parts on page 321
Cover, exit JC95-02087A Covers on page 315
Cover, exit dummy JC63-04526B Covers on page 315
Cover, exit rear JC95-02088A Covers on page 315
Cover, front JC63-05659A Covers on page 315
Cover, front DCF JC63-04606B DCF main on page 331
Cover, front lower JC63-04536B Covers on page 315
Cover, harness lower JC63-03361B MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover, inner JC95-02097A Covers on page 315
Cover, left JC63-04541B Covers on page 315
Cover, left DCF JC63-04607B DCF main on page 331
Cover, left top JC63-04534B Covers on page 315
Cover, left upper JC63-04534B Covers on page 315
Cover, middle right JC63-05298B Covers on page 315
Cover, rear DCF JC63-04604B DCF main on page 331
Cover, rear dummy JC63-04567C Covers on page 315
Cover, rear lower JC63-04542B Covers on page 315
Cover, rear upper JC63-04522B Covers on page 315
Cover, rear upper dummy JC63-04528B Covers on page 315
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 339

Cover, right DCF JC63-04605B DCF main on page 331
Cover, right front JC63-04539B Covers on page 315
Cover, right rear JC63-04540B Covers on page 315
Cover, right upper JC63-04520B Covers on page 315
Cover, scan front JC95-02170A Covers on page 315
Cover, scan left JC63-05295B Covers on page 315
Cover, scan rear JC63-05297B Covers on page 315
Cover, scan right JC63-05296B Covers on page 315
Cover, sheet JC63-03496D Covers on page 315
Cover, side JC63-04576B MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover, side duplex JC95-01924A MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover, side exit JC95-01509C MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover, side holder JC95-01639B Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Cover, side upper JC63-04573B MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover, tray exit flap JC63-04527B Covers on page 315
Cover. front MP JC63-03356C MP right cover parts on page 317
Cover. side duplex lower JC95-01519A MP right cover parts on page 317
DCF, main pickup JC93-00513A DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333
Developer unit JC96-11669A Main parts on page 303
Document feeder JC97-04942A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Door open sensor JC39-01696A DCF main on page 331
Door, right DCF JC90-01285A DCF main on page 331
Drive assembly - main, (DCF pickup motor) JC93-00442C DCF main on page 331
Drive Feed Assy JC39-01692A DCF main on page 331
Duct JC93-00917A Main engine parts on page 307
Dust holder JC93-00078C Main engine parts on page 307
Exit assembly JC90-01118B Main parts on page 303
Fan, type 6 JC31-00160C Main parts on page 303
Fan, type 7 JC31-00161A Main engine parts on page 307
Feed motor, DCF JC93-00447A DCF main on page 331
Feed pulley JC66-03288A DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333

Fixer, e-ring JC61-01367A DCF main frame pickup

on page 335
Foam filter seal JC62-00641A Main parts on page 303
Front door open switch JC93-00466A Front and rear frame parts
on page 311
Fuser assembly (220V) JC91-01237A Main parts on page 303
Fuser drive board (220V) JC44-00211B Main parts on page 303
Gear-m, idle JC66-00940A DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Gear-m, joint JC66-00943A DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Gear-m, one way JC66-00941A DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Grounding plate JC61-03002A Front and rear frame parts

on page 311
Guide, duplex upper JC61-04795A MP right cover parts on page 317
Guide, paper stop JC61-04647A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Hard disk drive SCX-HDK471 Main parts on page 303
Harness finisher JC39-02072A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Harness heater JC39-01583A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
High voltage package JC93-00891A Main engine parts on page 307
Hinge, ADF left JC97-04757B Document feeder parts

on page 327
Hinge, ADF right JC97-04555B Document feeder parts

on page 327
Hinge, Scanner left JC97-04736A Scanner parts on page 323
Hinge, scanner right JC97-04737A Scanner parts on page 323
Holder-m, idle one way JC61-01288A DCF main frame pickup, upper
on page 337
Humidity encoder/sensor JC32-00015A Main parts on page 303
HVPS JC44-00237C Main parts on page 303
Idle feed roller JC66-03287A DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333
IF Cable JC39-01690A DCF main on page 331
Keys, control panel JC64-00684D Control panel parts on page 321
Laser scanner unit JC97-04017A Main parts on page 303

Lens, scanner JC97-04523B Scanner lower parts on page 325
Link arm, front JC66-03235A MP right cover parts on page 317
Link arm, rear JC95-01518A MP right cover parts on page 317
Main drive unit JC93-00912C Main parts on page 303
Main frame pickup, upper JC93-00504A DCF main frame pickup, upper
on page 337
Main pickup JC93-00513A DCF main on page 331
Main Pickup lower and upper JC93-00510A DCF main frame pickup
on page 335
Main Pickup Sub Assy JC93-00510A DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333
Motor, ADF assembly JC97-03993A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Motor, duct JC93-00451A Main parts on page 303
Motor, fuser drive JC93-00449A Main parts on page 303
Motor, main drive JC93-00911B Main parts on page 303
Motor, main drive subassembly JC31-00123A Main parts on page 303
Motor, main drive subassembly JC31-00123B Main parts on page 303
Motor, pickup JC93-00442C Main parts on page 303
Motor, scanner JC31-00158A Scanner parts on page 323
Motor, step drive JC93-00452A Fuser exit drive on page 313
Motor, toner supply JC93-00450B Main parts on page 303
MP pickup roller JC93-00540B MP Tray 1 Parts on page 319
MP solenoid JC33-00029B MP Tray 1 Parts on page 319
OPC drum (imaging drum unit) X3A65-67903 Main parts on page 303
PCA Board, fax JC92-02743B Main parts on page 303
PCA Board, main JC92-02831D Main parts on page 303
PCA, ADF JC92-02446F Document feeder parts

on page 327
PCA, control panel JC92-02835A Control panel parts on page 321
PCA, control panel keys JC92-02435A Control panel parts on page 321
PCA, DCF JC92-02978A DCF main on page 331
PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A Front and rear frame parts
on page 311
PCA, paper size sensor JC92-02622A DCF main on page 331
PCA, scanner joint JC92-02781A Scanner parts on page 323

Photo interrupter 0604-001381 DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333
Photo interrupter 0604-001393 DCF main frame pickup, upper

on page 337
Pickup assembly, ADF JC97-04009A Document feeder parts

on page 327
Pickup rollers JC93-00540A First pickup parts on page 309
Pickup, first JC93-00511A Main engine parts on page 307
Pickup, main JC93-00510A First pickup parts on page 309
Pickup, second JC93-00512A Main engine parts on page 307
Rear auto-size holder JC93-00018A DCF main on page 331
Registration assembly JC93-01371A Main engine parts on page 307
Right door damper and lever kit 5CM76-67901 Main engine parts on page 307
Scanner APS sensor JC97-04507B Scanner lower parts on page 325
Scanner glass, large JC97-04720B Scanner parts on page 323
Scanner LED lamp module JC97-04514A Scanner lower parts on page 325
Second pickup guide JC61-04717A DCF main frame pickup 1

on page 333
Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001393 Exit parts on page 305
Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001490 Exit parts on page 305
Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001381 Main engine parts on page 307
Sensor, photointerrupter 0604-001453 Scanner lower parts on page 325
Side unit JC95-02167A MP right cover parts on page 317
SMPS-V2 (220V) JC44-00092D Main parts on page 303
Solenoid, pickup assembly JC33-00007A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Speaker 3001-002207 Front and rear frame parts

on page 311
Sponge, RADF JC63-05343A Document feeder main frame

parts on page 329
Timing belt, gear 6602-003185 DCF main on page 331
Toner cartridge JC02-00140A Main parts on page 303
Toner collection unit X3A60-67901 Main parts on page 303
Transfer roller JC95-01943A MP right cover parts on page 317
Transfer T2 assembly JC82-00466A Main parts on page 303
Tray 1, multipurpose JC90-01777A MP right cover parts on page 317

Tray 1, sub JC90-01778A MP right cover parts on page 317
Tray 2–x rollers JC93-00540A DCF main frame pickup

on page 335

4 Troubleshooting
● How to search for printer documentation
● Control panel overview
● Understanding the status LED
● Firmware upgrades
● Clearing paper jams
● Service mode
● Error codes
● Printing quality problems
● Adjusting the document feeder skew
● Other errors
● Connection diagrams
ENWW 345
How to search for printer documentation
The CPMD, error codes, and other support documentation for each printer is found on the internal HP portals
GCSN and WISE (formerly SAW). GCSN is available to HP channel partners and WISE is available to call agents,
service technicians, and other HP internal users. The level of detail available will depend on your access
credentials.
How to search WISE for printer documentation

These instructions are for HP internal use by call agents, service technicians, and other internal users. To learn
how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here.
To view a list of control panel message documents per printer in WISE, enter document ID c05048451, to locate
CPMD list.
Go to WISE and enter this document ID c05791539 for written instructions.
How to search GCSN for printer documentation

These instructions are for internal use by HP Channel Partners. To learn how to find support content in GCSN,
watch the video here or follow these steps:
1. On the Home screen in GCSN, open Technical information using one of the following two methods:
● Type TINF in the Speedcode field found in the upper right corner and press Enter, or
● On the Home page, click Technical information in the left pane.
346 Chapter 4 Troubleshooting ENWW

2. Under Product Search, select the Type, Category, Family, and Series that match your product model (leave
the Model field as blank or the default).
NOTE: Make sure to login to GCSN using your service-qualified credentials to access the most
comprehensive content list available. To find out how to become service-qualified, contact your HP
representative.
Figure 4-1 Sample product search criteria
3. Click Add Favorites and then click Add to add the printer to your Favorites list and allow you to bypass the
Product Search fields next time for that particular model (Optional).
4. Clear all of the high-level check boxes.
ENWW How to search for printer documentation 347

5. Select the check boxes for the document types for which you want to search.
NOTE: Select only the high-level Manuals and Guides search option if you are not sure in which type of
manual or guide the content might be listed.
6. Select Submit.
7. If needed, click Back To selection Criteria and narrow your search (the maximum allowed search result is
100 documents).
NOTE: Do not select the Top Issue option unless you only want to view top issues for that model. All other
available content will be filtered out.
Technical information type Select this checkbox
CPMD CPMD-Map
List of all CPMDs per product Support Information
Installation Guide or Hardware Install Guide Maintenance/Service Guide or Install Guide
Service cost document Install Guide or Service Guide/Manual
Service guide or Service manual Service Guide/Manual
Self-solve or troubleshooting document Support Information
User manual or User guide User Guide
Warranty and Legal Guide Warranty Statement

Control panel overview
Figure 4-2 Control panel overview
Callout Item Description
1 Touch screen Shows the current printer status and prompts during an operation. You can set menus
easily using the display screen.
2 Job Status Shows the jobs currently running, queued jobs, completed jobs, current error code or
secured jobs.
3 Counter Shows the amount of paper used (see “Counter button”)
4 Numeric keypad Dials numbers and enters alphanumeric characters. You can also enter the number value
for document copies or other options.
5 Eco Turn on Eco mode. Turn on the Eco mode to reduce toner consumption and paper usage
when pc-printing and copying only (see "Eco button").
6 Power/Wakeup Turns the power on or off. When the blue LED is on, the printer is powered on and you can
use it. To turn the printer off, press and hole this button for at least 3 seconds. Press Yes
when the confirmation window appears.
7 Clear Deletes characters in the edit area.
8 Interrupt Stops a print or copy job in operation for urgent copying.
9 Stop Stops an operation at any time. The pop-up window appears on the screen showing the
current job that the user can stop or resume.
10 Start Starts a job.
11 Redial/Pause Redials the recently sent fax number or received caller ID in ready mode, or inserts a pause
(-) into a fax number in edit mode.
12 Logout Allows user to log out.
13 On Hook Dial When you press this button, you can hear a dial tone. Then enter a fax number. It is similar
to making a call using a speaker phone.
14 Reset Resets the current printer setup.
15 Status LED Shows the status of your printer (see "Understanding the LEDs").
ENWW Control panel overview 349

IMPORTANT: When you use the display screen, use your finger only. The screen may be damaged with anything
else.

Understanding the status LED
The color of the LED indicates the printer's current status.
LED Status Description
Status Off ● The printer is offline.
● The printer is in power save mode. When data is received or any button is pressed,
the printer automatically switches to online.
Blue On The printer is on-line and can be used.
Blinking Fax The printer is sending or receiving faxes.
Copy The printer is copying documents.
Scan The printer is scanning documents.
Print ● When the status LED blinks slowly, the printer is receiving
data from the computer.
● When the status LED blinks rapidly, the printer is printing.
Orange On ● The toner cartridge has reached its end of life. Remove the old toner cartridge and
install a new one.
● A paper jam has occurred.
● The cover is opened. Close the cover.
● There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.
● The printer has stopped due to a major error. Check the display message.
Blinking ● A minor error has occurred and the printer is waiting for the error to be cleared.
Check the display message. When the problem is cleared, the printer resumes.
● The toner cartridge is near the end of its life. Order a new toner cartridge. You may
temporarily increase the print quality by redistributing the toner.
Power Blue On The print is online and may be used.
The printer is in power save mode. When data is received or any screen is pressed, the
printer switches to online automatically.
Off The printer is offline.
NOTE:
● Estimated cartridge life means the expected or estimated toner cartridge life, which indicates the average
capacity of print-outs and is designed pursuant to ISO/IEC 19752. The number of pages may be affected by
operating environment, printing interval, graphics, media and media size. Some amount of toner may
remain in the cartridge even when the orange LED is on and the printer stops printing.
● Some LEDs may not be available depending on model or country/region.
ENWW Understanding the status LED 351

Firmware upgrades
To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the product, go to:
● In the US, go to www.hp.com/support.
a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.
NOTE: More than one product model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the product functions.
b. Select the driver language and operating system.
c. Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.
● Outside the U.S., go to www.hp.com/support.
a. Select your country/region.
b. Select Drivers & Downloads.
c. Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.
TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on identifying the
printer name and number.
d. Select the appropriate product by name.
NOTE: More than one product model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so that
the upgraded firmware supports all of the product functions.
e. Select the driver language and operating system.
f. Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.
● Perform a firmware upgrade

Perform a firmware upgrade
The firmware bundle is a .bdl file. This file requires an interactive upgrade method. The traditional FTP, LPR or
Port 9100 methods of upgrading are not available. Use the following method to upgrade the firmware for this
product through the HP Embedded Web Server.
NOTE: The product should be at the Ready state.
The firmware update might take 10 minutes or longer based on the input/output (I/O) transfer rates and the time
it takes for the product to reinitialize.
1. Open an Internet browser window.
2. Enter the product IP address in the URL line.
3. Sign in using the admin user name and password: admin/admin.
NOTE: The admin password is set the first time the printer initializes.
4. Select the Maintenance tab.
5. Click Upgrade Wizard.
6. Click Browse and browse to the location where the firmware upgrade file was downloaded to, and then
select the firmware file—the file has an .hd file extension. Click the Next button to verify the firmware file.
Click the Next button to perform the upgrade.
NOTE: Do not close the browser window OR interrupt communication until the HP Embedded Web Server
(EWS) displays the confirmation page.
7. After the product reinitializes, return to the Maintenance tab to verify the updated firmware version or print
a configuration page and verify that the latest firmware version has been installed.
ENWW Firmware upgrades 353

Clearing paper jams
When a paper jam occurs, a warning message appears on the display screen.
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the instructions in
the following sections to clear the jam.
● Jam in Tray 2
● Jam in optional trays
● Jam in Tray 1 (MP)
● Jam inside the printer
● Jam in the fuser area
● Jam in the exit area
● Jam in the duplex unit area
● Clearing original document jams
● Original paper jam in exit area of scanner
● Jam in the optional inner finisher area
Jam in Tray 2
Illustrations in this manual may differ from your printer, depending on the model and options installed. Check
your printer type (see "Printer overview").
If you do not see paper in this area, stop and go to next step.

Jam in optional trays

The procedure is same for all optional trays.
ENWW Clearing paper jams 355


Jam in Tray 1 (MP)
Jam inside the printer

The fuser area is hot. Turn the printer off and let the printer cool before removing paper from the Fuser Unit
area. Failure to take care when removing paper from this area may cause injury.
NOTE: Illustrations on this manual may differ from your printer depending on its options or models. Check your
printer type (see "Printer overview").
Jam feed 1, Jam feed 2
Jam feed 3, Jam feed 4 (Optional device only)
Jam in the fuser area

The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the printer.

Jam in the exit area

NOTE: If the optional Finisher is installed, remove the jammed paper as shown below.

If this paper jam persists, make sure the bin full sensor is unfolded. The bin full sensor is located in front of the
output tray.
Jam in the duplex unit area


Clearing original document jams
To prevent document jams, use the scanner glass for thick, thin or mixed paper originals.
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the document, remove the jammed document slowly and carefully.
Original paper jam in front of scanner
Original paper jam inside of scanner
NOTE:
● Illustrations in this manual may differ from your printer, depending on the model and options installed.
Check your printer type (see "Printer overview").
● This troubleshooting may not be available, depending on the printer model or optional accessories
installed (see "Optional accessories").

Original paper jam in exit area of scanner

Illustrations in this manual may differ from your printer, depending on the model and options installed. Check
your printer type (see "Printer overview").

NOTE:
● This troubleshooting may not be available, depending on the printer model or optional accessories
installed (see "Optional accessories").
Jam in the optional inner finisher area


Service mode
Overview
In service (tech) mode, the technician can check the printer and perform various tests to isolate the cause of a
malfunction. While in service mode, the printer still performs all normal operations.
Entering and exiting service mode

1. To enter service mode: Press and hold the 1, 2, and 3 number keys simultaneously. When the password
dialog box displays, enter ”1934” and then press the OK button.
2. To exit service mode: Press the Exit Service button in the right upper corner of the display.
Service mode sub-menus

NOTE: Some menu items may not appear on the display depending on the options or models.
Table 4-1 Information tab

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4
Information General
Supply Status Customer Replacement Unit Toner
Field Replacement Unit Imaging Unit
Development Unit
Waste Toner Container
Transfer
Fuser
Roller
ADF Roller
Software Version
Service Hours Power On Hours
Lower Power Hours
Power Save Hours
Fault Log
Print Reports Supplies Information
Usage Counter
Error Information
Fax Protocol Dump
Fax Diagnostics
Job Duty
Auto Toning History
ENWW Service mode 365

Table 4-1 Information tab (continued)
Maintenance
Toner Event
Export Reports
Table 4-2 Maintenance Counts tab
Maintenance Counts Fault Count
Jam Count Print Jam Pickup Jam
Feed Jam
Duplex Jam
Exit Jam
Scan Jam Feed Jam
Regi Jam
Scan Jam
Exit Jam
Duplex Regi Jam
Duplex Scan Jam
Duplex Exit Jam
Part Replacement Count Toner Cartridge
Imaging Unit
Development Unit
Transfer
Fuser
Roller
ADF Roller
Table 4-3 Diagnostics tab

Diagnostics Engine Diagnostics Engine NVM Initialization
Engine NVM Read/Write
Engine Test Routines
Fax Diagnostics Fax NVM Read/Write
Fax Test Routines

Table 4-3 Diagnostics tab (continued)
Scanner Diagnostics Scanner/ADF NVM Read/Write
Scanner/ADF Test Routines
Adjustment Print Adjustment Automatic Adjustment
Image Position
Print Test Patterns
Copy Adjustment Image Position
Scan Area Adjustment Automatic Adjustment
Manual Adjustment
ADF Adjustment Automatic Adjustment
Manual Adjustment
Image Management Auto Tone Adjustment Activation Normal
Full
Auto Tone Adjustment Normal
Full
Print Test Patterns Skew Pattern
Table 4-4 Service Functions tab

Service Functions Main Memory Clear
Part Replacement Alert Imaging Unit
Development Unit
Fuser
Hard Disk Maintenance Device Configuration Data Clear
Temporary & Spool Data Clear
User Saved Data & Log Clear
All Saved Data Clear
Hard Disk Check
EIUL Off
On
Count Setting of Large Pages 1 Count Up
2 Count Up
Port Enable Telnet
Enable ADB

Table 4-4 Service Functions tab (continued)
Enable VNC
Debug Log Off / Job Status / Details
Capture Log
TR Control Mode
Paper Low Warning Message
SFE
Dealer ID
Low-Temperature Idling Mode
Service mode menu item descriptions

Information menu items
General (Information > General)
This menu displays the following information
● Printer serial number
● Ethernet IP address
● Ethernet Mac address
● Optional Ethernet IP address
● Optional Ethernet Mac address
● Total printed impressions
● Installed date and time
Supply Status (Information > Supply Status)
This menu displays the status of both customer-replaceable and field-replaceable parts on the printer. Select an
item on the list to see the status for that item. The status is shown in the following columns:
NOTE: A technician may edit the default warning value with in the given threshold. Selecting certain items will
enable the Reset button, which allows setting the current count to zero after replacing the part.
● Status: This shows one of the following status values for the selected item:

– OK: The current count is smaller than the default warning value.
– Check: The current count is larger than the default warning value.
– Off: The current count is exceeds the maximum life.
● Count: This shows the current count of the selected item.
● Maximum life: This shows the maximum capacity of the selected item.
Software Version (Information > Software Version)
● This menu displays detail for all of the versions of the software installed on the system.
Service Hours (Information > Service Hours)
This menu displays two items:
● Power on Hours: This indicates the number of hours the printer power has been turned on since the time it
first booted.
● Power Save Hours: This indicates the number of hours the printer has been in power save mode since the
time it first booted.
Fault Log (Information > Fault Log)
● This menu displays the faults that occurred while the printer was operating. Pressing the Clear button will
clear the fault log.
Print Reports (Information > Print Reports)
This menu displays the following list of reports that can be printed from the printer:
● Supplies Information
● Usage Counter
● Error Information
● Fax Protocol Dump
● Fax Diagnostics
● Job Duty
● Maintenance
● Toner Event
● Auto Toning History: This report shows the history of the execution of the Tone Reproduction Curve (TRC)
control. The TRC control preserves color consistency when supplies change as a result of long-term use
and environmental conditions. The purpose of this report is to verify the TRC control works normally.
– If the TRC control is performing normally, the “Pass” count must be a non-zero value and the “Fail”
count must be zero.
– If the “Fail” count is not zero, check the image density sensor.

Export Reports ((Information > Export Reports)
This menu exports the following reports to a USB thumb drive using the selected format:
● Configuration
● Error Information
● Supplies Information
● Usage Counter Reports
Maintenance Counts menu items
Fault Count (Maintenance Counts > Fault Count)
This menu displays the printer fault counts. Select one fault group and press OK to see detailed fault
descriptions. These descriptions show the engine diagnostic codes and descriptions of the faults, along with the
number of occurrences.
● The following shows the groups of faults defined for the printer:
A1 Motor H2 Output (Bins) System S3 Scan System
A2 Fan M1 Input (Trays) System S5 UI System
A3 Sensor M2 Media Path System S6 Network System
C1 Toner Cartridge Unit M3 Output (Bins) System S7 HDD System
C3 Imaging Unit M4 Auto Document Feeder System U1 Fusing Unit
C7 Fusing Unit S1 Video Systems U2 LSU Unit
H1 Input (Trays) System S2 Engine System
Jam Count (Maintenance Counts > Jam Count)
This menu displays the printer jam counts. Select one jam group, which indicates the location of jams, and press
OK to see detailed jam location descriptions and number of occurrences.
● The following shows the jam groups defined for the printer:
Level 1 Level 2
Print Jam Pickup Jam
Feed Jam
Duplex Jam
Exit Jam
Scan Jam Feed Jam
Regi Jam
Scan Jam
Exit Jam
Duplex Regi Jam

Level 1 Level 2
Duplex Scan Jam
Duplex Exit Jam
Part Replacement Count (Maintenance Counts > Part Replacement Count)
This menu displays the printer part replacement counts. Select one part group and press OK to see the exact
name of the part along with the number of replacements done.
● The following shows the groups of replaceable parts for the printer:
Unit Item Sensing Method
Toner cartridge Toner (Black) Auto sensing
Imaging unit Imaging unit (Black) Auto sensing
Development unit Development unit (Black) Count clear
Transfer Transfer roller Count clear
Fuser Fuser Auto sensing
Rollers Pickup roller kit (Tray 2) Count clear
Pickup roller kit (Tray 3) Count clear
Document feeder roller Document feeder roller Count clear
Document feeder separation pad Count clear
Diagnostics menu items
Engine NVM Initialization (Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine NVM Initialization)
● This menu initializes all engine NVM values to the default.
Engine NVM Read/Write (Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine NVM Read/Write)
This menu allows a technician to change configuration values for printer firmware. The technician may navigate
through a list of codes with descriptions and saved values or search for a specific configuration value. After
selecting the value, pressing the Edit button opens an interface for input.
● The following shows the codes supported on the printer:
Code Display Meaning Default Max/Min
103-0031 Regi Length Buckle Control : Regi On Curl 10 16 / 7
103-0032 Duplex Regi Curl Length Buckle Control : Duplex Regi On Curl (x1) 10 16 / 7
103-0033 Double Speed Duplex Regi Curl Buckle Control : Duplex Regi On Curl (x2) 10 16 / 7
Length
105-0030 MHV DC Black (MHV Bias Control) Charger HV Black DC Duty 10 20 / 0

106-0030 Deve DC Black (Deve Bias Control) Deve DC Black 10 20 / 0
106-0070 Deve VPP Black Deve VPP Black 10 20 / 0
109-0200 StandBy Center Temperature offset Center Target Temperature during 10 15 / 5

standby mode
109-0201 StandBy Side Temperature offset Side Target Temperature during standby 10 15 / 5
mode
109-0205 Warmup Center Temperature offset Center Target Temperature during 10 15 / 5

warmup mode
109-0206 Warmup Side Temperature offset Side Target Temperature during warmup 10 15 / 5
mode
109-0255 Thin Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0256 Thin Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0265 Plain Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0266 Plain Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0275 Heavy Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0276 Heavy Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0280 Extra Heavy Center Temperature Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0281 Extra Heavy Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0300 Envelopes Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0301 Envelopes Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0305 Labels Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0306 Labels Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0310 Thick Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0311 Thick Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0315 Recycled Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0316 Recycled Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0320 Special Center Temperature offset Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature

109-0321 Special Side Temperature offset Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
temperature
109-0325 1200 dpi_thin Center Temperature Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0326 1200 dpi_thin Side Temperature Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0330 1200 dpi_plain Center Temperature Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0331 1200 dpi_plain Side Temperature Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0335 1200 dpi_thick Center Temperature Media type offset for Center fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
109-0336 1200 dpi_thick Side Temperature Media type offset for Side fuser roll 10 15 / 5
offset temperature
110-0070 LD Power Black (LD Light Level Black) Black LD Power at Normal Speed 10 20 / 0
111-0030 Toner Vcon Black Toner Vcon Black 100 115 / 85
111-0170 Toner Target Black Black target TC sensor value 10 20 / 0
Engine Test Routines (Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routines)
This menu allows a technician to perform test routines for the printer. The technician may navigate through a list
of routines with descriptions and saved values or search for a specific code. They may select a maximum of three
routines at the same time. After selecting one or more routines, pressing the OK button opens an interface that
list the selected routines. The technician may start or stop a desired routine.
● The following shows the routines supported on the printer:
Code Displayed Name Meaning
100-0000 Main BLDC Motor Main BLDC Motor is On/Off
100-0001 Main BLDC Motor Slow Main BLDC Motor Slow On/Off
100-0010 Main BLDC Motor Ready Detect if Main BLDC Motor runs at normal speed
100-0044 OPC Motor K Black Opc BLDC Motor is On/Off
100-0049 K OPC Motor Ready Detect if Black OPC BLDC Motor runs at normal speed
100-0076 Ozone Suction Fan Run Start/Stop Ozone Suction Fan run
100-0077 Ozone Suction Fan Ready Detects if Ozone Suction Fan runs at normal speed.
100-0120 Exit Motor Forward Fast Exit Motor Forward Fast On/Off
100-0130 Exit Motor Forward Slow Exit Motor Forward Slow On/Off
100-0131 Exit Motor Backward Exit Motor Forward Backward On/Off
100-0132 Exit Motor Backward Slow Exit Motor Forward Backward Slow On/Off
100-0140 Duplex Motor Forward Duplex Motor Forward On/Off
100-0141 Duplex Motor Forward Slow Duplex Motor Forward Slow On/Off

100-0160 Duplex Fan1 Run Start/Stop Duplex Fan1 run
100-0180 Duplex Fan1 Run Ready Detects if Duplex Fan1 runs at normal speed.
100-0200 T1 Elevating Motor T1 Elevate Motor On/Off
100-0210 T2 Elevating Motor T2 Elevate Motor On/Off (Optional)
100-0241 Waste Toner Led Waste Toner Led On/Off
100-0250 Waste Toner Full Sensor Detect if the waste toner is full or not
100-0260 SMPS Fan Run Start/Stop SMPS Fan run
100-0270 SMPS Fan Run Ready Detects if SMPS Fan runs at normal speed.
100-0370 Tray 1 Pickup Motor Tray 1 Motor is On/Off
100-0371 Tray 1 Pickup Motor Slow Tray 1 Motor Slow On/Off
100-0411 Registration Motor Slow Registration Motor Slow On/Off
100-0412 Registration Motor Slowest Registration Motor Slowest On/Off
100-0430 Exit2 Motor Forward Exit2 Motor is On/Off
100-0431 Exit2 Motor Forward Slow Exit2 Motor Slow On/Off
100-0440 Exit2 Motor Backward Exit2 Motor is On/Off
100-0441 Exit2 Motor Backward Slow Exit2 Motor Slow Backward On/Off
100-0470 DCF Feed Motor DCF Feed Motor is On/Off
100-0471 DCF Feed Motor Slow DCF Feed Motor Slow On/Off
100-0480 Duct Motor Duct Motor On/Off.
100-0481 Duct Motor Sensor Duct Motor Rib Sensing
101-0000 Bypass Feed Clutch Engages drive to pick up a paper from bypass Tray (MP
Tray)
101-0050 Registration Clutch Engages drive to registration rolls.
101-0080 T1 Feed Clutch T1 Feed Clutch On/Off
101-0141 T3 Feed Motor Slow T3 Feed Motor Slow On/Off
101-0151 T4 Feed Motor Slow T4 Feed Motor Slow On/Off
101-0190 Out-Bin Full Sensor Detect when a paper is at Out-Bin Full Sensor

101-0191 Out-Bin2 Full Sensor Detect when a paper is at Out-Bin2 Full Sensor
101-0270 MP Clutch MP Clutch On/Off
101-0271 MP Solenoid MP Solenoid On/Off
101-0280 Return Gate Solenoid Return Gate Solenoid On/Off
102-0000 Tray 1 Home Position Detect when Tray 1 is closed.
102-0010 T1 Paper Empty Sensor Detect when paper is in Tray 1.
102-0041 T1 Paper Size Read Detects Paper Tray 1 size.
102-0050 T1 Stack Height Sensor Detects if paper in Tray 1 is elevated to the sensor.
102-0140 Tray3 Home Position Detect when Tray 3 is closed.
102-0280 Bypass Paper Empty Sensor Detects when paper is in Bypass Tray (MP Tray).
102-0290 Feed Sensor Detect when a paper is at Feed sensor.
120-0300 T2 Feed Sensor (or Door Open) Detect when a paper is at T2 Feed sensor. (optional)
120-0352 DCF Feed Cover Open Detect DCF Cover is closed
120-0360 Regi. Sensor Detect when a paper is at Regi. sensor.
120-0361 FuserOut Sensor Detect when a paper is at FuserOut sensor.
120-0371 Exit2 Sensor Detect when a paper is at Exit2 sensor.
120-0380 Duplex Jam1 Sensor Detect when a paper is at Duplex Jam1 sensor.
120-0435 Front Cover Sensor Detect status of Front cover.
120-0436 Side Cover Sensor Detect status of Front cover.
104-0000 Waste Install Sensor Detect if Waste is installed.
106-0200 HVPS Installed Detect HVPS Unit

107-0165 K Eraser On K Eraser Lamp On/Off
107-0169 K Eraser Detect Detect K eraser status
109-0030 Fuser Motor Forward Fuser Motor Forward On/Off
109-0031 Fuser Motor Backward Fuser Motor Backward On/Off
109-0034 Fuser Motor Ready Detect if Fuser Motor runs at each speed
109-0140 Fuser Gap Home Sensor Detect if the fuser press is located Home position
109-0200 Detect Fuser Relay Detect Fuser Relay Status
109-0210 Detect ZeroCross Period Detect ZeroCross Period
109-0300 Fuser Installed Detect Fuser Unit
110-0000 LSU Motor1 Run Ready Detects if LSU motor1 runs at normal speed.
110-0060 LSU Motor1 Run LSU Motor1 On/Off
110-0170 LSU HSync4 Detect LSU HSync4 (black)
110-0200 LSU Installed Detect LSU Unit
111-0030 Toner Dispense Motor Black Toner Dispense(Supply) Motor On/Off
111-0070 Toner Sensor Black TC sensor in developer tank.
111-0140 Toner Control Voltage K K Toner Voltage On/Off
112-0340 Center ID Sensor P Read Read Center ID Sensor P-Wave Value
112-0350 Center ID Sensor S Read Read Center ID Sensor S-Wave Value
113-0000 Finisher Present Sensor Detect if the Finisher is in place
113-0350 Finisher Entrance Sensor Detect when a paper is at Entrance Sensor
113-0360 Finisher Exit Sensor Detect when a paper is at Exit Sensor
113-0361 Finisher Compile Paper Sensor Detect when a paper is at Compile Sensor
113-0370 Finisher Paddle Home Sensor Detect Paddle Home position
113-0380 Finisher Left Tamper Home Sensor Detect Lift Tamper Home position
113-0390 Finisher Right Tamper Home Sensor Detect Right Tamper Home position
113-0410 Finisher Stapler Door Sensor Detect Stapler Door Cover is closed
113-0420 Finisher Jam Cover Sensor Detect Jam Door Cover is closed
113-0430 Finisher Stapler Home Sensor Detect Stapler Home position
113-0440 Finisher Stapler Low Sensor Detect Stapler level
113-0451 Finisher Stapler Ready Sensor Detect Stapler Ready Sensor
113-0461 Finisher Ejector1 Home Sensor Detect Ejector1 Home position
113-0462 Finisher Ejector2 Home Sensor Detect Ejector2 Home position
113-0463 Finisher Ejector2 Encoder Sensor Detect Ejector2 Encoder Sensor
113-0470 Finisher Main Tray Home Sensor Detect Main Tray Home position

113-0471 Finisher Main Tray Beam Sensor Detect Main Tray Beam Sensor
113-0472 Finisher Main Tray LowLimit Sensor Detect Main Tray Low Limit Sensor
113-0473 Finisher Main Tray Encoder Sensor Detect Main Tray Encoder Sensor
113-0481 Finisher Paper Support Sensor Detect Paper Support Home Sensor
113-0491 Finisher Traverse Front Sensor Detect Traverse Front Home Sensor
113-0492 Finisher Traverse Rear Sensor Detect Traverse Rear Home Sensor
113-0501 Finisher Entrance Motor Finisher Entrance Motor On/Off
113-0502 Finisher Exit Motor Finisher Exit Motor On/Off
113-0510 Finisher Paddle Motor Finisher Paddle Motor On/Off
113-0520 Finisher Left Tamper Motor Finisher Left Tamper Motor On/Off
113-0530 Finisher Right Tamper Motor Finisher Right Tamper Motor On/Off
113-0550 Finisher Staple Unit Motor Finisher Staple Unit Motor On/Off
113-0561 Finisher Ejector1 Motor Finisher Ejector1 Motor On/Off
113-0562 Finisher Ejector2 Motor Finisher Ejector2 Motor On/Off
113-0563 Finisher Ejector2 Reverse Motor Finisher Ejector2 Reverse Direction On/Off
113-0570 Finisher Main Tray Motor Finisher Main Tray Motor On/Off
113-0571 Finisher Paper Support Motor Finisher Paper Support Motor On/Off
113-0581 Finisher Traverse Motor Finisher Staple Unit Traverse Motor On/Off
113-0591 Finisher Paper Hold Solenoid Finisher Paper Hold Solenoid On/Off
113-0600 Finisher Punch Motor Finisher Punch Motor On/Off
113-0610 Finisher Punch Encoder Sensor Detect Finisher Punch Encoder Sensor
113-0611 Finisher Punch Position Sensor Detect Finisher Punch Position Sensor
113-0612 Finisher Punch Home Sensor Detect Finisher Punch Home Sensor
113-0620 Finisher Punch Hopper Install Sensor Detect Finisher Punch Hopper Install Sensor
113-0621 Finisher Punch Hopper Full Sensor Detect Finisher Punch Hopper Full Sensor
Fax NVM Read/Write (Diagnostics > Fax Diagnostics > Fax NVM Read/Write)
This menu allows a technician to change configuration values for fax firmware. The technician may navigate
through a list of configuration values with descriptions or search for a specific configuration value. After selecting
the value, pressing the Edit button opens an interface for input.
● The following shows the codes supported on the printer:
Code Name Description Default
20-200 Pause Dial Time Pause Time (value * 1000ms) Country/region

value

Code Name Description Default
20-210 Dial Pulse M/B ratio 33 / 66 40 / 60 Country/region

value
20-220 Auto Dial Start Pause Time Pause time before auto-dialing (second) 1
20-300 Ring On Time Ring On Time (ms) 170
20-310 Ring Off Time Ring Off Time (ms) 560
20-320 Ring Detection Freq Sets the Call Indication frequency range that 1
will be detected by LIU
20-330 Ring On Max Time Ring On Max Time (ms) 5100
20-340 Ring Off Max Time Ring Off Max Time (ms) 11100
20-400 DTMF High-Freq Level DTMF High-Freq. Level (dBm) Country/region

value
20-410 DTMF Low-Freq Level DTMF Low-Freq. Level (dBm) Country/region

value
20-420 DTMF Timing DTMF duration of on/off output (Ms) 8
20-500 Dial Mode Select Tone / Pulse Country/region

value
20-520 Error Rate Adjust Error Rate (Off / 5% / 10% / 20%) 2
20-530 Dial Tone Detect Detect dial tone prior to sending Country/region
value
20-540 Loop Current Detect Detect if loop current is present prior to sending Country/region
value
20-550 Busy Signal Detect Detect busy signal to allow redials Country/region
value
20-560 TCF Duration Adjust TCF duration (ms) 1500
20-800 Modem Speed Select Modem Start Speed 24
20-810 Fax Transmission Level Adjust Fax Transmission Level (dBm) Country/region
value
20-830 Auto Dial Timeout Adjust Auto Dial Timeout (second) Country/region
value
20-920 CNG Detection Count CNG Tone Detection check count during 2
ANS/FAX mode
20-930 Caller ID This option is needed to guide Caller ID off for Country/region
user environment. value
20-940 Ext. Phone Ext. Phone Detection Enable/Disable (Default : 1

Enable 1) If disabled, Ext. Phone cannot be
detected by the device.
21-999 Fax Line Setting Fax Test Line Setting (Dual Fax) 0
21-800 Modem Speed Line2 Select Modem Start Speed for Line 2 This item 24
is displayed only when the Dual Line Fax Kit is
installed.

Fax Test Routines (Diagnostics > Fax Diagnostics > Fax Test Routines)
This menu allows a technician to perform test routines for the fax functionality. The technician may navigate
through a list of routines with descriptions or search for a specific routine. After selecting one routine, pressing
the OK button opens a window that list the selected routine. The technician may start or stop the routine.
Code Name Description State Displayed
20-012 Sngl Tone 1100Hz Ln1 Emits single tone 1100Hz on line 1 On / Off
20-020 DTMF # Line1 Emits DTMF # Line1 On / Off
20-021 DTMF * Line1 Emits DTMF * Line1 On / Off
20-022 DTMF 0 Line1 Emits DTMF 0 Line1 On / Off
20-040 V.21 300 bps Line1 Emits V.21 300 bps Line1 On / Off
20-041 V.27ter 2400 bps Line1 Emits V.27ter 2400 bps Line1 On / Off
20-042 V.27ter 4800 bps Line1 Emits V.27ter 4800 bps Line1 On / Off

Code Name Description State Displayed
Scanner/RADF NVM Read/Write (Diagnostics > Scanner Diagnostics > Scanner/RADF NVM Read/Write)
This menu allows a technician to read or write values in the scanner and document feeder memory. The
technician may navigate through a list of codes with descriptions and saved values or search for a specific code.
After selecting the code, if the code is writeable, pressing the Edit button opens an interface for configuring the
value for the code.
● The following lists the NVM scanner codes for the printer:
Code NVM Description Default
05-0000 Pick Up Count 0
05-0001 Separation Roller Count 0
05-0010 Document Duplex Reverse Point 0
05-0030 Simplex Regi Value (Regi1) 0
05-0040 Duplex Regi Value (Regi2) 0
05-0050 Width Guide Max Value -
05-0060 Width Guide Min Value —
Scanner/RADF Test Routines (Diagnostics > Fax Diagnostics > Scanner/RADF Test Routines)
This menu allows a technician to perform test routines for the document feeder and scanner. The technician may
navigate through a list of routines with descriptions or search for a specific routine. After selecting one routine,
pressing the OK button opens a window that list the selected routine. The technician may start or stop the
routine.
Code Name Value
06-0000 Scanner Original Size Detecting Sensor 1 High/Low
06-0001 Scanner Original Size Detecting Sensor 2 High/Low
06-0010 Scanner Cover Open/Close Sensor 1 High/Low

Code Name Value
06-0011 Scanner Cover Open/Close Sensor 2 High/Low
06-0020 Scanner Platen Motor Forward Start/Stop
06-0030 Scanner Platen Motor Backward Start/Stop
06-0040 Scanner Platen Home Position Sensor High/Low
05-0000 Document Length .1 Sensor High/Low
05-0001 Document Length .2 Sensor High/Low
05-0020 Document Cover Open Sensor High/Low
05-0040 Document Detect Sensor High/Low
05-0060 Document Simplex Registration Sensor High/Low
05-0061 Document Duplex Registration Sensor High/Low
05-0070 Document Scan Read Sensor1 High/Low
05-0080 Document Exit Sensor High/Low
05-0081 Document Exit IDLE Sensor High/Low
05-0090 Document Pickup Clutch Start/Stop
05-0100 Document Regi Clutch Start/Stop
05-0101 Document Exit Solenoid High/Low
05-0110 Document Motor Forward Start/Stop
05-0111 Document Motor Backward Start/Stop
05-0140 Document Pickup Roller Detect Sensor High/Low
05-0190 Document Width Guide ADC Sensor 10Bit (0~1023)
05-0210 Document Jig Test Low Speed Simplex Start/Stop
05-0220 Document Jig Test Low Speed Duplex Start/Stop
05-0230 Document Jig Test High Speed Simplex Start/Stop
05-0240 Document Jig Test High Speed Duplex Start/Stop
Automatic Adjustment (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Print Adjustment > Automatic Adjustment)
This menu item automatically calibrates the length of vertical and horizontal images and image position.
1. Press the Paper Supply button and select a tray.
2. Press the Paper Size button and select a paper size for the selected tray.
3. Press the Print button. A test pattern prints.
4. Place the printed test pattern on the scanner glass.
– The words “front side” on the test pattern face the glass.
– The arrows face the eft edge of the scanner glass.
– Press the Scan 1 button.

5. Press the OK button to start automatic scanning.
6. Place the other side of the printed test pattern on the scanner glass.
– The words “back side” on the test pattern face the glass.
– The arrows face the eft edge of the scanner glass.
– Press the Scan 2 button.
7. Press the OK button to start automatic scanning.
8. The printer will automatically calculate the correct values as a result of scanning the test pattern and set
those new values in the system.
Image Position (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Print Adjustment > Image Position)
This menu item allows manually adjusting the printed image position.
NOTE: Adjustment must be done for each tray. Choosing the ALL option is not recommended. Adjust each tray
individually.
1. Select the tray requiring adjustment.
2. Change the value for the following items by pressing the + and - buttons and then press the OK button to
save changes.
– Simplex Leading Edge
– Simplex Side Edge
– Duplex Leading Edge
3. Print the test pattern and verify that the image is in the correct position. If it is not, repeat this process.
Print Test Patterns (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Print Adjustment > Print Test Patterns)
● This menu option prints the test pattern.
Copy Image Position (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Copy Adjustment > Image Position)
This menu item is similar to the Image Position adjustment in the Print Adjustment menu. It allows manually
adjusting the copied image position.
NOTE: Make sure that the initial values of margin adjustment are the same as the values for print adjustment.
Adjustment must be done for each tray. Choosing the ALL option is not recommended. Adjust each tray
individually.
1. Select the tray requiring adjustment.
2. Change the value for the following items by pressing the + and - buttons and then press the OK button to
save changes.
– Simplex Leading Edge

– Duplex Leading Edge
3. Print the test pattern and verify that the image is in the correct position. If it is not, repeat this process.
Scan Area Automatic Adjustment (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Scan Area Adjustment > Automatic Adjustment)
This menu item automatically corrects the image position and magnification of scanned images.
1. Follow these steps to print the Scanner A/S Chart:
a. Press the Paper Supply button, and then select a tray.
b. Press the Paper Supply button, and then select a paper size for the previously-selected tray.
c. Press the Print button to print the Scanner A/S Chart.
2. Position the Scanner A/S Chart on the scanner glass.
NOTE: The “Lead Edge” arrows must be placed face-down on the left side of the scanner glass. The
Scanner A/S charts are available in A4 and Letter sizes.
Figure 4-3 Scanner A/S chart
3. Press the OK button to start automatic scanning. The system will automatically calculate the correct value,
based on scanning the chart, and save this new value.
4. Position the Scanner A/S chart on the scanner glass and scan it to a PC.
5. Check the image position by comparing the position of the scale marks (a, b) on Scanner A/S chart with the
scanned image.
6. Check the magnification by comparing the length of line c on the Scanner A/S chart with the scanned
image.
NOTE: Specifications for a, b, and c:
– a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
– c: 190, ± 1.5 mm

Scan Area Manual Adjustment (Diagnostics > Adjustment > Scan Area Adjustment > Manual Adjustment)
This menu item allows the manual adjustment of the image position and magnification of scanned images
1. Choose one of the following items from the table, and then press the Edit button:
– Image Position - Leading Edge (Unit : mm, Scale : 0.1, Min/Max : -6/+6)
– Image Position - Side Edge (Unit : mm, Scale : 0.1, Min/Max : -6/+6)
– Magnification - Vertical Direction (Unit : %, Min/Max: 98.5/101.5)
2. Use the arrow buttons to change the adjustment value.
– Image Position (a, b): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press +. Otherwise, press -.
– Magnification (c): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press -. Otherwise, press +.
– a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
– c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
3. Press the OK button to apply the new value.
4. Position the Scanner A/S chart on the scanner glass and scan it to a PC.
scanned image.
image.
ADF Automatic Adjustment (Diagnostics > Adjustment > ADF Adjustment > Automatic Adjustment)
This menu item automatically corrects the image position and magnification of images scanned through the
document feeder.
1. Follow these steps to print the Scanner A/S Chart:
a. Press the Paper Supply button, and then select a tray.
b. Press the Paper Supply button, and then select a paper size for the previously-selected tray.
c. Press the Print button to print the Scanner A/S Chart.

2. Place the Scanner A/S Chart in the document feeder input tray.
Figure 4-4 Scanner A/S chart
3. Press the OK button to start automatic scanning. The system will automatically calculate the correct value,
based on scanning the chart, and save this new value.
4. Copy the Scanner A/S chart from the document feeder input tray.
copied image.
6. Check the magnification by comparing the length of line c on the Scanner A/S chart with the copied image.
– a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
– c: 190, ± 1.5 mm
ADF Manual Adjustment (Diagnostics > Adjustment > ADF Adjustment > Manual Adjustment)
This menu item allows the manual adjustment of the image position and magnification of images scanned
through the document feeder.
1. Choose one of the following items from the table, and then press the Edit button:
– Image Position - Leading Edge (Unit : mm, Scale : 0.1, Min/Max : -6/+6)
– Image Position - Side Edge (Unit : mm, Scale : 0.1, Min/Max : -6/+6)
– Magnification - Vertical Direction (Unit : %, Min/Max: 98.5/101.5)
2. Use the arrow buttons to change the adjustment value.
– Image Position (a, b): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press +. Otherwise, press -.
– Magnification (c): If the current value is smaller than the specification, press -. Otherwise, press +.
– a, b: 10, ± 1.5 mm
– c: 190, ± 1.5 mm

3. Press the OK button to apply the new value.
4. Copy the Scanner A/S chart from the document feeder input tray.
scanned image.
image.
Normal Auto Tone Adjustment Activation (Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment Activation > Normal)
This menu item sets parameters and activates normal TRC control, which corrects image quality when the
density of the image is poor. Perform normal TRC control after changing a maintenance part, such as the toner
cartridge, imaging unit, or intermediate transfer belt, and then reboot.
1. Select On or Off to indicate whether normal TRC control will execute.
2. Change any of the following execution conditions:
– Page count: The printer executes normal TRC control based on the count of printed pages since the
last execution.
– Time Left Alone: The printer executes normal TRC control when the system returns from power save
and the rest time exceeds the configured value.
3. Print a test job to verify image quality is acceptable.
Full Auto Tone Adjustment Activation (Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment Activation > Full)
This menu item sets parameters and activates full TRC control, which corrects image quality when the OPC drum
is replaced or the life of the OPC drum changes. It is also performed when the temperature or humidity in the
room changes suddenly.
1. Select On or Off to indicate whether full TRC control will execute.
2. Change any of the following execution conditions:
– Page count: The printer executes full TRC control based on the count of printed pages since the last
execution.
– Time Left Alone: The printer executes full TRC control when the system returns from power save and
the rest time exceeds the configured value.
Normal Auto Tone Adjustment (Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment > Normal)
This menu item executes normal TRC control, which corrects image quality when the density of the image is
poor. Perform normal TRC control after changing a maintenance part, such as the toner cartridge, imaging unit,
or intermediate transfer belt, and then reboot.
1. Select On or Off to indicate whether normal TRC control will execute.

Full Auto Tone Adjustment (Diagnostics > Image Management > Auto Tone Adjustment > Full)
This menu item executes full TRC control, which corrects image quality when the OPC drum is replaced or the life
of the OPC drum changes. It is also performed when the temperature or humidity in the room changes suddenly.
1. Select On or Off to indicate whether full TRC control will execute.
Skew Pattern (Diagnostics > Print Test Patterns > Skew Pattern)
● This menu option prints the skew pattern in the selected size.
Service Functions menu items
Main Memory Clear (Service Functions > Main Memory Clear)
● This menu option resets the main memory of the printer to the factory default settings. It can be used to
reset the system, including user-configured values, to an initial value when the printer is functioning
abnormally. Selecting the country where the printer is located is required to perform this function, and the
printer must be rebooted.
NOTE: The network setting value is not changed to the factory default setting.
Part Replacement Alert (Service Functions > Part Replacement Alert)
● This menu option enables or disables alert messages related to consumables life.
– ON: Alert messages on (Level: Low, Empty, Exhaust, Worn)
– OFF: Alert messages off
Hard Disk Maintenance (Service Functions > Hard Disk Maintenance)
● This menu contains functions for managing the hard disk drive.
– Device Configuration Data Clear: This option formats all device configuration data on the hard disk,
such as user profile, address book, and device settings.
– Temporary and Spool Data Clear: This option formats all temporary and spool data saved on the hard
disk.
– User Saved Data and Log Data Clear: This option formats all user data on the hard disk, such as box
data, pending secure jobs, font, form, data related applications, and job log.
– All Saved Data Clear: This option formats all the data that can be erased with the three functions
above. This option will NOT format the hard disk entirely.
– Hard Disk Check: This option checks a bad sector in the hard disk. If a bad sector is found, the system
will display an error message and send an email notification to the system administrator.
EIUL (End of Image Unit Life) (Service Functions > EIUL)
● This menu option enables or disables a printer hard stop when the OPC drum reaches end of life.
– OFF: Printer does not stop at end of drum life.
– ON: Printer stops at end of drum life

Count Setting of Large Page (Service Functions > Count Setting of Large Page)
● This menu option determines whether large page sizes, such as A3 and Ledger, are counted as one or two
impressions in the total page count.
– 1 Count Up: A3 and Ledger pages are counted as one impression.
– 2 Count Up: A3 and Ledger pages are counted as two impressions
Port (Service Functions > Port)
● This menu option enables or disables remote connections to the system via telnet, ADB, and VNC protocol.
This function can be used when there is a problem that requires developers to access the system or when
there is a need for developers to upload applications for a test.
Since enabling those ports can creates a risk of damaging data stored in the device, agreement of the
administrator of the customer site is necessary. The user must log in as the administrator to enable or
disable the services.
Debug Log (Service Functions > Debug Log)
● This menu option sets the system log message level. Select from three options:
– Off: This option disables the logging option.
– Job Status: This option only enables the logging option of user created jobs.
– Details: This option enables all the logging options of the running tasks of the system.
NOTE: This option might create a trade-off of performance in certain system operation. Use this
option when the system behaves abnormally, and engineers need to investigate problems.
Capture Log (Service Functions > Capture Log)
This menu item copies all the saved log in the system to a UBS device as a zip file.
NOTE: The size of the system log would reach up to 1 GB. If the system log size is large, it will take longer time
to copy to the USB device.
1. Connect the USB device to the printer.
2. Select Service Mode. When the pop-up appears, press the area below the pop-up until the passcode
window appears. Enter “1934” and then press the OK button.
3. Go to Service Functions > Debug Log and change debug log level to DETAILS.
4. Go to Service Functions > Capture Log.
5. Select All or Period. If you select Period, input the start and end dates.
6. Press the Capture Log button
7. Once the log is completed, a message displays. Once the message displays, go to Service Functions >
Debug Log and change debug log level to JOB STATUS.
8. Verify that the log file is present on the USB device.

TR Control Mode (Service Functions > TR Control Mode)
● This menu option corrects transfer-related problems. This option can be used to change the transfer value
to optimize image quality for a certain type of paper.
– Choose the paper group, paper side, and paper direction.
– Adjust the PWM value based on the problem type:
○ Blur: Increase the PWM value.
○ Poor Transfer: Increase the PWM value.
○ Re-transfer: Decrease the PWM value.
○ White Spot: Decrease the PWM value.
○ OPC Cyclic Ghost: Decrease the PWM value.
Figure 4-5 Image transfer problems
B lur P oor T r a ns fe r e t r a ns fer
hit e S pot O P C Cyclic Ghos t
– Print a test job and verify the transfer problem is resolved.
Paper Low Warning Message (Service Functions > Paper Low Warning Message)
● This menu option enables or disables warning messages when paper is low.
SFE (Special Feature Enablement) (Service Functions > SFE)
This menu option provides configurable options in service mode for technicians or dealers to satisfy the
requirements from B2B sites easily without changing the firmware installed in a printer.
● The following shows the SFE codes defined for the printer:

SFE Code Description
001 When printing on directional media, such as Letterhead, Preprinted, or Punched, this option causes the printer to
print in the same direction regardless of whether printing simplex or duplex.
006 The printer supports only the user’s own email address for scan to email.
007 [PCL6] The printer prints as original 1 dot line without 2 dot line compensation.
008 [PCL5] The printer ignores the paper size command in PRN and prints on the paper size in the tray.
009 PJL readback response is changed with HPOS.
1. Add <CR><LF> to EOJ response.
2. No EOJ job but EOJ response occurs.
3. Device uses Job name instead of EOJ name.
010 Maximum value of 'Power save time' is increased to 240 minutes.
012 If the printer is in a jam state, all print jobs except secure or stored jobs are deleted automatically.
013 The printer ignores a USB thumb drive and detects only a card reader.
014 When an authenticated user uses scan to email, the user's email address is added automatically.
015 The printer may connect to LDAPs server without any certificate.
016 The printer fits image appearance in report page
019 User ID is not case-sensitive for login
032 This option enables printing lines that are less than 1 dot wide. This overrides the PCL 6 command rule that
these lines are not printed.
033 This option allows the image processor to draw Letter Gothic font as previous thickness (Bitstream) thicker than
URW++.
Low-Temperature Idling Mode (Service Functions > Low-Temperature Idling Mode)
This menu item controls whether the printer idles prior to processing a job. It is used to address problems in low-
temperature environments, such as fusing errors or image defects.
● On: If the environment where the printer is located meets the present conditions, the printer enters the
idling mode.
Entry conditions:
– When the printer has not printed any jobs for 20 minutes.
– When the temperature outside the printer is less than 7°C (44.7°F).
Idling mode operation specifications:
– If the temperature is under 1°C (33.8°F), the printer idles for 10 minutes.
– If the temperature is between 2°C (35.6°F) and 7°C (44.7°F) the printer idles for 4 minutes.
● Off: The printer does not enter idling mode.

Error codes
This section lists all of the error codes supported by the printer.
NOTE: Some messages may not appear on the display, depending on the model or options.
● Control Panel Messages Document (CPMD)
● 11–2Txx (Paper mismatch error)
● A1–xxxx (Motor error)
● A2–xxxx (Fan error)
● A3–xxxx (Sensor error)
● C1–xxxx (Toner cartridge error)
● C3–xxxx (Drum unit error)
● C5–xxxx (Transfer Roller error)
● C6–xxxx (Fuser unit error)
● C7–xxxx (Waste toner container error)
● C8–xxxx (Development unit error)
● H1–xxxx (Optional tray error)
● H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error)
● Mx–xxxx (Jam error)
● Mx–xxxx (Tray not install_Paper empty_Outbin full)
● Sx–xxxx (System error)
● U1–xxxx (Fuser error)
● U2–xxxx (LSU error)
● U3-xxxx (RADF error)
Control Panel Messages Document (CPMD)

The Control Panel Messages Document (CPMD) is not provided in this service manual. The CPMD for this printer is
available to HP service personnel on the HP Web-Based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) website. Go to one of
the WISE websites listed below, and then search by printer name.
The CPMD is available to channel partners through the HP Channel Services Network (CSN) at www.hp.com/
partners/csn .
AMS
ENWW Error codes 391

APJ
EMEA
11–2Txx (Paper mismatch error)

Table 4-5 11–2Txx (Paper mismatch error)
Error Code Error Message
11-2T11 Tray 1 paper mismatch
11-2T61 MP tray paper mismatch
A1–xxxx (Motor error)

Table 4-6 A1–xxxx (Motor error)
A1-1111 Main Motor Failure: #A1-1111. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-1113 Main Motor Failure: #A1-1113. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-1211 Fuser Motor Failure: #A1-1211. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-1213 Fuser Motor Failure: #A1-1213. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-2111 OPC Motor Failure: #A1-2111. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-2113 OPC Motor Failure: #A1-2113. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A1-5113 Supply Motor Failure: #A1-5113. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.

A2–xxxx (Fan error)
Table 4-7 A2–xxxx (Fan error)
A2-1221 SMPS Fan Failure: #A2-1221. Open the door, then close it. Call for service if the problem persists.
A2-1223 SMPS Fan Failure: #A2-1223. Open the door, then close it. Call for service if the problem persists.
A2-1521 Duplex Fan Failure: #A2-1521. Open the door, then close it. Call for service if the problem persists.
A2-1523 Duplex Fan Failure: #A2-1523. Open the door, then close it. Call for service if the problem persists.
A2-2611 Development Fan Failure: #A2-2611. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A2-2613 Development Fan Failure: #A2-2613. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A3–xxxx (Sensor error)

Table 4-8 A3–xxxx (Sensor error)
A3-3111 Temperature Sensor Failure: #A3-3111. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
A3-3410 Humidity Sensor Failure: #A3-3410. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
C1–xxxx (Toner cartridge error)

Table 4-9 C1–xxxx (Toner cartridge error)
C1-1110 Prepare new toner cartridge.
C1-111A Shake toner cartridge and then install. Replace toner cartridge if the problem persists.
C1-1140 End of life. Replace with new toner cartridge.
C1-1150 Replace with new toner cartridge.

Table 4-9 C1–xxxx (Toner cartridge error) (continued)
C1-1160 Replace with new toner cartridge.
C1-1313 Shake toner cartridge and then install. Call for service if the problem persists.
C1-1314 Did not supply enough toner. Remove seal tape of toner cartridge or shake it. Call for service if the problem
persists.
C1-1411 Toner cartridge is not installed. Install the cartridge.
C1-1512 Toner cartridge is not compatible. Check the user guide.
C3–xxxx (Drum unit error)

Table 4-10 C3–xxxx (Drum unit error)
C3-1110 Prepare new imaging unit.
C3-1140 End of life. Replace with new imaging unit.
C3-1150 Replace with new imaging unit.
C3-1170 End of life. Replace with new imaging unit.
C3-1211 Imaging Unit Failure: #C3-1211. Please turn off then on.
C3-1312 Imaging Unit Failure: #C3-1312. Install imaging unit again.
C3-1411 Imaging unit is not installed. Install the unit.
C3-1414 Imaging Unit Failure: #C3-1414. Install imaging unit again.
C3-1422 Imaging unit requires chargers cleaning. Clean the unit.
C3-1512 Imaging unit is not compatible. Check the user guide.
C5–xxxx (Transfer Roller error)

Table 4-11 C5–xxxx (Transfer Roller error)
C5-3120 Replace with new transfer roller
C6–xxxx (Fuser unit error)

Table 4-12 C6–xxxx (Fuser unit error)
C6-1120 Replace with new fuser unit.
C6-1310 Fuser unit is not installed. Install it.
C6-1412 Fuser unit is not compatible. Check the user guide.

C7–xxxx (Waste toner container error)
Table 4-13 C7–xxxx (Waste toner container error)
C7-1110 Waste toner container is almost full. Order new one.
C7-1130 Waste toner container is full. Replace it.
C7-1311 Waste toner container is not installed. Install it.
C8–xxxx (Development unit error)

Table 4-14 C8–xxxx (Development unit error)
C8-1130 Replace with new developer unit
H1–xxxx (Optional tray error)

Table 4-15 H1–xxxx (Optional tray error)
H1-1311 Paper jam in tray 3
H1-1314 Paper jam inside of machine
H1-1322 Tray 3 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly.
H1-1351 Paper is low in tray 3. Load paper.
H1-1352 Paper is empty in tray 3. Load paper.
H1-1353 Input System Failure: #H1-1353. Pull tray 3 out and insert it.
H1-1422 Tray 4 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly.
H1-1451 Paper is low in tray 4. Load paper.

Table 4-15 H1–xxxx (Optional tray error) (continued)
H1-1453 Input System Failure: #H1-1453. Pull tray 4 out and insert it.
H1-5323 Tray door is open. Close the door.
H1-5330 DCF Failure: #H1-5330. Check internal DCF connection.

H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error)
Table 4-16 H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error)
H2-6144 Finisher is pulled out. Insert it properly.
H2-6211 Finisher Failure: #H2-6211. Check finisher. Call for service if the problem persists.
H2-6333 Finisher Failure: #H2-6333. Check finisher.
H2-6440 Hole punch hopper is not installed. Install hopper.

Table 4-16 H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error) (continued)
H2-6452 Hole punch hopper is full. Remove waste of hopper.
H2-6700 Paper jam in front of finisher (Display animation)
H2-6701 Paper jam inside of finisher (Display animation)
H2-6704 Paper jam at exit of finisher (Display animation)
H2-6705 Paper jam at exit of finisher (Display animation)

Table 4-16 H2–xxxx (Inner Finisher error) (continued)
H2-6726 Finisher stapler door is open. Close it (Display animation)
H2-6727 Finisher jam door is open. Close it (Display animation)
H2-6732 Staple cartridge is low. Replace it.
H2-6733 Staple cartridge is empty. Replace it.
H2-6735 Too much paper in finisher stacker. Remove printed paper.
H2-6744 Staple cartridge not install. Install it.
H2-6A50 Finisher Failure: #H2-6A50. Check finisher.
H2-6A63 Staple cartridge is empty. Replace it.
Mx–xxxx (Jam error)

Table 4-17 Mx–xxxx (Jam error)
M1-1111 Paper jam in tray 1. Please remove the paper.
M1-1610 Paper jam in MP tray. Please remove the paper.
M1-1613 Paper jam in MP tray. Please remove the paper.
M2-1114 Paper jam inside of machine. Please remove the paper.
M2-1117 Paper jam at the bottom of duplex path. Please remove the paper.

Table 4-17 Mx–xxxx (Jam error) (continued)
M2-2111 Paper jam at the top of duplex path. Please remove the paper.
M3-1111 Paper jam in exit area. Please remove the paper.
Mx–xxxx (Tray not install_Paper empty_Outbin full)

Table 4-18 Mx–xxxx (Tray not install_Paper empty_Outbin full)
M1-3122 Tray 1 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly.
M1-3222 Tray 2 cassette is pulled out. Insert it properly.
M1-4111 Tray Failure: #M1-4111. Pull tray 1 out and insert it. Call for service if the problem persists.
M1-4211 Tray Failure: #M1-4211. Pull tray 1 out and insert it. Call for service if the problem persists.
M1-5111 Paper is low in tray 1. Load paper.
M1-5112 Paper is empty in tray 1. Load paper.
M1-5120 Paper is empty in all tray. Load paper.
M1-5211 Paper is low in tray 2. Load paper.
M1-5612 Paper is empty in MP tray. Load paper.

Table 4-18 Mx–xxxx (Tray not install_Paper empty_Outbin full) (continued)
M1-5613 Paper is empty in MP tray. Load paper.
M3-2230 Paper in output bin is full. Remove printed paper.
M3-2430 Paper in output bin is full. Remove printed paper.
Sx–xxxx (System error)

Table 4-19 Sx–xxxx (System error)
S1-1114 Video System Failure: #S1-1114. Turn off then on.
S1-2511 MSOK System Failure: #S1-2511. Call for service.
S1-5221 Wireless network card is not installed. Install the card.
S2-1211 Engine System Failure: #S2-1211. Turn off then on.
S2-331D Wait delay time for lower fixing temperature…
S2-331E The temperature of this machine is too low. Please wait for a while to warm up.
S2-3321 Supplying and mixing toner to developer unit. Please wait...
S2-3421 Calibrating image density. Please wait...
S2-4210 Front door is open. Close it.
S2-4410 Right door is open. Close it.
S3-3121 Scanner is locked. Please try to release scanner lock.
S3-3211 Scan System Failure: #S3-3211. Turn off then on.
S4-3130 There has been a problem with fax modem card. Install again. Call for service if the problem persists.
S5-3111 UI System Failure: #S5-3111. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
S6-3113 Network Failure: #S6-3113. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
S6-3122 Network cable is disconnected. Check it.
S6-3123 This IP address conflicts with that of other system. Check it.
S6-3128 802.1x authentication failed. Please contact the system administrator.
S6-3231 Cannot find a wireless network. Please check the wireless environment.
S6-3232 Wireless security settings are incorrect. Please change the settings.
S6-3233 Not connected from the wireless AP. If you do not reconnect automatically, check the wireless settings.
S6-3234 Failed connection to WPS. Try again or set up other wireless connection.
S6-3235 Wi-Fi Direct is not ready. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
S6-3236 Failed to connect to Wi-Fi Direct. Turn off your mobile device and turn it on.

Table 4-19 Sx–xxxx (System error) (continued)
S7-2110 Fuser Unit Failure: #S7-2110. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
U1–xxxx (Fuser error)

Table 4-20 U1–xxxx (Fuser error)
U1-2113 Fuser Unit Failure: #U1-2113. Turn off then on.
U1-2115 Fuser Unit Failure: #U1-2115. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.
U1-233A Fuser Unit Failure: #U1-233A. Turn off then on.
U1-233D Fuser Unit Failure: #U1-233D. Turn off then on.
U2–xxxx (LSU error)

Table 4-21 U2–xxxx (LSU error)
U2-1111 LSU Failure: #U2-1111. Turn off then on. Call for service if the problem persists.

U3-xxxx (RADF error)
Table 4-22 U3-xxxx (RADF error)
U3-3211 Original paper jam inside the scanner.
U3-3611 Original paper jam in the exit area of scanner.
U3-4210 Top door of scanner is open.

Printing quality problems
Print-quality defects attributed to printer components, supplies, media, internal software, external software
applications and environmental conditions.
To successfully troubleshoot print-quality problems, as many variables as possible must be eliminated. The first
step is to generate prints using printable pages embedded in the printer on laser paper. The paper should be
from an unopened ream that has been acclimated to room temperature and you should ensure that genuine HP
toner is installed in the printer.
A/S Chart
The A/S chart is a printer internal page that helps identify common print quality problems.
Figure 4-6 A/S chart

Figure 4-7 A/S chart components
[1] Grid pattern For adjusting margin and magnification
[2] Black patches For adjusting skew error
[3] Barcode For checking the reproduction of barcode
[4] Note area For recording the date, conditions, etc.
[A] Halftone band For checking banding and jitter (K 50%)
[B, L] Resolution patterns For checking resolution
[C, D, E] Images For checking color reproduction
[F] Map image For checking fine line reproduction
[G] Color patches For checking color reproduction and uniformity
[H] Gradation pattern For checking tone reproduction of 7 colors (C, M, Y, K, R, G, B/ 10~100%)
[I] Color/Mono text For checking the reproduction of color, mono text
[J] Multilingual Feature For checking the reproduction of small text
[K] White Gap pattern For checking color to color, color to mono white gap
[M] Rulers For checking the magnification error (unit : cm)
[N] Rulers For checking the magnification error (unit : inch)
ENWW Printing quality problems 405

Defect analysis flowchart
Refer to the following flowchart as a guide for analyzing print defects.
Figure 4-8 Defect analysis flowchart

Print quality defects
● Black lines (feed direction)
● Light or White Lines (Feed direction)
● Periodic black lines and dots (cross-feed direction
● Periodic light or dark lines and dots (cross-feed direction)
● Blurred image
● Foggy image
● Light image
● Uneven pitch and jittery image
● Skewed image
● Poor fusing
● Contamination on the back of page
● Paper curl

Black lines (feed direction)
Figure 4-9 Black lines (feed direction)
Troubleshooting steps
1. If the OPC drum is scratched or contaminated in the vertical direction, replace the drum unit.
2. If any components on the scanner unit (ADF glass, mirror, or CCD sensor) are contaminated, wipe the
surface of contaminated parts with a soft cloth.

3. If the path of the laser beam is blocked by a foreign substance on the LSU window, clean the window.

Light or White Lines (Feed direction)
Figure 4-10 Light or White Lines (Feed direction)
1. Check to see if a foreign substance is stuck between the developer roller and the blade. This might be
evident by toner missing on a portion of the developer roller.
Remove the foreign substance following these steps:
● Make a hook (a transparency sheet is recommended)
● Put the hook into the gap between the developer roller and the blade.
● Remove the foreign substance.

Figure 4-11 Remove the foreign substance
2. If the developer is empty, replace the developer unit. Check the toner remaining percentage on the report
page. Check the toner layer on the magnetic roller to determine if it is uniform or not.
Figure 4-12 CCD sensor
3. If the path of the laser beam is blocked by a foreign substance on the LSU window, clean the window.
Figure 4-13 LSU window
4. If the OPC drum is scratched or contaminated in the vertical direction, replace the drum unit.

Periodic black lines and dots (cross-feed direction
Figure 4-14 Periodic black lines and dots (cross-feed direction)
1. There might be poor connection between the CR terminal and the printer. Wipe the surface of the
contaminated CR terminal with a soft cloth.
Figure 4-15 Clean contaminated CR terminal
2. There might be poor charge voltage on the HVPS (MHV). Check the connection between the HVPS terminal
and the connector. If reseating this connector does not resolve the issue, replace the HVPS.

Periodic light or dark lines and dots (cross-feed direction)
Figure 4-16 Periodic light or dark lines and dots (cross-feed direction)
1. Horizontal periodic bands appearing at the interval of the OPC circumference (94.2 mm (3.7 in)) might
indicated one of the following:
● The OPC was exposed to light for an extended period of time.
● The OPC was damaged by high voltage over a short period of time.
As time passes, most of the bands will disappear. If they do not, replace the OPC drum unit.
2. Horizontal periodic light or dark bands appearing at the interval of the magnetic roller circumference (35.7
mm (1.4 in)) might indicated one of the following:
● The magnetic roller is defective.
● The V-groove on the surface of the magnetic roller is not uniform
Figure 4-17 V-groove on magnetic roller
Replace the developer unit.

Blurred image
Figure 4-18 Blurred image
1. The humidity in the environment might be high. The paper being used might have high moisture content.
Change to a new and better-grade paper.
2. The transfer voltage might be low. Increase the THV transfer voltage.
3. Verify that the connection between the THV high-voltage terminal and the HVPS THV terminal is properly
connected. Check the connection between the HVPS and TR.

Foggy image
Figure 4-19 Foggy image
1. The voltage of the OPC drum is abnormally low. Replace the OPC drum unit.
2. Toner might be over-supplied due to an abnormal TC sensor. Replace the toner cartridge.
3. The T1 voltage might be abnormally high. Check the HVPS connections. Check the connection of the
transfer rollers in THV, and TR. Replace the HVPS.
4. The HVPS might be damaged or broken. Replace the HVPS.

Light image
Figure 4-20 Light image
1. Poor transfer might be occurring. Replace the HVPS.
2. The output voltage of the HVPS might be abnormally low, causing low color density. Replace the HVPS.
3. The TC sensor might be defective. Replace the toner cartridge.

Uneven pitch and jittery image
Figure 4-21 Uneven pitch and jittery image
P aper feeding
direc tion
1. If the bands are less than 3 mm (0.11 in) apart, a foreign substance might be caught in the drive gears.
● Apply grease to the toner cartridge gears.
Figure 4-22 Grease the toner cartridge gears
● Apply grease to the OPC unit gears.
Figure 4-23 Grease the OPC gears
● Apply grease to the main drive unit gears.
Replace any of the following defective parts: toner cartridge, drum unit, or main drive unit.
2. If the bands are less than 1 mm (0.04 in) apart, check to see if the laser scanner unit (LSU) is assembled
incorrectly. Replace the screws. Replace the LSU.

Skewed image
Figure 4-24 Skewed image
1. Remove and reinstall the paper tray to ensure it is installed properly.
2. Check to see if too much paper is loaded in the paper tray. Remove paper, if necessary
3. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted properly.
4. Check to see if the pickup, reverse, or forward rollers are dirty. Clean or replace the contaminated roller.
5. Remove and reinstall the document feeder. Adjust the document feeder skew.

Poor fusing
Figure 4-25 Poor fusing
1. Check that the paper type on the control panel matches the paper type loaded in the tray. Depending upon
the type of paper used, print speed will vary. For example:
● Plain (71~90g/), Thick (91~105g/) : 100%
● Heavy weight (106~175g/) : 50%
● Envelope (75~90 g/), Label (120~150 g/) : 50%
2. The fuser unit might be worn. Replace the fuser.
3. Check to see if the surface of the fuser belt and the pressure roller are scratched. Replace the fuser unit if
they are.
4. Check to see if the temperature control system is malfunctioning:
● The thermistor is broken or operates abnormally
● The halogen lamp is broken or operates abnormally
Check the non-contact thermistor sensor. Check the halogen light. Replace any broken parts or the entire
fuser unit.
5. Verify that the pressure control system operates properly. If the problem persists, replace the fuser.
6. Check to see if paper is wrapped around the heating roller. If so, remove the wrapped paper and print a
demo page. If the demo pages shows print quality problems, replace the fuser.

Contamination on the back of page
Figure 4-26 Contamination on the back of page
1. Check to see if the transfer roller is dirty. Clean or replace the roller.
Figure 4-27 Clean the transfer roller
2. Check to see if the fuser heat roller or pressure roller are dirty. Clean them, if necessary.
3. Check to see if the pressure roller surface is damaged or scratched. Replace the fuser unit if it is.

Paper curl
Figure 4-28 Paper curl
Symptoms and probable cause
When printing on A4 or Letter paper loaded as long-edge feed (LEF), paper curl increases. This is likely caused by
increase in the moisture content in the paper and by an increase in image density.
NOTE: Following these instructions may decrease printing performance.
1. Remove the tray.
2. Remove the paper and load it as short-edge feed (SEF).
Figure 4-29 Paper feed directions
3. Print a test page.
4. If the problem persists, set the humidity mode on the control panel:
● Machine Setup → General Setting → Humidity → Humidity level (Normal, Humidity 1, Humidity2 ,
Humidity3)

Adjusting the document feeder skew
1. Lift the document feeder cover. Slightly loosen four screws securing the right hinge unit.
NOTE: The left hinge is not adjustable.
2. Adjust the position of the document feeder hinge up and down as the skew status. (1 scale => 0.9 mm
(0.04 in))
● Adjust the hinge unit down. (1 scale => 0.9 mm skew adjustment)

3. Detach the document feeder sponge sheet after adjusting the skew. Place the document feeder sponge
sheet on the scanner glass. Close the document feeder unit to adhere the sponge sheet to the document
feeder.
ENWW Adjusting the document feeder skew 423

Other errors
● Toner cartridge detection error
● Acoustic noise in fuser unit
● Document feeder hinge problems
● Document feeder multi-feed jam
● Image scanner is locked
● Image distortion
● Document feeder is not recognized or S3-3211 error occurs
● Printer makes noise while printing
● Printer cannot pick paper from Trays 1–3
● Printer cannot feed paper
● Loud noise from the laser scanner unit motor
● Job pause problem
● Scan to PC login failure
● Script error in Internet Explorer
● Side cover open error
● SMPS output voltage drop error
● Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise
● Networking is not working
● Active NFC does not detect the NFC tag

Toner cartridge detection error
Symptom
The toner cartridge is installed, but the Not Installed message displays on the control panel.
Causes
● Toner cartridge is not installed properly.
● CRUM harness of the toner cartridge is defective.
● CRUM PBA or CRUM Chip is defective.
● CRUM connection (Modular connector) is defective.
● CRUM Joint PBA is defective.
● Bad connection between the main board and the CRUM Joint PBA
Troubleshooting
1. Toner cartridge install problems
● Check if the toner cartridge is installed properly.
● If the cartridge comes out automatically from the printer, check the cartridge fixing hook.
● If the cartridge fixing hook is defective, replace the cartridge cap or cartridge.
2. CRUM harness problems
● Verify that the CRUM harness is connected properly.
● Check to see if the modular jack on the toner cartridge is broken or assembled incorrectly.
● If the modular jack is defective, replace it with a new one.
● If the modular jack is stuck in the toner cartridge, pull it out.
3. CRUM PBA problems or CRUM data broken
● Replace the toner cartridge.
4. CRUM connection (Modular connector) installation problems
a. Open the front cover and remove the toner cartridge.
b. Check to make sure the CRUM connection (Modular connector) is installed properly.
c. If the modular connector is not installed properly, open the rear cover and reinstall it.
5. CRUM Joint PBA problem
● Check the connectors on the CRUM joint PBA. If any connectors are damaged, replace the board.
6. Bad connection between the main board and the CRUM Joint PBA
ENWW Other errors 425

● Check the connection between the main board and the CRUM Joint PBA. If the connection is bad,
replace and test the following components in this order: harness, CRUM joint board PBA, and the main
board.

Acoustic noise in fuser unit
Symptom
Acoustic noise from fuser assembly in early stage of printing
Cause
Fuser gear is damaged.
Troubleshooting
▲ Replace the fuser unit.

Document feeder hinge problems
Symptom
● The document feeder hinge makes noise when the document feeder is opened or closed.
● The document feeder hinge is cracked
● When the document feeder is raised to access the scanner glass, the document feeder does not remain
open.
Troubleshooting
1. Remove the document feeder connector cover.
2. Disconnect the document feeder harness and remove one screw securing the ground wire.
3. Lift up and remove the document feeder.
4. Remove four screws from each hinge, and then remove the hinges. Install new hinges.
5. Install the document feeder.

Document feeder multi-feed jam
Symptom
Paper stops between the document feeder roller and the registration roller of the document feeder and a paper
jam occurs.
Troubleshooting
Follow these steps to replace the pickup guide and separation pad:
2. Remove the document feeder separation pad and replace it with a new one.
3. Remove the pickup guide by pressing the side as shown below.
Figure 4-31 Remove the pickup guide
4. Install the replacement pickup guide.
5. Update the printer firmware with the latest version.

Image scanner is locked
Symptom
Paper stops between the document feeder roller and the registration roller of the document feeder and a paper
jam occurs.
Cause
All 24V channels output voltage is off (24V output voltage is nearly 0V) and 5V channels output is normal.
Troubleshooting
1. Check all 24V output channels (24VS1, 24VS2, 24VS3, 24VS4) to determine whether 24V voltage comes
out.
2. If 24V voltage does not come out, check ‘24V on/off signal pin’ on the main board.
a. If the voltage at ‘24V on/off signal pin’ is 0V, then the main board and signal is normal.
b. If the voltage at ‘24V on/off signal pin’ is between 4V and 5.3V, then the main board and signal is not
normal.
3. If the main board and signal is normal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, check other parts (i.e.,
fuser, motor, scanner harness, etc.) driven by 24V voltage before replacing the SMPS.
4. If the main board and signal is normal and just one or two 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect the
harness from the abnormal 24V output channel before replacing the SMPS.
5. If the main board and signal is abnormal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect the harness,
connector, and main board.

Image distortion
Symptom
Image distortion occurs when paper is fed from the document feeder.
Troubleshooting
1. Loosen four screws each on the left and right hinges of the document feeder. Adjust the document feeder.
2. Perform a copy from the document feeder and see if the image distortion occurs. If it does, repeat steps 1
and 2.
3. If the image distortion does not occur, tighten the screws on the left and right hinges.

Document feeder is not recognized or S3-3211 error occurs
Symptoms
● The document feeder installation is not recognized.
● An S3-3211 error occurs and copying must be performed using the scanner glass.
Cause
The document feeder power cable has failed.
Troubleshooting
1. Remove and reinstall the document feeder power cable. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the
cable.
2. Secure the power cable with a cable tie.

Printer makes noise while printing
Symptom
The printer makes a noise when printing.
Cause
● Lack of grease in the gear train.
● An old-type gear is installed.
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode.
2. Run the fuser motor test (Service Mode > Diagnostics > Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routines > Fuser
Motor Forward)
3. Remove the fuser and run the fuser motor test again.
4. If the noise remains, replace the fuser drive exit assembly. If the noise is gone, replace the fuser.

Printer cannot pick paper from Trays 1–3
Symptom
Printer cannot pick paper from Trays 1–3.
Cause
● A bad harness connection on the main board.
● A defective connector on the main board.
Troubleshooting
1. Remove and reinstall the harness connection on the main board.
2. Check the pickup unit connector on the main board. If the connector is defective, replace the main board.

Printer cannot feed paper
Symptom
The printer cannot feed paper from Trays 2 or 3.
Cause
● Feed motor problem
● Feed motor connection problem
● Main board is defective
Troubleshooting
1. Check the operation of the feed motor.
a. Open the right door and firmly push the cover switch with a piece of folded paper.
Figure 4-32 Push the cover switch
b. Enter service mode.

c. Check the operation of the feed rollers by executing the feed motor test (EDC Mode > Diagnostics >
Engine Diagnostics > Engine Test Routine > Feed motor > on/off).
Figure 4-33 Check the feed rollers
d. If the feed rollers do not rotate, remove the rear cover and check the motor and gears.
2. Check the connection between the main board (CN27) and the feed motor.
3. If the problem persists, replace the main board.

Loud noise from the laser scanner unit motor
Symptom
The laser scanner unit (LSU)motor makes a loud noise like a siren when printing.
Cause
Defective laser scanner unit motor
Troubleshooting
1. Enter service mode and execute the LSU motor test.
2. If the noise occurs during the test, replace the LSU.
3. If the noise does not occur, continue troubleshooting other causes.

Job pause problem
Symptom
Job is paused
Cause
● The Stop button was pressed.
● During the job pausing process, the job status is wrong.
Troubleshooting
Verify the following states of the pause process:
1. Pausing—Paused
2. If the Cancel button is pressed: Paused—Cancelling—Cancelled
3. If the Continue button is pressed: Paused—Resuming—Progressing

Scan to PC login failure
Symptom
Login failure popup is displayed when the user selects their Scan ID in the Scan to PC menu.
Cause
Anti-virus program blocks executable files if it tries to communicate with external device but it is not digitally
signed.
NOTE: If any network security device blocks SNMP protocol communication, login will fail.

Script error in Internet Explorer
Symptom
Script errors occur and the printer cannot print when using Internet Explorer 9 or a later version.
Cause
In protected mode, the “RegOpenCurrentUser” function with write authority returns an error or access denied.
Cannot write on the HKEY_CURRENT_USER registry.
Troubleshooting
Download the latest driver and install it.

Side cover open error
Symptom
The side cover is closed, but a control panel message indicates the cover is open.
Cause
The spring plate of the side cover open sensor is deformed by the deformation of the stopper of the side cover.
Figure 4-34 Side cover spring plate and stopper
Troubleshooting
Replace the side cover open sensor or bend the spring plate back to normal shape.
Figure 4-35 Side cover spring plate

SMPS output voltage drop error
Symptom
The following error messages display on the control panel:
● C3-1312
● S3-3121
● M1-4111
● M1-4211
Cause
The output voltage on 24V channels drops to under 21.6V and 5V channels output is normal.
Troubleshooting
1. Check all 24V output channels (24VS1, 24VS2, 24VS3, 24VS4) to determine whether 24V voltage comes
out.
2. If 24V voltage does not come out, check ‘24V on/off signal pin’ on the main board.
a. If the voltage at ‘24V on/off signal pin’ is 0V, then the main board and signal is normal.
b. If the voltage at ‘24V on/off signal pin’ is between 4V and 5.3V, then the main board and signal is not
normal.
3. If the main board and signal is normal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, check other parts (i.e.,
fuser, motor, scanner harness, etc.) driven by 24V voltage before replacing the SMPS.
4. If the main board and signal is normal and just one or two 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect the
harness from the abnormal 24V output channel before replacing the SMPS.
5. If the main board and signal is abnormal and all 24V output channels are nearly 0V, inspect the harness,
connector, and main board.

Hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise
Symptom
The hard disk drive (HDD) makes a loud noise when operating.
Cause
The HDD is defective.
Troubleshooting
Replace the HDD.

Networking is not working
Symptom
Networking is suddenly not working.
Cause
● The network cable is not working properly.
● The network configuration is wrong.
● Some related components on the main board are defective.
Troubleshooting
1. Disconnect the network cable from the printer and connect it to a PC. Do a ping test to verify the cable is
not defective.
2. If the cable is not defective, reconnect it to the printer and do a ping test. If the ping test is successful,
check the network configuration to verify settings were not changed.
3. If the ping test is not successful, remove the rear cover and inspect the main board. Look for any visible
defects on the network-related components, such as the connector, capacitor, and any other components
nearby. Surge voltage from the outside may have caused damage.
4. If you observe visible defects on the components, replace the main board.

Active NFC does not detect the NFC tag
Symptom
Active NFC does not detect the NFC tag.
Cause
The NFC Pro sticker blocks the electronic signal between the NFC reader and the NFC tag.
Troubleshooting
If the metallic sticker is attached to an active NFC module, NFC will not work properly because the metallic sticker
blocks electronic signals between the NFC module and tag. Remove the sticker.

Connection diagrams
● Connection Diagram (FUSER_EXIT_TONER DC)
● Connection Diagram (HDD_SCANNER)
● Connection Diagram (OPE)
● Connection Diagram (FDI_FINISHER_FAX)
● Connection Diagram (DCF)
● Connection Diagram (PH DRIVE_PICK UP_SIDE)
● Connection Diagram (LSU_HVPS)
● Connection Diagram (FRONT_OPC DRIVE)
● Connection Diagram (SMPS_FDB)

Connection Diagram (FUSER_EXIT_TONER DC)
Figure 4-36 Connection Diagram (FUSER_EXIT_TONER DC)
MX3
FUSER
-MainPBA-
1. 6 *X3220:Draw er
FUSER . . K3250:W allconnector
FUSER POS JC39-01336A
EEPROM JC39-01613A . .
. . FUSER,JC39-02076A
6 1
1. N CN40 3711-007898
. . 1 5V_LP
JC39-01677A 3.3V_CRUM
NC THERM ISTOR 0 JC39-01638A
. . 2
. . 3 nFUSER_POS1
THERM ISTOR . . 4 DGND
SIDE . . 5 SDA_CRUM _FUSER
N 1 6 SCL_CRUM _FUSER
Coloronly. 7 DGND
NC0_TD_OUT
8
NC THERM ISTOR 1 9 NC0_TC_OUT
10 THERM_SIDE2
11 THERM_SIDE1
12 DGND
10 13 NC1_TD_OUT
9 14 NC1_TC_OUT
8 15 DIR_BLDC_FUSER
7
CLK_BLDC_FUSER
BLDC 6 16
FUSER BLDC 5 17 nREADY_BLDC_FUSER
4 JC39-02076A 18 nEN_BLDC_FUSER
3
2 19 GAIN_BLDC_FUSER
1 20 BRAKE_BLDC_FUSER
21 DGND
22 DGND
23 24V3
24 24V3
25 A_EXIT1
EXIT1 STEP 26
27
nA_EXIT1
nB_EXIT1
28 B_EXIT1
EXIT,JC39-02075A
Wa ll c
onn.
CN6 3711-007899
1 7 EXIT1FULL 1 5V_LP
2 6 2 DGND
3 5 3 nPAPER_EXIT1
EXIT2 STEP 4
5
4
3
4
5
5V1_SLP
DGND
6 2 6 nBIN_FULL_EXIT1
7 1 7 A_EXIT2
nA_EXIT2
Coloronly. 8
9 nB_EXIT2
10 B_EXIT2
SOL
DUPLEX R
ETURN T1 POSITON 11 PW M_RETURN_DUPLEX
12 24V3
13 5V_LP
W allconn. 14 DGND
JC 39-02075
A 15 nDETECT_T1_POS
1 8 16 5V_LP
EXIT2 2 7 17 DGND
3 6 18 nPAPER_EXIT2
4 5 19 5V1_SLP
5 4 20 DGND
EXIT2 FULL 6 3 21 nBIN_FULL_EXIT2
7 2 22 nDETECT EXIT2
8 1 23 DGND
24 DGND
SIDE COVER_OPEN_SIDE
25
COVER OPEN 26 nCOVER_OPEN_SIDE
27 OUT_FAN_FUSER
28 nDETECT_FAN_FUSER_CON
29 DGND
Coloronly. 30 N.C
Coloronly. TONER DC ,
JC39-02081A
FUSER FAN
CN15 3711-007902
1 nA_TON ER_DC_K
TONER K
DC M TR
DC TONER K
2
3
DGND
5V_LP
4 DGND
COUNT 5 TONER_COUNT_K_CON
6 nA_TON ER_DC_C
7 DGND
TONER C 8 5V_LP
DC M TR DC TONER C
9 DGND
TONER_COUNT_C_CON
10
COUNT 11 3.3V_CRUM
12 SDA_CRUM_BO TTLE_K
TONER K SCL_CRUM_BO TTLE_K
13
CRUM 14 DGND
TONER C 15 3.3V_CRUM
16 SDA_CRUM_BO TTLE_C
CRUM 17 SCL_CRUM_BO TTLE_C
TONER M 18 DGND
DC M TR DC TONER M
19
20
nA_TON ER_DC_M
DGND
COUNT 21 5V_LP
22 DGND
23 TONER_COUNT_M_ CON
24 nA_TON ER_DC_Y
TONER Y
DC M TR DC TONER Y
25
26
DGND
5V_LP
27 DGND
COUNT TONER_COUNT_Y_CON
28
TONER M
29
30
3.3V_CRUM
SDA_CRUM_BO TTLE_M
M ono only.
CRUM 31 SCL_CRUM_BO TTLE_M
32 DGND TONER,JC39-02091A
TONER Y 33 3.3V_CRUM
CRUM
DUCT STEP 34
35
SDA_CRUM_BO TTLE_Y
SCL_CRUM_BO TTLE_Y 1
CN7 3711-007845
A_T1(DuctStep)
36 DGND 2 nA_T1
3 nB_T1
4 B_T1
5 DGND
6 nA_TON ER_DC_K
TONER DC M TR DC JC39-02091A
7
8
5V_LP
DGND
9 TONER_COUNT_K_CON
10 5V_LP
TONER CNT 11 ON_ERASER_K
12 3.3V_CRUM
13 SDA_CRUM_BO TTLE_K
14 SCL_CRUM_BO TTLE_K
ERASER 15 DGND
TONER CRUM
SHUTTER,JC39-02084A
Coloronly.
CN23 3711-007843
ACR SHUTTER DC 1
2
DGND
DMO T_ACRSHUTTER
3 5V_LP
ACR 4 DGND
SHUTTER 5 nSENS_ACR_SHUTTER_HOM E
6 DGND
7
W ASTE ADC_W ASTE_LEVEL_CON
8 ON_W ASTE_LED
LEVEL 9 5V_LP ID SENSOR,JC39-02077A
CN12 3711-007941
1 CTD_P_REAR
2 5V_ACR
CTD REAR
CTD 3 DGND
CTD_LED_REAR
4
5 CTD_P_FRONT
CTD FRONT
CTD 6
7
5V_ACR
DGND
8 CTD_LED_FRON T
9 CTD_P_CENT
CTD CENTER
CTD 10
11
5V_ACR
DGND
12 CTD_S_CENT
13 CTD_LED_CENT
INNER TEM P 14 ADC_INNER_TEM P_CON
15 DGND
16 N.C
ENWW Connection diagrams 447

Connection Diagram (HDD_SCANNER)
Figure 4-37 Connection Diagram (HDD_SCANNER)
R AD F
Coloronly
HDD ScannerUnit
JC39-02669A JC39-02668A
JC39-02128A JC39-02119A
SCAN /IF CCDM /IF

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
SATA SIGNAL
JC39-02668A
CN9 3708-003142
SATA POW ER
JC39-02669A
CN3 3711-007901
50
CN20-3711-006454
CN16-3711-007849
SCAN-M TR_MS2 34 10V_CCD

10V_CCD 49
24V3 33
10V_CCD 48
24V3 32
SATA_RX_N
SATA_TX_P
47
SATA RX P
SATA TX N
24V3 31 10V_CCD
5V2_SLP
DGND 46
24V3 30
DGND
DGND
DGND
45
DGND
N.C
N.C
DGND 29 DGND
5V2_LP 44
5V_LP 28
5V2_LP 43
5V_LP 27
5V2_LP 42
DGND 26
5V2_LP 41
5V1_W KSRC_SCAN 25
DGND 40
DGND 24
DGND 39
3.3V_LP 23
3.3V_LP 38
DGND 22
3.3V_LP 37
DGND 21
3.3V_LP 36
DGND 20
3.3V_LP 35
DGND 19
3.3V_LP 34
18 33
nRST_DADF 17 3.3V_LP
3.3V_LP 32
DADF_RXD 16
3.3V_LP 31
DADF_TXD 15
DGND 30
nSCAN_READ 14
LVDO0P 29
nDETECT_PAPER_RADF 13
LVDO0N 28
nDETECT_RADF 12
DGND 27
nAPS_SENSOR1 11 26
MX 3
nAPS_SENSOR2 10 LVDO1P
LVDO1N 25
nCCD_HOM E 9
DGND 24
nFLAT_COVER_OPEN1 8 23
-M ain PB A -
nFLAT_COVER_OPEN2 7 LVDO2P
LVDO2N 22
PW M_W HITE_LED 6
DGND 21
SCAN_M TR_PLS 5
LVCK P 20
nEN_SCAN_M TR 4
LVCK N 19
SCAN_M TR_DIR 3
DGND 18
PW M_ SCAN_MO T 2
LVDO3P 17
SCAN_M TR_MS1 1
LVDO3N 16
DGND 15
LVDO4P 14
LVDO4N 13
DGND 12
SDO_AFE 11
nRST_CCD_AFE 10
PITG 9
DGND 8
SDI_AFE 7
SCLK AFE 6
SLOAD AFE 5
DGND 4
SCAN VCLK N 3
SCAN VCLK P 2
DGND 1

Connection Diagram (OPE)
Figure 4-38 Connection Diagram (OPE)
LCD/TSP
OPE
LCD I/F TOUCH PAD /F
I
CN3-3708-002809
CN4-3708-002717
3.3VA 1
Main
VLEDPLUS
1 3.3V 2
VLEDPLUS
2 nINT TOUCH 3
OPE Key
VLED MINUS
3 SCL_TOUCH 4
VLED MINUS
4 DGND 5
DITHB
5 SDA_TOUCH 6
DGND
6 DGND 7
MOD E
7 3.3V 8
DGND
8 3.3V 9
OPE KEYI/F OPE KEY I/
F,JC39-01575A DGND
9 GND1 10
3.3VL
CN7-3708-003099 10 GND2 11
3708-003099 3.3VL
CN7 11
CN7 L DATA<23.0> 16
KEY IN2 1 12
KEY IN2 20 L DATA<23.0> 17
KEY IN1 2 13
KEY IN1 19 L DATA<23.0> 18
KEY IN4 3 14
KEY IN4 18 L DATA<23.0> 19
KEY IN3 4 15
KEY IN3 17 L DATA<23.0> 20
KEY IN0 5 16
KEY IN0 16 L DATA<23.0> 21
DGND 6 17
DGND 15 L DATA<23.0> 22
KEY OUT1 7 18
KEY OUT1 14 L DATA<23.0> 23
KEY OUT4 8 19
KEY OUT0 9 20
KEY OUT0 12 JC39-01575A L DATA<23.0> 9
KEY OUT2 10 21
KEY OUT3 11 22
5V 12 23
5V 9 L DATA<23.0> 12
LED LOG IN/OUT 13 24
LED LOG IN/OUT 8 L DATA<23.0> 13
LED_INTERRUPT 14 25
LED_INTERRUPT 7 L DATA<23.0> 14
LED HELP 15 26
LED HELP 6 L DATA<23.0> 15
nKEY_SOFT_PW R 27
nKEY_SOFT_PW R 5 16 L DATA<23.0> 0 USB HOST /F
I
LED POW ER 17 28
LED POW ER 4 L DATA<23.0> 1
KEY BUZZER P 18 29
KEY BUZZER P 3 L DATA<23.0> 2 CN11 -3722-003431
KEY BUZZER N 19 30 1
KEY BUZZER N 2 L DATA<23.0> 3 VBUS HOST
DGND 20 31 2
DGND 1 L DATA<23.0> 4 DM_ HOST
32 3
L DATA<23.0> 5 DP_HOST
33 4
L DATA<23.0> 6 GND
34 5
L DATA<23.0> 7 GND
35 6
DGND GND
36 7
L PCLK GND
OPTION
37
L RnESET
38
L HSYNC
39
L VSYNC
40
L BIAS
41
VGH
42
VGL
DGND
43 NFC I/F
LCD_IF_FFC DGND
44
45 CN6 -3722-003431
CN1-3708-003275 LEFT RIGHT
24 46 VBUS HOST1 1
DGND UP DOW N
LVDS3+
LVDS3-
23
22
10V
47
48
DM _HOST2
DP_HOST2
2
3 NFC
21 49
MODU LE
DGND DGND GND 4
20 50 GND 5
LVDS_CLK+ GND1
19 51 OPE POW ER FI GND 6
LVDS_CLK- GND2
18 52 GND 7
DGND
17 CN8-3711-007505
LVDS2+
16 GND 12
LVDS2-
15 GND 11
DGND
14 GND 10
LVDS1+
13 nRST M ICOM OPE 9
LVDS1-
12 USB M CB IF nM ICOM_BOO T 8
DGND
11 RST HUB OPE 7
LVDS0+
LVDS0-
10 CN2-3722-002712 CARD READER I/F
9 5V1_HOST3_FRONT 1 3.3
V_SB 6
DGND
8 DM_ HOST3_FRONT 2 5V_OPE 5 CN9 -3722-003431
OPE_RXD
7 DP_HOST3_FRONT 3 nKEY_SOFT_PW R 4 VBUS HOST1 1
OPE_TXD
6 5V1_HOST3_FRONT 4 DM_ HOST1 2
DGND
5 5V1_HOST3_FRONT 5 5V_OPE DP_HOST1 3
nINT_TOUCH 3
4 GND 6 5V_OPE GND 4
DGND 2
3 GND 7 5V_OPE GND 5
SDA_TOUCH 1
2 GND 8 GND 6
SCL_TOUCH
1 GND 9 GND 7
DGND
JC39-02443A JC39-01572A JC39-02439A
LCD_IF_FFC,JC39-02443A USB OPE FI OPE POW ER FI

JC39-01572A JC39-02439A
CN38 3708-003275 CN8 3722-002712
1 CN14 3711-007505
DGND 5V1_HOST3_OPTION 1 1
2 GND
LVDS3+ DM_ HOST3_OPTION 2 2
3 GND
LVDS3- DP_HOST3_OPTION 3 3
4 GND
DGND 5V1_HOST3_OPTION 4 4
5 nRST M ICOM OPE
LVDS_CLK+ 5V1_HOST3_OPTION 5 5
6 nM ICOM BOOT
LVDS_CLK- FGND 6 6
7 3.3V_SB
DGND FGND 7
8 nRST USB HUB OPE
LVDS2+ FGND 8 7
9 3.3V_SB
LVDS2- FGND 9 8
10 5V_OPE
DGND 9
11 nKEY_SOFT_PW R_AVR
LVDS1+
12 nKEY_SOFT_PW R_C4N
LVDS1- 10
13 5V_OPE
DGND 11
14 5V_OPE
LVDS0+ 12
15 5V_OPE
LVDS0- 13
16 SPEAKER_P
DGND 14
17 SPEAKER_N
OPE_RXD /3.3V_SB
OPE_TXD 18
DGND 19
nINT_TSP 20
DGND 21
SDA2 TSP 22
SCL2 TSP 23
DGND 24
MX 3
-MainPBA-

Connection Diagram (FDI_FINISHER_FAX)
Figure 4-39 Connection Diagram (FDI_FINISHER_FAX)
OPTION
FDIINTERFACE FDIINTERFACE
MX3 CN18 3711-006794

DGND
DGND
1
2
CN18 3711-006794
DGND
DGND
1
2
-MainPBA- 3.3V_SB
5V1_SUSP
FDI_nDETECT
3
4
5
3.3V_SB
5V1_SUSP
FDI_nDETECT
3
4
5 FDI
FDI_NOT_RDY 6 FDI_NOT_RDY 6
FDI_EN_COPY_EXIT 7 FDI_EN_COPY_EXIT 7
FDI_nEN_COPY_CNT 8 FDI_nEN_COPY_CNT 8
FDI_nDETECT_PSIZE 9 FDI_nDETECT_PSIZE 9
FDI_nDETECT_COLOR 10 FDI_nDETECT_COLOR 10
FDI_nEN 11 FDI_nEN 11
FINISHER ,JC39-02072A
OPTION(X3280/K3300)
CN28 -FINISHER
nRST_FINISHER 1
FINISHER_TXD 2
FINISHER_RXD 3
nCMD_R EQ_FINISHER 4
54678-1619/
55515-1605/
NC 5
M OLEX
M OLEX
nDETECT_FINISHER 6
5V1_SLP 7
DGND 8 JC39-02072A
24V4 9
24V4 10
24V4
24V4
11
12
INNER
DGND
DGND
13
14
FINISHE
R
DGND 15
DGND 16
MOD EM
OPTION
CN5 3710-003410
5V1_SUSP 1 M ODEM
DGND 2
3.3V_SB 3 CN5 3710-003410
3.3V_SB 4 1 5V1_SUSP
DGND 5 2 DGND
DGND 6 3 3.3V_SB
CML MODEM 1 7 4 3.3V_SB
N.C 8 5 DGND
AOUT1 9 6 DGND
N.C 10 7 CML MODEM 1
nRST MODEM 1 11 8 N.C
nCTS_MOD EM 1 12 9 AOUT1
N.C 13 10 N.C
nRTS_MOD EM 1 14 BOARD TO BOARD 11 nRST MOD EM 1
N.C 15 12 nCTS_MOD EM 1
DGND 16 13 N.C
nDETECT M ODEM 1
N.C
17
18
14
15
nRTS_MOD EM 1
N.C
FAX
MOD EM TXD 19 16 DGND
N.C 20 17 nDETECT MOD EM 1
MOD EM RXD 21 18 N.C
N.C 22 19 MOD EM1 TXD
nRIMOD EM 1 23 20 N.C
N.C 24 21 MOD EM1 RXD
nINT MODEM 1 25 22 N.C
N.C 26 23 nRIMOD EM 1
nDCD MODEM 1 27 24 N.C
N.C 28 25 nINT MOD EM 1
N.C 29 26 N.C
DGND 30 27 nDCD MODEM 1
28 N.C
29 N.C
30 DGND
NETW ORK
CN1 3722-003413
M X0P 1
M X0N 2
M X1P 3
M X2P 4
M X2N 5
M X1N 6
M X3P 7
M X3N 8
GND 9
LED1 10
LED0 11
3.3V_GE 12

Connection Diagram (DCF)
Figure 4-40 Connection Diagram (DCF)
MX3 DCF ,JC39-02112A

CN27 3711-007507
-MainPBA-
1 DCF_RXD
2 DCF_TXD
3 nRST_DCF
4 5V1_SLP
5 5V1_SLP
6 5V1_SLP
7 24V1
8 24V1
9 24V1
10 DGND
11 DGND
12 DGND
13 DGND
14 nDETECT_DCF
15 N.C
16 N.C
17 nCMD_R EQ_DCF
18 N.C
JC39-02112A
2-292246-2/
TYCO
2-292249-2/
TYCO
OPTION
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
MINICUBE2
ENGINE FI
DUBUG
SENSOR IF
CN1 3711-006435
CN7 3711-006439
CN2 3711-004569
nSCKF3_DEBUG
EM PTY1 CN6 3711-006439

SOF3_DEBUG
SIF3_DEBUG
RXD_DEBUG
TXD_DEBUG
nCMD _REQ
1
HS_DEBUG
5V_SUSP
nRST_DCF
5V_SUSP
5V_SUSP
5V_SUSP
2 GND
nRESET
FLMD 1
FLMD 0
24V4
24V4
24V4
3 nSENS_P_EM PTY1
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
LIF
T1
RXD
TXD
NC
NC
NC
NC
4 5V_SUSP
5 GND
6 nSENS_LIFT1_LIM IT
7
8
9
10 5V_SUSP
EM PTY2 11 GND
12 nSENS_P_EM PTY2
13 5V_SUSP
14 GND
LIF
T2 15 nSENS_LIFT2_LIM IT
16 GND
17 nSENS_P_FEED2
FEED2
18 5V_SUSP DCF
SIDE COVER OPEN
CN3 3711-000178
1 24V4
COVER OPEN JC39-01610
A 2 nSIDECOVER_OPEN
JC39-02087A Harness ze
si
sensor (3pin
)
PAER SIZE2 1,
CN5 3711-006462
CN4 3711-004569
CN9 3711-004549
nCASSETTE1_OPEN
nCASSETTE2_OPEN
M TR IF
USB
ADC_P_SIZE1
ADC_P_SIZE2
nA_PICKUP1
nA_PICKUP2
nB_PICKUP1
nB_PICKUP2
A_PICKUP1
A_PICKUP2
B_PICKUP1
B_PICKUP2
NEUTRAL
FDB FI
nA_FEED
nB_FEED
A_FEED
B_FEED
LIVE
CN3
3.3V
3.3V
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
GND
GND
GND
NC
DM
DP
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
JC 39-02452A
STEP
1
2
PAPER SIZE1
DCF IF
NEUTRAL
PAPER SIZE2
PICKUP1 ST
EP
LIVE
CN3
STEP STEP
FEED STEP PICKUP1 STEP

Connection Diagram (PH DRIVE_PICK UP_SIDE)
Figure 4-41 Connection Diagram (PH DRIVE_PICK UP_SIDE)
MX3
-MainPBA-
PH DRIVER ,JC39-02095A
CN47 3711-007902
1 DIR_BLDC_M AIN
10 2 CLK_BLDC_M AIN
9 3 nREADY_BLDC_M AIN
8
7 4 nEN_BLDC_M AIN
MA IN BLDC BLDC 6
5
4
5
6
GAIN_BLDC_M AIN
BRAKE_BLDC_M AIN
3 7 DGND
2 8 DGND
1 9 24V1_LP
10 24V1_LP
11 DGND
12 nPAPER_FEED1
13 5V_LP
REGI 14 DGND
15 nPAPER_REGI
16 5V_LP
REGICLUTCH
CL 17
18
REGI_CLUTCH_CON
24V1_LP
M P CLUTCH
Coloronly. CL 19 MP _CLUTCH_CON
M ono only. 20
21
24V1_LP
FEED_CLUTCH_CON
T1STEP
FEED CLUTCH CL 22
23
24V1_LP
A_T1
24 nA_T1
25 nB_T1
STEP 26
27
B_T1
DIR_BLDC_ITB
28 CLK_BLDC_ITB
29 nREADY_BLDC_ITB
10
9 30 nEN_BLDC_ITB
8 31 GAIN_BLDC_ITB
7 32 BRAKE_BLDC_ITB
OPC BL D C (@MON O)/
ITB BLDC(@COLOR)
BLDC 6
5
4
33
34
DGND
DGND
3 35 24V1_LP
2
1 36 24V1_LP
PICK
U P ,JC39-02093A_M
JC39-02448A_C
CN46 3711-007898
PAPER_EM PTY1 1 5V_LP
2 DGND
PAPER_LIFT1 3 nPAPER_EM PTY1
4 5V_LP
5 DGND
6 nPAPER_LIFT1
7 A_PICKUP1
PICKUP1 STEP STEP 8
9
nA_PICKUP1
nB_PICKUP1
10 B_PICKUP1
Coloronly. 11
12
A_FEED
nA_FEED
13 FEED_CLUTCH_CON
FEED CLUTCH CL PAPER_EM PTY2
14
15
B_FEED,24V1_LP
5V_LP
16 DGND
17 nPAPER_EM PTY2
18 5V_LP
PAPER_LIF
T2 19 DGND
20 nPAPER_LIFT2
21 DGND
PAPER FRE 22 nPAPER_FEED2
FEED2 23 5V_LP
24 A_PICKUP2
25 nA_PICKUP2
PICKUP2 STEP STEP 26

27
nB_PICKUP2
B_PICKUP2
28 N.C
SIDE ,JC39-02440A_M
JC39-02449A_C
CN36 3711-007899
1 5V1_SLP
MP _EM PTY 2 DGND
3 nPAPER_MP_EM PTY
4 MP_SOL_CON
SOL
M P SOLENOID 5 24V3
6 A_DUP
7 nA_DUP
8 nB_DUP
9 B_DUP
DUPLEX STEP STEP FUSER OUT
10
11
5V_LP
DGND
12 nPAPER_FUSER_OUT
M ono only. 13 ADC_INNER_TEM P_CON
14 DGND
CTD CTD 15 N.C
16 5V_ACR (5V1_SLP)
17 CTD_LED_CENT(GND)
18 CTD_P_MON O(nPAPER_CURL1)
Coloronly. 19
20
5V_LP
DGND
CURL1 21 nPAPER_CURL2
DUPLEX JAM 22 5V_LP
23 DGND
24 nPAPER_JAM_D UPLEX
CURL2 DUPLEX 25 OUT_FAN_DUPLEX
26 nDETECT_FAN_DUPLEX
FAN
27 DGND
28 3.3V_SLP
29 ADC_M P_SIZE
30 DGND

Connection Diagram (LSU_HVPS)
Figure 4-42 Connection Diagram (LSU_HVPS)
Mono only.
HVPS MONO,
HVPS MONO
JC39-02115AA
M X3 1
CN45 3708-001767
24V1_LP 20
CN45 3708-001767
24V1_LP
-MainPBA-
2 24V1_LP 19 24V1_LP
3 N.C 18 N.C
4 DGND 17 DGND
5 DGND 16 DGND
6 DGND 15 DGND
7 ADC_THV_P_CON 14 ADC_THV_P_CON
Colo
r only. 8
9
ADC_HVPS_24_CON
PW M_THV_CON
13
12
ADC_HVPS_24_CON
PWM _THV_CON
10 3.3V_LP JC39-02115A 11 3.3V_LP
11 PW M_ THV_CLEAN_CON 10 PW M _THV_CLEAN_CON
LSU COLOR,JC39-02114A 12 9
nEN_M HV_K nEN_M HV_K
CN29 3708-002807 13 PW M_D EV_DC_K_CON 8 PW M _DEV_DC_K_CON
1 DGND 14 ADC_M HV_K_CON 7 ADC_M HV_K_CON
2 DGND 15 nEN_AC_K_CON 6 nEN_AC_K_CON
3 nVDO_DN_Y_1B_CON 16 PW M_M HV_K_CON 5 PWM _M HV_K_CON
4 nVDO_DP_Y_1B_CON 17 PW M_ AC_VPP_K_CON 4 PWM _AC_VPP_K_CON
5 DGND 18 PW M_ FUSER_BIAS_CON 3 PWM _FUSER_BIAS_CON
6 nHSYNC_DN_Y 19 PW M_ AC_FREQ_CON 2 PWM _AC_FREQ_CON
7 nHSYNC_DP_Y 20 PW M_ SAW _CON 1 PWM _SAW_ CON
8 DGND
9 nSH_LSU_Y_1B_OUT
10 nLDON_Y_OU T
11 DGND
12 LSU_LD_POW ER_Y_OUT LSUM ONO,JC39-01657A
13 HVPSCOLOR,JC39-02114A LSU MO NO,JC39-01657A
DGND
14 nVDO_DN_M_1B_CON CN26 -3708-003279 CN26
15 nVDO_DP_M_ 1B_CON CN25 3708-002024
1 5V1_LP_LSU 1 5V1_LP_LSU
16 DGND 1 PW M_D EV_DC_Y_CON
2 nHSYNC_K 2 nHSYNC_K
17 nSH_LSU_M _1B_OUT 2 PW M_ ITHV_Y_CON
3 DGND 3 DGND
18 nLDON_M_OUT 3 PW M_ AC_VPP_Y_CON
4 nVDO_DP_K_1B_CON 4 nVDO_DP_K_1B_CON
19 DGND 4 nEN_AC_Y_CON
5 nVDO_DN_K_1B_CON 5 nVDO_DN_K_1B_CON
20 LSU_LD_POW ER_M _OUT 5 PW M_ AC_FREQ_CON
6 DGND 6 DGND
21 DGND 6 PW M_M HV_Y_CON
7 nSH_LSU_K_1B_OUT 7 nSH_LSU_K_1B_OUT
22 nVDO_DN_C_1B_CON 7 PW M_ FUSER_BIAS_CON
8 nSH_LSU_K_2B_OUT 8 nSH_LSU_K_2B_OUT
23 nVDO_DP_C_1B_CON 8 PW M_ SAW _CON
9 DGND 9 DGND
24 DGND 9 PW M_THV_CON
10 nVDO_DP_K_2B JC39-01657A 10 nVDO_DP_K_2B
25 nSH_LSU_C_1B_OUT 10 PW M_ THV_CLEAN_CON
11 nVDO_DN_K_2B 11 nVDO_DN_K_2B
26 nLDON_C_OU T 11 ADC_THV_P_CON
12 DGND 12 DGND
27 DGND 12 ADC_HVPS_24_CON
13 nLDON_K_OU T 13 nLDON_K_OU T
28 LSU_LD_POW ER_C_OUT 13 PW M_D EV_DC_K_CON
14 LSU_LD_POW ER_K_OUT 14 LSU_LD_POW ER_K_OUT
29 DGND 14 PW M_D EV_DC_C_CON
15 N.C 15 N.C
30 nVDO_DN_K_1B_CON 15 PW M_D EV_DC_M _CON
16 CLK_LSU_PUT 16 CLK_LSU_PUT
31 nVDO_DP_K_1B_CON 16 PW M_ ITHV_K_CON
17 nREADY LSU IN 17 nREADY LSU IN
32 DGND 17 PW M_ ITHV_C_CON
18 nSTART_LSU_OUT 18 nSTART_LSU_OUT
33 nHSYNC_DN_K 18 PW M_ ITHV_M_CON
19 DGND 19 DGND
34 nHSYNC_DP_K 19 ADC_M HV_K_CON
20 24V3 20 24V3
35 DGND 20 ADC_M HV_C_CON
36 nSH_LSU_K_1B_OUT 21 ADC_M HV_M_CON
37 nLDON_K_OU T 22 ADC_M HV_Y_CON
38 23 PW M_M HV_K_CON HVPSPW R ,JC39-01680A
DGND
39 LSU_LD_POW ER_K_OUT 24 PW M_M HV_C_CON
25 PW M_M HV_M_ CON CN37 3711-007384
40 DGND
26 PW M_ AC_VPP_K_CON 1 24V1_LP
41 ADC_LSU_TEM P_CON
27 PW M_ AC_VPP_C_CON 2 24V1_LP
42 5V1_LP
28 PW M_ AC_VPP_M_CON 3 24V1_LP
43 5V1_LP
29 nEN_AC_K_CON 4 24V1_LP
44 CLK_LSU_OUT
30 nEN_AC_C_CON 5 3.3
V_LP
45 nREADY_LSU_IN
31 nEN_AC_M_CON 6 GND
46 nSTART_LSU_OUT
32 ADC_ITHV_K_CON 7 GND
47 DGND
33 ADC_ITHV_C_CON 8 GND
48 24V3
34 ADC_ITHV_M_CON 9 GND
49 24V3
35 ADC_ITHV_Y_CON 10 GND
50 nDETECT_LSU
JC39-02114A JC39-02114A
JC39-01680A
LSU COLOR HVPS COLOR

CN29 3708-002807
1 DGND CN25 -3708-002024
2 DGND 35 PW M_D EV_DC_Y_CON
3 nVDO_DN_Y_1B_CON 34 PW M_ ITHV_Y_CON
4 nVDO_DP_Y_1B_CON 33 PW M_ AC_VPP_Y_CON
5 DGND 32 nEN_AC_Y_CON
6 nHSYNC_DN_Y 31 PW M_ AC_FREQ_CON
7 nHSYNC_DP_Y 30 PW M_M HV_Y_CON
8 DGND 29 PW M_ FUSER_BIAS_CON
9 nSH_LSU_Y_1B_OUT 28 PW M_ SAW _CON
10 nLDON_Y_OU T 27 PW M_ THV_CON
11 DGND 26 PW M_ THV_CLEAN_CON
12 LSU_LD_POW ER_Y_OUT 25 ADC_THV_P_CON
13 DGND 24 ADC_HVPS_24_CON
14 nVDO_DN_M_1B_CON 23 PW M_D EV_DC_K_CON
15 nVDO_DP_M_ 1B_CON 22 PW M_D EV_DC_C_CON
16 DGND 21 PW M_D EV_DC_M _CON
17 nSH_LSU_M _1B_OUT 20 PW M_ ITHV_K_CON
18 nLDON_M_OUT 19 PW M_ ITHV_C_CON
19 DGND 18 PW M_ ITHV_M_CON
20 LSU_LD_POW ER_M _OUT 17 ADC_M HV_K_CON
21 DGND 16 ADC_M HV_C_CON
22 nVDO_DN_C_1B_CON 15 ADC_M HV_M_CON
23 nVDO_DP_C_1B_CON 14 ADC_M HV_Y_CON
24 DGND 13 PW M_M HV_K_CON
25 nSH_LSU_C_1B_OUT 12 PW M_M HV_C_CON
26 nLDON_C_OU T 11 PW M_M HV_M_ CON
27 DGND 10 PW M_ AC_VPP_K_CON
28 LSU_LD_POW ER_C_OUT 9 PW M_ AC_VPP_C_CON
29 DGND 8 PW M_ AC_VPP_M _CON
30 nVDO_DN_K_1B_CON 7 nEN_AC_K_CON
31 nVDO_DP_K_1B_CON 6 nEN_AC_C_CON
32 DGND 5 nEN_AC_M _CON
33 nHSYNC_DN_K 4 ADC_ITHV_K_CON
34 nHSYNC_DP_K 3 ADC_ITHV_C_CON
35 DGND 2 ADC_ITHV_M _CON
36 nSH_LSU_K_1B_OUT 1 ADC_ITHV_Y_CON
37 nLDON_K_OU T
38 DGND
39 LSU_LD_POW ER_K_OUT
40 DGND
41 ADC_LSU_TEM P_CON
42 5V1_LP
43 5V1_LP
44 CLK_LSU_OUT
45 nREADY_LSU_IN
46 nSTART_LSU_OUT
47 DGND
48 24V3
49 24V3
50 nDETECT_LSU

Connection Diagram (FRONT_OPC DRIVE)
Figure 4-43 Connection Diagram (FRONT_OPC DRIVE)
M X3
-MainPBA-
Coloronly.
FRONT ,JC39-02080A
TC K SENSOR CN32 3711-007897

1 DGND
2 TC_VIN_K
3 24V1_LP
4 TSEN_VCON T_K
FRONT 5 DGND
6 nCOVER_FRONT_CON
COVER OPEN 7 3.3V_SB
8 DGND
9 nDETECT_W ASTE_INST_CON
10 A_W ASTE
W ASTE
INST
11
12
nA_W ASTE
nB_W ASTE
Coloronly.
STEP JC39-02080A 13
14
B_W ASTE
DGND
15 TC_VIN_C OPC DRIVE ,JC39-01635A
16 24V1_LP
17 TSEN_VCON T_C CN22 3711-007904
W TB STEP 18 DGND DIR_BLDC_OPC_K 1
10
19 TC_VIN_M CLK_BLDC_OPC_K 2 9
20 24V1_LP nREADY_BLDC_OPC_K 3 8
nEN_BLDC_OPC_K 4 7
21 OPC K
BLDC
TSEN_VCON T_M 6
TC C SENSOR 22 DGND GAIN_BLDC_OPC_K 5 JC39-01635A 5
BRAKE_BLDC_OPC_K 6 4
BLDC
23 TC_VIN_Y
DGND 7 3
24 24V1_LP 2
25 TSEN_VCON T_Y DGND 8 1
TC M SENSOR 26 N.C 24V2 9
24V2 10
DIR_BLDC_OPC_C 11
CLK_BLDC_OPC_C 12 10
9
nREADY_BLDC_OPC_C 13
TC Y SENSOR nEN_BLDC_OPC_C 14
8
7
OPC C
GAIN_BLDC_OPC_C
BRAKE_BLDC_OPC_C
15
16
6
5
4
BLDC BLDC
DGND 17 3
DGND 18 2
1
24V2 19
M ono only. 24V2 20
DIR_BLDC_OPC_M 21
FRONT J
,C39-02094A CLK_BLDC_OPC_M 22
10
9
nREADY_BLDC_OPC_M 23 8
CN49 3711-007896 nEN_BLDC_OPC_M 24 7
OPC M
1
2
DGND
nCOVER_FRONT_CON
GAIN_BLDC_OPC_M
BRAKE_BLDC_OPC_M
25
26
6
5
4
BLDC BLDC
FRONT COVER OPEN 3 3.3V_SB 3
DGND 27
4 DGND DGND 28
2
1
5 nDETECT_W ASTE_INST_CON 24V2 29
W ASTE INST 6 DGND 24V2 30
7 ADC_W ASTE_LEVEL_CON DIR_BLDC_OPC_Y 31
8 ON_W ASTE_LED CLK_BLDC_OPC_Y 32 10
9
9 5V_LP nREADY_BLDC_OPC_Y 33
WA STE LEVEL 8
10 OUT_FAN_FUSER nEN_BLDC_OPC_Y 34 7
OPC Y
11
12
nDETECT_FAN_FUSER_CON
DGND
GAIN_BLDC_OPC_Y
BRAKE_BLDC_OPC_Y
35
36
6
5
4
BLDC BLDC
13 5V_LP DGND 37 3
14 DGND DGND 38 2
FUSER FAN 15 1
DUCT_COUNT 24V2 39
16 DGND 24V2 40
17 TC_VIN_K
18 24V1_LP
DUCT COUNT
19 TSEN_VCON T_K
TC SENSOR 20 3.3V_CRUM
21 SDA_CRUM_D EVE_K
22 SCL_CRUM_D EVE_K
23 DGND
24 N.C
DEVE CRUM
Colo
r only.
OPC SENSOR ,JC39-02079A
CN19 3711-007902
SDA_CRUM_D EVE_K
SDA_CRUM_D EVE_C
SDA_CRUM_D EVE_M
SDA_CRUM_D EVE_Y
SCL_CRUM_D EVE_K
SCL_CRUM_D EVE_C
SCL_CRUM_D EVE_M
SCL_CRUM_D EVE_Y
ON_ERASER_K
ON_ERASER_C
ON_ERASER_M
ON_ERASER_Y
OPC_PHASE_K
OPC_PHASE_C
OPC_PHASE_M
OPC_PHASE_Y
3.3V_CRUM
3.3V_CRUM
3.3V_CRUM
3.3V_CRUM
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
5V_LP
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
JC39-02079A
Modular Mo dular Modular Modular

PBA PBA PBA PBA
ERASER K ERASER C ERASER Y

ERASER M
DEVE K DEVE C OPC K OPC C DEVE M DEVE Y OPC M OPC Y

CRUM CRUM PHASE PHASE CRUM CRUM PHASE PHASE

Connection Diagram (SMPS_FDB)
Figure 4-44 Connection Diagram (SMPS_FDB)
O PTION
(Korea,S.E Asia Default)
NEUTRAL
LIVE
CN3
HEATER
HEATER S/W
FDB IF
AC
2
1
INLET
JC 39-01583
JC 39-02453
JC 39-02453
JC 39-02111
A
A
GN D
JC39-01581A
A
INLET FUSER
4 NEUTRAL
3
2 LIVE
1
2 NEUTRAL
1 LIVE
2
1
HEATER IF
SWITCH
HEATER
CN1 CN6
DCF IF
CN10
CN2
NEUTRAL
LIVE
CN3
1 LIVE LAMP1 1
2 NEUTRAL LAMP2 2
COM M ON 3
M AIN S
W ITCH
CN5
1 NEUTRAL
JC39-01583A 2
M AIN S/W
3 LIVE FDB
4 M AINIF
CN9
On_Fuser_Center 1
On_Fuser_Side 2
DGND 3
+24VS1 4
TYPE4 5
On_Fuser_Relay
N.C 6
CN7 N.C 7
1 LIVE DGND 8
2 NEUTRAL DGND 9
Zero_Cross 10
FDB IF,JC39-02332A_M
M ono only. JC39-02333A_C JC 39-02332A_M
CN4 3711-007898 JC39-02333A_C
1 ZERO_CROSS_IN
TYPE4 TYPE 4 SIGNAL 2 DGND
3 DGND
CN3 4 ON_M AIN_RELAY
CN1 SM PS FAN 5 24V1
DGND 1 6 ON_FUSER_RELAY
JC39-01585A 1 LIVE nEN_24V_ON/OFF 2 7 FUSER_24V
2 NEUTRAL DGND 3 8 DGND
9 ON_FUSER_MAIN1
10 ON_FUSER_MAIN0
11 OUT_FAN_SM PS
PAPER SIZE1 12 nDETECT_FAN_SM PS_CON
13 DGND
14
SMPS TYPE4
N.C
15 nEN_24V_SM PS_O
16 DGND
17 nPAPER_SIZE1
SM PS TYPE4 18 GND
19 ADC_PAPER_SIZE1
CN4 M ono only. PAPER SIZE2

20
21
3.3V_SLP
nPAPER_SIZE2
5V1 1 22 GND
23 ADC_PAPER_SIZE2
DGND 2 24 3.3V_SLP
5V2 3 25 ADC_OUT_TEM P
OUT TEM P/ 26 DGND
DGND 4 27 ADC_OUT_HUM I
JC39-02441A _M HUM IDITY
24V1 5 28 3.3V_SLP
DGND 6
24V2 7
DGND 8
C olor only.
4
3
2
1
24V3 9 JC 39-02080A
MX 3
1
2
3
4
-M ain PB A -
OUT TEM P/
C oloronly. HUM IDITY
TYPE5 TYPE 5 SIGNAL
TYPE5 SIGNAL
CN1 DGND 1 SMPS,JC39-02441A_M
1 LIVE C39-01
J 687A_C
nEN_24V_SM PS_O 2
2 NEUTRAL CN34 -3711-007937
DGND 3 1 5V1
2 5V2
3 24V1
4 24V2
5 24V3
SMPS TYPE5 6
7
24V4
DGND
8 DGND
9 DGND
SM PS TYPE 5 10 DGND
11 DGND
SM PS TYPE5 12 DGND
5V1 1
5V2 2
24V1 3
24V2 4
24V3 5
24V4 6 JC39-01687A_C
DGND 7
DGND 8
DGND 9
DGND 10
DGND 11
DGND 12

5 Inner finisher
● Product Specification and Description
● Service approach
● Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
● Problem solving
● Schematic diagrams (inner finisher)
ENWW 457
Product Specification and Description
● Inner finisher view
● Specifications
● Inner finisher system
458 Chapter 5 Inner finisher ENWW

Inner finisher view
Learn about the front view and rear view of the inner finisher.
Front & rear view

Figure 5-1 Inner finisher - front view
Figure 5-2 Inner finisher - rear view
Table 5-1 Inner finisher - entrance unit parts information

Item Part name Part number Orderable
C1 Front cover JC90-1321B Yes
C2 Top cover JC90-01323B Yes
C3 Middle cover JC90-01322B Yes
C4 Punch cover JC90-01343A Yes
C5 Output tray JC90-01337B Yes
C6 PCA cover JC63-04792 Yes
C7 Left cover JC90-01324B Yes
ENWW Product Specification and Description 459

Table 5-1 Inner finisher - entrance unit parts information (continued)
Item Part name Part number Orderable
C8 Rear cover JC63-04750B Yes
1 Lock release handle JC66-04233A Yes
2 Main interface harness JC39-02169A Yes
Specifications
Learn about the inner finisher specifications.
Table 5-2 General specifications
Item Description
Capacity 550 Sheets (Main 500, Top 50) @ 80gsm
Sensing Paper Jam/Tray Sensing/Stapler/Cover Open
Media Sizes ● Main: 148 - 320 mm x 140-457.2 mm (58.3-126 inch x 55.1-180 inch)
● Top: 98 - 297 mm x 140-432 mm (38.6-116.9 inch x 55.1-170.1 inch)
Media types Plain/Thick/Heavy weight/Thin/Cotton/Colored/Recycled/Bond/Archive/Pre-Punched/Cardstock/Glossy/

Envelope
Media Weight ● Main: 52-256 gsm (13.9-68.3 lb.)
● Top: 52-325 gsm (13.9-86.7 lb.)
Number of Bin 2 (Main/Top)
Dimension (W X D X H) 458 x 491 x 173 mm (18.0 X 19.3 X 6.8 inch)
Weight 15 kg (33 lb.)
Tray1 Finishing Capacity 50 Sheets @ 80gsm
Tray1 Finishing Mode Stapling (Left, Right, Center)/Punch (2/3, 2/4, Swedish)
Tray2 Finishing Capacity 500 Sheets @ 80 gsm
Table 5-3 Paper size specifications (1 of 2)

Name Paper size Orienta Output Staple position
tion
mm Inches Directio Main tray Top tray Corner DUAL

n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
A5 210 x 148 8.3 x 5.8 LEF O O O X F/R1 O
Statement 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 LEF O O O X F/R1 O
Lt 279 x 216 11 x 8.5 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
A4 297 x 210 8.3 x 11.7 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
B5(JIS) 257 x 182 10.1 x 7.2 LEF O O O F/R1 X O

Table 5-3 Paper size specifications (1 of 2) (continued)

tion

n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
B5(ISO) 250 x 176 9.8 x 6.9 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
Executive 267 x 184 10.5 x 7.3 LEF O O O F/R1 X O
No 9 Env 98 x 225 3.9 x 8.9 SEF X X O X X X
Monarch Env 98.4 x 3.9 x 7.5 SEF X X O X X X

190.5
PostCard 4X6 101.6 x 4.0 x 6.0 SEF X X O X X X

152.4
A6 105 x 148 4.1 x 5.8 SEF X X O X X X
No 10 Env 105 x 241 4.1 x 9.5 SEF X X O X X X
DL Env 110 x 220 4.3 x 8.7 SEF X X O X X X
C6 Env 114 x 162 4.5 x 6.4 SEF X X O X X X
B6 128 x 182 5.0 x 7.2 SEF X X O X X X
Statement 140 x 216 5.5 x 8.5 SEF X X O X X X
A5 148 x 210 5.8 x 8.3 SEF O X O X X X
C5 Env 162 x 229 6.4 x 9.0 SEF X X 0 X X X
B5(ISO) 176 x 250 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
B5(JIS) 182 x 257 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
Executive 184 x 267 7.3 x 10.5 SEF O O O X F/R1 X
16k 195 x 270 7.7 x 10.6 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
A4 210 x 297 8.3 x 11.7 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Legal 216 x 356 8.5 x 14 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Letter 216 x 279 8.5 x 11 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Folio 216 x 330 8.5 x 13 SEF O O O X F/R1 O
Oficio 215.9 x 8.5 x 13.5 SEF O O O X F/R1 O

342.9
C4 229 x 324 9.1 x 12.8 SEF X X O X X X
Tabloid 254 x 374 10 x 14.7 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
B4 257 x 364 10 x 14.3 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
8K 270 x 390 10.6 x 15.4 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
Ledger 279 x 432 11 x 17 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
A3 297 x 420 11.7 x 16.5 SEF O O O F/R1 X O
Tabloid Extra 304.8 x 12 x 18 SEF O X X X X X

457.2


tion

n
52-256 g Offset 52-325 g 45° Flat
SRA3 320 x 450 12.6 x 17.7 SEF O O X X X X
Custom W 98-320 ~ W3.9-12.6 — W 148-320 X W 98-297 X X X

~
L 140-1200 - L 140-1200 - L 140-1200
L 5.5-47
1 “F/R” means front side and rear side can be supported.
Table 5-4 Paper size specifications (2 of 2)

Name Paper size Orientation Punch
mm Inches Direction NA 2/3 EU 2/4H Swedish
2H 3H 2H 4H 4H
A5 210 x 148 8.3 x 5.8 LEF 0 X O X O
Statement 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 LEF 0 X O X O
Lt 279 x 216 11 x 8.5 LEF O O O O O
A4 297 x 210 8.3 x 11.7 LEF O O O O O
B5 (JIS) 257 x 182 10.1 x 7.2 LEF O O O X O
B5 (ISO) 250 x 176 9.8 x 6.9 LEF O O O X O
Executive 267 x 184 10.5 x 7.3 LEF O O O O O
No 9 Env 98 x 225 3.9 x 8.9 SEF X X X X X
Monarch 98.4 x 190.5 3.9 x 7.5 SEF X X X X X

Env
PostCard 101.6 x 4.0 x 6.0 SEF X X X X X

4X6 152.4
A6 105 x 148 4.1 x 5.8 SEF X X X X X
No 10 Env 105 x 241 4.1 x 9.5 SEF X X X X X
DL Env 110 x 220 4.3 x 8.7 SEF X X X X X
C6 Env 114 x 162 4.5 x 6.4 SEF X X X X X
B6 128 x 182 5.0 x 7.2 SEF X X X X X
Statement 140 x 216 5.5 x 8.5 SEF X X X X X
A5 148 x 210 5.8 x 8.3 SEF O X O X O
C5 Env 162 x 229 6.4 x 9.0 SEF X X X X X
B5(ISO) 176 x 250 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O X O X O
B5(JIS) 182 x 257 6.9 x 9.8 SEF O X O X O

Name Paper size Orientation Punch
mm Inches Direction NA 2/3 EU 2/4H Swedish
2H 3H 2H 4H 4H
Executive 184 x 267 7.3 x 10.5 SEF O X O X O
16k 195 x 270 7.7 x 10.6 SEF O X O X O
A4 210 x 297 8.3 x 11.7 SEF O X O X O
Legal 216 x 356 8.5 x 14 SEF O X O X O
Letter 216 x 279 8.5 x 11 SEF O X O X O
Folio 216 x 330 8.5 x 13 SEF O X O X O
Oficio 215.9 x 8.5 x 13.5 SEF O X O X O

342.9
C4 229 x 324 9.1 x 12.8 SEF X X X X X
Tabloid 254 x 374 10 x 14.7 SEF O O O X O
B4 257 x 364 10 x 14.3 SEF O O O X O
8K 270 x 390 10.6 x 15.4 SEF O O O O
Ledger 279 x 432 11 x 17 SEF O O O O O
A3 297 x 420 11.7 x 16.5 SEF O O O O O
Tabloid 304.8 x 12 x 18 SEF X X X X X

Extra 457.2
SRA3 320 x 450 12.6 x 17.7 SEF X X X X X
Custom W 98-320 ~ W3.9-12.6 ~ - X X X X X
L 140-1200 L 5.5-47
Table 5-5 Media performance

Paper Type Function
Main Tray Top Tray Staple Punch
Plain (71-90 g/m2) O O O O
Thick (91-105 g/m2) O O O O
Heavy weight (106-175 g/m2) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 1 (176-216 g/m²) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 2 (217-256 g/m2) O O O O
Extra Heavy weight 3 (257-300 g/m2) X O X X
Extra Heavy weight 4 (301-325 g/m2) X O X X
Thin (60-70 g/m2) O O O O
Cotton (75-90 g/m2) O O O O

Table 5-5 Media performance (continued)
Paper Type Function
Main Tray Top Tray Staple Punch
Colored (75-90 g/m2) O O O O
Pre-Printed (75-90 g/m2) O O O O
Recycled (60-90 g/m2) O O O O
Bond O O O O
Archive (75-105 g/m2) O O O O
LetterHead O O O O
Pre-Punched O O O X
Thin Cardstock (105-163 g/m2) O O O O
Thick Cardstock (170-216 g/m2) O O O X
Heavy Cardstock (217-256 g/m2) O O O X
Extra Heavy Cardstock 1(257-300 g/m²) X O X X
Extra Heavy Cardstock 2(301-325 g/m2) X O X X
Thin Glossy (106-169 g/m2) O O O O
Thick Glossy (170-216 g/m²) O O O X
Heavy Glossy (217-256 g/m2) O X X X
Envelope (75-90 g/m2) X O X X
Thick Envelope (217-256 g/m2) O X X X
Tab O X X O
Perforated Paper (75-90 g/m2) X O X X

Inner finisher system
Learn about the inner finisher system.
● Work flow
● Sensors
● Motors and solenoid
● Rollers
● PCAs
● Punch (optional)
● Entrance unit
● Diverter unit
● Exit unit
● Paper support unit
● Paddle unit
● Tamper unit
● End fence unit
● Stapler unit
● Ejector unit
● Output tray and paper holding unit
● PCA connection information

Work flow
Learn about inner finisher operation.
Figure 5-3 Inner finisher system - work flow overview
Table 5-6 Inner finisher system - work flow overview
Item Unit Description
1 Punch unit Holes at a specific location on a sheet of paper
2 Entrance unit Allows paper to move into the finisher
3 Diverter unit Holds paper so that the newly printed paper can stay out for seconds while
the stapled bundle of paper moves to the output tray
4 Exit unit Moves paper from the diverter unit to the ejector unit
5 Paper support unit Prevents paper from falling down or being bent when the long length paper
such as A3 is ejected from the exit unit
6 Main paddle unit Moves paper to the sub paddle
7 Sub paddle unit Moves paper to the end fence
8 End fence unit Sets the standard position of the paper to be aligned towards top and bottom
of the paper
9 Tamper unit Aligns the paper on the right and left side of the paper
10 Stapler unit Performs stapling to a bundle of aligned documents
11 Ejector 1 unit Transfers a stapled paper loaded at the end fence unit to the ejector 2 unit
12 Ejector 2 unit Grips a stack of paper up and ejects it onto the output tray
13 Output tray unit Stacks the job ended paper
14 Paper holding unit Controls the output tray movement

Sensors
Learn about inner finisher sensors.
Figure 5-4 Inner finisher system - sensor
Table 5-7 Inner finisher system - sensor

Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Description
S1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0350 Photo emitter, Checks paper

detector coming into the
entrance unit
S2 Stapler position 0604-001393 No 113-0491 Photo interrupter Makes the stapler

sensor be positioned in
113-0492 the exact stapling
position
S3 Front cover JC39-01610A No 113-0410 Cover open Checks whether

switch switch the front cover is
closed or opened
S4 Main paddle 0604-001393 No 113-0370 Photo interrupter Checks the main

home sensor paddle locates at
the home
position
S5 Front tamper 0604-001393 No 113-0390 Photo interrupter Checks the front

home sensor tamper locates at
the home
position
S6 Output tray 0604-001393 No 113-0473 Photo interrupter Checks the

motor sensor output tray
motor is
operational

Table 5-7 Inner finisher system - sensor (continued)
S7 Output tray lower JC90-01320A Yes 113-0472 Lower limit Checks the lower
limit switch switch assembly limit (=Output
tray is full) of the
output tray
S8 Output tray top 0603-001309 Yes 113-0471 Photo interrupter Checks the upper
of stack sensor limit of output
(receiver) tray
S9 Paper holding 0604-001393 No 113-0470 Photo interrupter Checks the

sensor location of the
paper holding
actuator
S10 Ejector 2 home 0604-001393 No 113-0462 Photo interrupter Checks the

sensor ejector 2 locates
at the home
position
S11 Ejector 2 motor 0604-001393 No 113-0463 Photo interrupter Checks the

sensor ejector 2 motor is
operational
S12 Paper support 0604-001393 No 113-0481 Photo interrupter Checks the paper
home sensor support locates
at the home
position
S13 Output tray top 0601-003440 No 113-0471 LED IR Checks the upper
of stack sensor limit of output
(LED) tray
S14 Rear tamper 0604-001393 No 113-0380 Photo interrupter Checks the rear
home sensor tamper locates at
the home
position
S15 Top cover switch JC39-01610A Yes 113-0420 Cover open Checks whether
switch assembly the top cover is
closed or opened
S16 Ejector 1 home 0604-001393 No 113-0461 Photo interrupter Checks the

sensor ejector 1 locates
at the home
position
S17 End fence sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0361 Photo emitter, Check paper
detector comes into the
end fence unit
S18 Punch waste box 0604-001393 No 113-0620 Photo interrupter Detects the
sensor punch waste box
is installed
S19 Punch waste full 0604-001381 Yes 113-0621 Photo emitter, Checks the punch
senso detector waste box is full

Table 5-7 Inner finisher system - sensor (continued)
S20 Finisher docking 0604-001393 No 113-0000 Photo interrupter Checks the

sensor finisher is
installed
S21 Exit sensor 0604-001415 No 113-0360 Photo interrupter Checks paper

comes into the
exit unit
Figure 5-5 Inner finisher system - Photo interrupter (0604-001393)
Figure 5-6 Inner finisher system - Photo emitter, detector (0604-001381)

Motors and solenoid
Learn about inner finisher motors and solenoid.
Figure 5-7 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid
Table 5-8 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid

Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Motor sensor Description
M1 Stapler JC93-00999A Yes 113-0581 Step motor Not applicable Drives the
position motor stapler unit
M2 Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes 113-0502 Step motor Not applicable Drives the exit
roller and the
sub paddle
unit
M3 Main paddle JC93-01001A Yes 113-0510 Step motor Home Drives the
motor main paddle
assembly unit
M4 Output tray JC90-01334B Yes 113-0570 DC motor Encoder Drives the

motor output tray
assembly unit
M5 Rear tamper JC93-01001A Yes 113-0520 Step motor Home Drives the rear
motor tamper unit
assembly
M6 Ejector 2 JC93-01168A No 113-0562 DC motor Home, Drives the

motor encoder ejector 2 unit
assembly
M7 Ejector 1motor JC93-00998 No 113-0561 Step motor Home Drives the

assembly ejector 1unit

Table 5-8 Inner finisher system - motor, solenoid (continued)
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Type Motor sensor Description
M8 Paper support JC93-00802B No 113-0571 Step motor Home Drives paper

motor support unit
assembly
M9 Front tamper JC93-01001A Yes 113-0530 Step motor Home Drives the
motor front tamper
assembly unit
M10 Entrance JC90-01344A Yes 113-0501 Step motor Not applicable Drives the
motor entrance roller
assembly and the middle
roller
SL1 Paper holding JC33-00037A Yes 113-0591 Solenoid Not applicable Drives paper
solenoid holding unit
The sensor mounted at the driving motor detects motor operation. If a motor doesn’t work properly, an event
code only for the motor displays.
Figure 5-8 Inner finisher system - motor sensor
The home position sensor is installed for the purpose of checking the reference point when the specific unit is
operating.

Figure 5-9 Inner finisher system - home sensor

Rollers
Learn about inner finisher rollers.
Figure 5-10 Inner finisher system - roller
Table 5-9 Inner finisher system - roller
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostic Type Description
R1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper

forward
R2 Middle roller JC66-04243A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper

forward
R3 Exit roller JC66-04244A Yes Not applicable Roller Moves paper

forward

PCAs
Learn about inner finisher PCAs.
Figure 5-11 Inner finisher system - PCA
Table 5-10 Inner finisher system - PCA
Number Name Part number Orderable Diagnostic Type Description
1 Main PCA JC92-02774B Yes Not applicable Not applicable Main inner
finisher PCA
2 Rear joint PCA JC92-02780A Yes Not applicable Not applicable Joint PCA
between main
PCA and several
parts punch,
stapler, entrance,
and front door

Punch (optional)
Learn about inner finisher punch.
The punch unit is a device that punches holes in a specific location on a sheet of paper. The punch unit is located
immediately before the entrance unit and punches holes onto a paper.
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/3 Punch : Y1G02A-67901
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Hole 2/4 Punch : Y1G03A-67901
● HP LaserJet Inner Finisher Swedish Punch : Y1G04A-679
NOTE: Punch types vary depending on country or region.
For the 2/3 hole punch, the five hole-punches are mounted in the punch unit. As the punch motor rotates
clockwise, the inner gear moves to the right and the three hole-punches are moved downward to make holes.
When making two holes, the motor rotates in the counterclockwise direction and the inner gear rotates to the
left to drill two holes. The travel distance and position of the motor are detected and controlled by the hole
punch home sensor and the hole punch motor sensor.
Figure 5-12 Inner finisher system - punched hole location and pair
Click HP LaserJet Managed MFP - How to use the hole punch for more information.

Figure 5-13 Inner finisher system - punch unit overview
Figure 5-14 Inner finisher system - punch unit detail view
Table 5-11 Inner finisher system - punch unit parts information
Item Part name Part number Orderable Diagnostics Description
Whole unit Hole 2/3 Punch Y1G02A-67901 Yes Not Punch unit assembly for hole 2/3
applicable
Hole 2/4 Punch Y1G03A-67901 Punch unit assembly for hole 2/4
Swedish Punch Y1G04A-67901 Punch unit assembly for Swedish
Punch cover JC90-01343A Punch cover (used when the

finisher punch is not installed)
1 Punch motor Not applicable No 113-0610 Drives the entrance roller

connected by a belt
2 Punch motor sensor Not applicable No 113-0600 Detects punch motor operation
3 Punch home sensor Not applicable No 113-0612 Detects punchers’ home position

Figure 5-15 Inner finisher system - punch unit operation (3 holes)
Figure 5-16 Inner finisher system - punch unit operation (2 holes)

Entrance unit
Learn about the inner finisher entrance unit.
The entrance unit is located right after the punch unit. This unit is driven by entrance motor which is installed on
the rear of the finisher. This motor is connected to the entrance roller by a belt, which transfers driving force to
move paper from the printer to the finisher inside. If an error such as paper jam occurs in the entrance unit, the
entrance sensor detects the error and generates an event code (13.60.xx).
Figure 5-17 Inner finisher system - entrance unit overview
Figure 5-18 Inner finisher system - entrance unit detail view
Table 5-12 Inner finisher system - entrance unit parts information
S1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0350 Detects paper if it comes into the
entrance unit
M10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A Yes 113-0351 Drives the entrance roller
connected by a belt
Not Entrance motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable

applicable applicable
R1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A Yes Not Moves paper forward

applicable

Diverter unit
Learn about the inner finisher diverter unit.
The diverter unit holds paper so that the newly printed paper can wait for a few seconds until the stapled bundle
moves to the output tray. The diverter unit is used to change paper path, which is done by a spring mounted on
the diverter unit. When paper exit from the unit, it goes through the upper path of the diverter. When the paper
rolls back, it passes the lower paper path created by the diverter. Here, the paper sits for a while until the next
paper is ready to come out together.
Figure 5-19 Inner finisher system - diverter unit overview
Figure 5-20 Inner finisher system - diverter unit detail view
Table 5-13 Inner finisher system - diverter unit parts information

M10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A Yes 113-0351 Drives the entrance roller
connected by a belt
Not Entrance motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable

R2 Middle roller JC66-04243A Yes Not Drives paper forward installed in

applicable front of the diverter

Table 5-13 Inner finisher system - diverter unit parts information (continued)
1 Diverter JC61-06392A No Not Changes paper path when paper

applicable goes backward
2 Diverter spring JC61-07269A No Not Pulls the diverter to upward so

applicable that it makes paper path to the
lower of the diverter
Diverter unit operation
1. Paper goes forward to the output tray.
Figure 5-21 Inner finisher - diverter operation 1
2. Exit roller stops after paper passes by the diverter unit.

3. Paper goes backward under the diverter unit.

Exit unit
Learn about the inner finisher exit unit.
The exit unit is the part that moves paper from the diverter unit to the ejector unit. The exit unit is powered by an
exit motor installed on the front of the finisher. The motor and the exit roller are connected by a single belt. The
exit motor rotates in both the forward and reverse directions, since it serves to return paper to a new paper path
created by the diverter unit. The exit sensor is installed right in front of exit roller. It generates an event code
when a paper jam occurred.
Figure 5-24 Inner finisher system - exit unit overview
Figure 5-25 Inner finisher system - exit unit detail view

Table 5-14 Inner finisher system - exit unit parts information
1 Rear compile guide JC61-07450A Yes Not Guides to help paper move
applicable through the paper path
2 Front compile guide JC61-07449A Yes Not Guides to help paper move
applicable through the paper path
3 Exit sensor actuator JC66-04199A Yes 113-0360 Makes the sensor on and off by
checking paper
S21 Exit sensor 0604-001415 Yes 113-0360 Detects paper if it passes through
the exit unit
M2 Exit motor assembly JC90-01331A No 113-0502 Drives the exit roller connected by
a belt
Not Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes Not Not applicable

R3 Exit roller JC66-04244A Yes Not Moves paper to the ejector unit
applicable
Exit unit operation
1. When rotating the exit motor counter clockwise, paper goes forward to the output tray.
Figure 5-26 Inner finisher - exit operation 1

2. When rotating the exit motor clockwise, paper goes backward to the end fence unit.
Figure 5-27 Inner finisher - exit operation 2

Paper support unit
Learn about the inner finisher paper support unit.
Paper support unit works to prevent the paper from falling out or being folded. Also, the newly printed paper will
not scatter papers already sitting on the output tray. Paper guides are installed on each front and rear side of the
finisher, these guides move towards the output tray when the paper exits, then the guides return to the original
position after the support operation is completed. The paper support home sensor confirms the original position
of the guide.
Figure 5-28 Inner finisher system - paper support unit overview
Figure 5-29 Inner finisher system - paper support unit detail view
Table 5-15 Inner finisher system - paper support unit parts information
1 Rear paper support JC90-01311A Yes Not Supports paper to prevent

applicable bending
2 Front paper support JC90-01310A Yes Not Supports paper to prevent

applicable bending
S12 Paper support home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0481 Detects the paper support guides
locate at the home position

Table 5-15 Inner finisher system - paper support unit parts information (continued)
M8 Paper support motor JC93-00802B No 113-0571 Drives paper support guides from
assembly the home position to the forward
direction
Not Paper support motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable

Paper support unit operation
▲ Paper support unit is extended to the arrow direction to help paper is bent of fallen to the output tray.
Figure 5-30 Inner finisher - paper support operation

Paddle unit
Learn about the inner finisher paddle unit.
The paddle unit consists of two paddle systems, a main paddle and a sub paddle. First, when paper is discharged
from the exit unit, the main paddle unit moves paper to the sub paddle. Then the sub paddle unit moves paper
to the end fence unit so that it can be ready to be stapled.
The main paddle unit is operated by the main paddle motor. The main paddle sensor detects the main paddle
position. The sub paddle unit rotates by the exit motor.
Figure 5-31 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system overview (main paddle unit)
Figure 5-32 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system overview (sub paddle unit)

Figure 5-33 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system detail view (1 of 2)
Figure 5-34 Inner finisher system - paddle unit driving system detail view (2 of 2)
Table 5-16 Inner finisher system - paddle unit parts information

1 Main paddle JC90-01327A Yes Not Moves paper to the sub paddle
applicable unit
1-a Main paddle kit JC82-01038A Yes Not Not applicable

applicable
1-b Main paddle A JC63-04957A3 Yes Not Not applicable

applicable
1-c Main paddle B JC63-04958A Yes Not Not applicable

applicable
1-d Main paddle holder JC81-07560A Yes Not Not applicable

applicable
2 Sub paddle JC90-01336A Yes Not Moves pages to the end fence
applicable and arranges them to be correctly
stapled
S4 Main paddle home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0370 Detects the home position of the
main paddle
M3 Main paddle motor JC90-01331A Yes 113-0510 Drives the main paddle unit
assembly connected by a belt

Table 5-16 Inner finisher system - paddle unit parts information (continued)
Not Main paddle motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable

M2 Exit motor JC31-00169B Yes 113-0502 Drives the sub paddle unit
connected by a belt
Paddle unit operation
1. Main paddles get paper moves to the sub paddle unit.
Figure 5-35 Inner finisher - paddle operation 1
2. Main paddles get paper moves to the sub paddle unit.
Figure 5-36 Inner finisher - paddle operation 2

Tamper unit
Learn about the inner finisher tamper unit.
The tamper unit functions to align the left and right sides of a bundle of paper in order to staple it to the correct
position. When a certain amount of paper for stapling is collected after printing, the tamper unit hits the left and
right ends of the paper to align the paper correctly.
Each temper has a motor on the back side that delivers driving force to move. The temper unit sensors are
mounted on the back side of the unit, to check the position of the temper unit.
Figure 5-37 Inner finisher system - tamper unit overview
Figure 5-38 Inner finisher system - tamper unit detail view (1 of 3)

Table 5-17 Inner finisher system - tamper unit parts information
1 Front tamper JC82-00899A Yes Not Aligns left and right side of paper
applicable
2 Rear tamper JC82-00900A Yes Not Aligns left and right side of paper
applicable
M5 Rear tamper motor JC93-01001A Yes 113-0520 Drives the rear temper unit
assembly
Not Rear tamper motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable

S14 Rear tamper home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0380 Detects the reference position of
the tamper unit
M9 Front tamper motor JC93-01001A Yes 113-0530 Drives the front tamper unit
assembly
Not Front tamper motor JC31-00149A No Not Not applicable

S5 Front tamper home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0390 Detects the reference position of
the tamper unit
Tamper unit operation
1. Paper is arranged at the end of the end fence unit.

Figure 5-41 Inner finisher - tamper operation 1
2. The left and right tampers arrange a stack of paper.
Figure 5-42 Inner finisher - tamper operation 2

End fence unit
Learn about the inner finisher end fence unit.
The paddle unit moves paper to the end fence unit. The end fence unit sets the standard position of the paper to
be aligned towards top and bottom of the paper. The end fence is fixed onto the finisher, and the end fence
sensor can sense any paper entering the end fence unit.
Figure 5-43 Inner finisher system - end fence unit overview
Figure 5-44 Inner finisher system - end fence unit detail view
Table 5-18 Inner finisher system - tamper unit parts information
1 End fence JC61-06428A No Not Aligns paper toward top and

applicable bottom direction
2 End fence sensor 0604-001381 Yes 113-0361 Detects paper whether paper
exists in the end fence unit
End fence unit operation
1. Paper goes into the end fence unit through the main paddle unit and sub paddle unit. At the same time the
end fence unit is aligned paper to the direction of yellow line.

Figure 5-45 Inner finisher - end fence operation 1
2. The end fence sensor is checking whether paper goes into the end fence sensor.
Figure 5-46 Inner finisher - end fence operation 2

Stapler unit
Learn about the inner finisher stabler unit.
Stapler unit is a device installed inside the finisher that staples a bundle of aligned documents. Documents are
collected as a bundle by the tamper unit and the end fence unit for stapling, then stapler assembly staples the
bundle. There are 6 options to make a bundle.
Figure 5-47 Inner finisher system - stapling options
The stapler unit moves using the stapler motor installed inside. The four stapler position sensors are mounted
so that the stapler can be positioned in the exact stapling position whether it is stapled on the left, the right, or
at the center of the document. Stapling is done by the motor inside the stapler assembly.
Figure 5-48 Inner finisher system - stapler unit overview
Figure 5-49 Inner finisher system - stapler unit detail view (1 of 2)

Figure 5-50 Inner finisher system - stapler unit detail view (2 of 2)
Table 5-19 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information
1 Stapler assembly JC90-01342A Yes Not Staples a bundle of paper

applicable
Not Staple motor module JC59-00040A Yes 113-0550 Not applicable

applicable
1-a Staple cartridge Y1G14-67901 Yes Not Staple cartridge

applicable
Not Stapler kit JC81-07408B No Not Stapler motor and staple

applicable applicable cartridge
S2 Stapler position sensor 0604-001393 Yes 113-0491 Detects and moves the staple
assembly position to make a
113-0492 bundle of paper at the exact
location
M1 Stapler position motor JC93-00999A Yes 13-0581 Gets the staple assembly move
toward top and down direction of
paper
Stapler unit operation
1. The stapler position motor delivers the stapler assembly to the horizontal direction (yellow line).

Figure 5-51 Inner finisher - stapler operation 1
2. The stapler assembly checks front and rear home position and moves where the stapler position sensors
are located depending on stapling types.
Figure 5-52 Inner finisher - stapler operation 2

Ejector unit
Learn about the inner finisher ejector unit.
The ejector unit moves a bundle of stapled paper out. The ejector unit consists of ejector 1 and ejector 2. The
ejector1 transfers a stapled paper loaded at the end fence unit to the ejector 2 unit. During this process, the
ejector 1 motor transmits the driving force to the ejector 1 unit. And the ejector 1 home position sensor controls
the movement of the ejector 1.
When the paper arrives at the ejector 2 unit, the ejector 2 grabs a stack of paper and ejects it onto the output
tray. The ejector 2 motor is responsible for this process, and the ejector 2 motor sensor helps it to be controlled
correctly. In addition, the ejector 2 home position sensor is mounted to check the location of the ejector 2.
Figure 5-53 Inner finisher system - ejector unit overview
Figure 5-54 Inner finisher system - ejector unit detail view (1 of 3)

Table 5-20 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information

Not Ejector SS456-61001 Yes Not Not applicable

1 Ejector 2 Not applicable No Not Moves paper from the ejector 1 to

applicable the output tray
2 Ejector 1 Y1G14-67901 No Not Moves the stack of paper from

applicable the end fence to the ejector 2
S10 Ejector 2 home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0462 Detects the home position of the
ejector 2
S16 Ejector 1 home sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0461 Detects the home position of the
ejector 1
3 Ejector motor assembly JC90-01309A No Not Moves the ejector 1 and ejector 2
applicable
M6 Ejector 2 motor assembly JC93-01168A No 113-0562 Moves the ejector 2 forward and
backward
Not Ejector 2 motor JC31-00175A No Not Not applicable

S11 Ejector 2 motor sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0463 Detects the ejector 2 motor
rotation

Table 5-20 Inner finisher system - stapler unit parts information (continued)
M7 Ejector 1 motor assembly JC93-00998A No 113-0561 Grabs a stack of paper, then

move it to the output tray
Not Ejector 1 motor JC31-00009C No Not Not applicable

Ejector unit operation
1. Ejector 1 pushes aligned paper at the end fence unit to ejector 2 unit.
Figure 5-57 Inner finisher - ejector operation 1

2. Ejector 2 grabs paper, then moves forward to the output tray unit direction.
3. Ejector 2 draws off paper on the output tray.

Output tray and paper holding unit
Learn about the inner finisher output tray and paper holding unit.
The output tray moves up and down along the rails inside the finisher, and the output tray motor controls those
movement according to the signals sent from the paper holding sensor. As paper stacks up on the output tray,
the paper holding unit is lifted by papers. When the paper holding sensor is touched, the output tray moves
downward.
The machine detects when the output tray is full as the output tray hits the lower limit switch. The output tray
top of stack sensor is mounted on both left and right sides for the case that the paper holding sensor breaks
down.
The paper holding solenoid lifts the paper holding actuator up when a new bundle of paper come to the output
tray.
Figure 5-60 Inner finisher system - output tray unit overview
Figure 5-61 Inner finisher system - output tray unit detail view (1 of 2)

Figure 5-62 Inner finisher system - output tray unit detail view (2 of 2)
Table 5-21 Inner finisher system - output tray unit parts information
1 Output tray JC90-01337B Yes Not Stacking plate for ejected paper
applicable
M4 Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B Yes 113-0570 Moves the output tray up and
down
Not Output tray motor JC31-00178B Yes Not Not applicable

S6 Output tray motor sensor 0604-001393 No 113-0473 Detects if the output tray motor is
operational
2 Output tray frame JC90-01319A Yes Not Not applicable

applicable
S7 Output tray lower limit JC90-01320A Yes 113-0472 Detects the lowest position of the
switch output tray
3 Output tray lower actuator JC66-04200A Yes 113-0472 Detects the lowest position of the
output tray
4 Output tray top of stack JC82-01039A Yes 113-0471 Detects abnormal movement of
sensor kit output tray (Output tray top of
stack sensor receiver and led)
S8 Output tray top of stack 0603-001309 Yes Not Not applicable

sensor (receiver) applicable
S13 Output tray top of stack 0601-003440 No Not Not applicable

sensor (led) applicable

Figure 5-63 Inner finisher system - paper holding unit overview
Figure 5-64 Inner finisher system - paper holding unit detail view
Table 5-22 Inner finisher system - output tray unit parts information
1 Paper holding actuator JC90-01313A Yes Not Controls the output tray height,
applicable and grabs stacked paper not to
be scattered
2 Paper holding kit JC90-01314A Yes Not Paper holding solenoid and paper
applicable holding sensor
SL1 Paper holding solenoid JC33-00037A Yes 113-0591 Moves paper holding actuator up
when paper goes out to the
output tray
S9 Paper holding sensor 0604-001393 Not 113-0470 Detects stacked paper position
applicable
Output tray and paper holding unit operation
1. Paper holding unit helps paper stores stable on the output tray. Besides it detects amount of stacked
paper and get the output tray moves downward.

Figure 5-65 Inner finisher - output tray and paper holding operation 1
2. When paper goes out to the output tray, paper holding solenoid forcibly make paper holding actuator goes
upward to create the paper passage not to be jammed by the paper holding actuator.
3. As the paper accumulates, output tray moves downward. When it reaches at the end of the moving range,
output tray lower limit switch is pressed. The switch detects paper stacks full on the output tray.

4. In case of fatal error in the output tray unit and paper holding unit, output tray top of stack sensor makes
the machine emergency stop so that output tray unit does not move upward.

PCA connection information
Learn about the inner finisher PCA connections.
Figure 5-69 Inner finisher system - PCA connection information
Table 5-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information
CN Connector Motor Sensor Switch and Solenoid
number name
(Diagnostics) (Diagnostics) (Diagnostics)
CN1 Rear sensor Not applicable ● Punch waste box sensor Not applicable
(113-0620)
● Finisher docking sensor

(113-0000)
● Entrance sensor
(113-0350)
CN2 Rear ● Rear tamper motor ● Rear tamper home sensor ● Top cover switch (113-0420)
(113-0520) (113-0380)
● Paper support motor ● Output tray top of stack

(113-0571) sensor (113-0471)
● Exit sensor (113-0360)
● End fence sensor

(113-0361)
● Paper support home sensor

(113-0481)

Table 5-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information (continued)

number name
CN3 Rear joint ● Stapler motor (113-0550) ● Stapler low ● Front cover switch
sensor(113-0440) (113-0420)
● Stapler position motor
(113-0581) ● Stapler ready sensor
(113-0451)
● Entrance motor
(113-0501) ● Stapler home
sensor(113-0430)
● Punch motor (113-0610)
● Stapler position sensor
(front home) (113-0491)
● Stapler position sensor

(rear home) (113-0492)
● Punch waste full sensor

(113-0621)
● Punch motor
sensor(113-0600)
● Punch home sensor

(113-0612)
CN4 Ejector ● Ejector 2 motor ● Ejector 2 motor sensor Not applicable

(113-0562) (113-0463)
● Ejector 1 motor ● Ejector 2 home sensor

(113-0561) (113-0462)
● Ejector 1 home sensor

(113-0461)
CN5 Main (to the Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
main PBA)
CN6 Output tray Not applicable Not applicable ● Output tray lower limit switch
lower limit (113-0472)
switch
CN7 Front ● Exit motor (113-0502) ● Output tray motor sensor Not applicable
(113-0473)
● Main paddle motor
(113-0510) ● Main paddle home sensor
(113-0370)
● Output tray motor
(113-0570) ● Front tamper home sensor
(113-0390)
● Front tamper motor
(113-0530) ● Paper holding sensor
(113-0470)
● Output tray top of stack

sensor (113-0471)

Table 5-23 Inner finisher system - PCA connectors, parts, and diagnostics information (continued)

number name
CN9 Paper holding Not applicable Not applicable ● Paper holding solenoid
solenoid (113-0591)
CN10 Stapler Not applicable ● Stapler position sensor (mid Not applicable
position sensor front) (-)
● Stapler position sensor (mid

rear) (-)
Service approach
CAUTION: When working on the product, do not pick up the unit by the output tray, which will detach under the
weight of the product.

● Remove all paper from the product.
● Turn off the power using the power button.
● Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.
● Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an ESD
workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal chassis before
touching an ESD-sensitive part.
● Remove the toner cartridges.
● Remove the Tray 2 cassette.
ESD precautions
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder when
removing printer parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD
workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an
ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.

● Plug in the power cable.
● Verify the functions of the printer that might have been impacted by service procedures. Make sure the
printer is in complete working order.
● Replace any accessories removed for service.
ENWW Service approach 509

Post-service test
Perform the following tests to verify that the repair or replacement was successful:
Print-quality test
1. Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2. Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3. Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.
4. Print a configuration page.
5. Print a print quality page, and then verify that there are no lines, streaks, banding, or other print quality
defects.
6. Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.

Ordering
or
partsurfer.hp.com
Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported Web browser on your computer, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to the
HP SureSupply Web site, which provides options for purchasing Original HP supplies.
Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the diagrams in this chapter can be ordered. Refer to the table following the
diagram or the parts lists at the end of this chapter to determine if a part is orderable.

Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
Learn about parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher)
● Parts and diagrams (inner finisher)
● Covers
● Entrance unit
● Exit unit
● Paper support unit
● Paddle unit
● Tamper unit
● Stapler
● Ejector unit
● End fence unit
● Output tray unit
● Paper holding unit
● Punch unit
CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service work at an
ESDprotected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch the sheet-metal chassis to
provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly. Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by
placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer.
Parts and diagrams (inner finisher)

View inner finisher exploded diagrams and parts lists.
Inner finisher (main)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (main).
ENWW Parts, diagrams, removal and replacement (inner finisher) 511

Figure 5-70 Inner finisher (main)
6-1

Table 5-24 Inner finisher (main)
Complete Inner finisher whole unit Y1G00-67901 1
1 Front paper support JC90-01310A 1
2 Rear paper support JC90-01311A 1
3 Front tamper unit assembly JC82-00899A 1
4 Rear tamper unit assembly JC82-00900A 1
5 Ejector SS456-61001 1
6 Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B 1
6-1 Lock release handle JC66-04233A 1
7 Sub paddle unit JC90-01336A 1
8 Output tray JC90-01337B 1
10 Staple cartridge Y1G14-67901 1
11 Punch cover JC90-01343A 1
Not shown Main interface harness JC39-02169A 1
Inner finisher (covers)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (covers)

Figure 5-71 Inner finisher (covers)

Table 5-25 Inner finisher (covers)
1 Front cover JC90-01321B 1
2 Middle cover JC90-01322B 1
3 Top cover JC90-01323B 1
4 Left cover JC90-01324B 1
4-1 Output tray top of stack sensor kit 0603-001309 1
5 Rear cover JC63-04750B 1
6 PCA cover JC63-04792B 1
Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit,
and output tray unit).

Figure 5-72 Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
8-1
8-2
20
15-2
15-1

Table 5-26 Inner finisher (main paddle unit, entrance unit, exit unit, paper holding unit, and output tray unit)
1 Main paddle home sensor 0604-001393 2
2 Main PCA JC92-02774B 1
4 Entrance motor timing belt 6602-003644 1
5 Paddle kit JC82-01038A 1
5-1 Paddle A JC63-04957A 2
5-2 Paddle B JC63-04958A 2
5-3 Paddle holder JC81-07560A 4
8-1 Entrance roller JC66-04243A 1
8-2 Middle roller JC66-04243A 1
10 Entrance motor assembly JC90-01344A 1
13 Exit sensor actuator JC66-04199A 1
14 Paper holding actuator JC90-01313A 1
15 Paper holding kit JC90-01314A 1
15-1 Paper holding solenoid JC33-00037A 1
15-2 Paper holding sensor 0604-001393 1
16 Output tray lower limit switch JC90-01320A 1
16-3 Output tray lower limit switch actuator JC66-04200A 1
17 Main paddle motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
17-1 Main paddle motor JC31-00149A 1
19-1 Exit roller JC66-04244A 1
19-2 Front compile guide JC61-07449A 1
19-3 Rear compile guide JC61-07450A 1
20 Exit motor assembly JC90-01331A 1
20-1 Exit motor JC31-00169B 1
21 Output tray frame JC90-01319A 1
22 Rear joint PCA JC92-02780A 1
Not shown Output tray motor assembly JC90-01334B 1
Not shown Exit sensor 0604-001415 1
Inner finisher (paper support unit)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (paper support unit).

Figure 5-73 Inner finisher (paper support unit)
2-2
2-1
1 2

Table 5-27 Inner finisher (paper support unit)
1 Front paper support JC90-01310A 1
2 Rear paper support JC90-01311A 1
2-1 Paper support home sensor 0604-001393 1
2-2 Paper support motor assembly JC93-00802B 1
Inner finisher (tamper unit)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (tamper unit).

Figure 5-74 Inner finisher (tamper unit)
2 2-1
2-2
1-1
1-2

Table 5-28 Inner finisher (tamper unit)
1 Rear tamper unit JC82-00900A 1
1-1 Rear tamper home sensor 0604-001393 1
1-2 Rear tamper motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
2 Front tamper unit JC82-00899A 1
2-1 Front tamper home sensor 0604-001393 1
2-2 Front tamper motor assembly JC93-01001A 1
Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit).

Figure 5-75 Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)
7
6

Table 5-29 Inner finisher (stapler unit, end fence unit)
1 End fence sensor 0604-001381 1
2 Stapler position sensor 0604-001393 1
3 Stapler position motor JC93-00999A 1
4 Punch waste full sensor 0604-001381 1
5 Top cover switch JC39-01610A 1
6 Finisher docking sensor 0604-001393 1
7 Punch waste box sensor 0604-001393 1
Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit).

Figure 5-76 Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)

Table 5-30 Inner finisher (stapler assembly, entrance unit)
1 Stapler assembly JC90-01342A 1
1-1 Staple cartridge JC59-00040A 1
2 Punch cover JC90-01343A 1
2-1 Entrance sensor 0604-001381 1
Inner finisher (ejector unit)

Parts diagram and parts list for the inner finisher (ejector unit).

Figure 5-77 Inner finisher (ejector unit)
5 7
2
6

Table 5-31 Inner finisher (ejector unit)
1 Ejector SS456-61001 1
2 Ejector 2 home sensor 0604-001393 1
3 Ejector 1 home sensor 0604-001393 1
4 Ejector motor assembly JC90-01309A 1
5 Ejector 2 motor assembly JC93-01168A 1
6 Ejector 2 motor sensor 0604-001393 1
7 Ejector 1 motor assembly JC93-00998A 1

Covers
● Front cover (C1)
● Rear cover (C8)
● Middle cover (C3)
● Top cover (C2)
● PCA cover (C6)
● Left cover (C7)

Front cover (C1)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the front cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front cover.
View a video of removing the inner finisher.
View a video of installing the inner finisher.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
Table 5-32 Part information
Part number Part description
JC90-01321B Front cover
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the front cover
1. Open the front door and open the punch cover.
2. Remove three screws in the front.
3. Remove the lever.
4. Open the top cover.
5. From the right side of the front cover, carefully lift and pry toward the top-left corner to remove the front
cover.
Figure 5-78 Remove the front cover

instructions.

Rear cover (C8)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the rear cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC63–047508 Rear cover
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the rear cover
Figure 5-79 Open the top cover
3. Release hooks carefully and remove the rear cover.

instructions.

Middle cover (C3)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the middle cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the middle cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90–01322B Middle cover
Required tools

Post service test


Step 2: Remove the middle cover
1. Open the front door and then open the punch cover.
Figure 5-83 Open the front door and puch cover
2. Remove left-side one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the middle cover by lifting off
the hinge pins at the front.
Figure 5-84 Remove the middle cover

instructions.

Top cover (C2)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the top cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the top cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90–01323B Top cover
Required tools

Post service test


Step 2: Remove the top cover
▲ Remove one screw at the rear of the inner finisher, and then remove the top cover by lifting off the hinge
pins at the front.
Figure 5-87 Remove the top cover
instructions.

PCA cover (C6)
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the PCA cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the PCA cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC63–04792B PCA cover
Required tools
Post service test

Step 1: Remove the PCA cover
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the PCA cover.
Figure 5-88 Remove the PCA cover
instructions.

Left cover (C7)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the output tray
● Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
● Step 6: Remove the left cover
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the left cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90–01324B Left cover
Required tools

Post service test

cover.

Step 3: Remove the output tray

2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray.
Figure 5-93 Remove the output tray
Step 4: Remove the output tray frame
1. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame depart from the gear.

Figure 5-94 Remove the pulley
2. Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher, and then remove the output tray frame.
Figure 5-95 Remove the output tray frame
TIP: Push the paper holding actuator into the inner finisher when reassembling. Be sure to level the
output tray.
Reinstall the output tray frame
Use the following special instructions when the reinstalling the assembly.
a. Position the first wheel into the channel on both sides while pushing the paper holding actuator.

Figure 5-96 Install the wheel (1 of 2)
b. Let the second wheel rest on the channel on both sides simultaneously.
c. Gently squeeze the wheels into channel until the output tray frame meet the gear.

d. Rotate the pulley until the output tray frame is no longer lifted. It can make to level the output tray
frame.
Figure 5-98 Rotate the pulley (1 of 2)
e. Rotate the pulley in the opposite direction.


Step 6: Remove the left cover
2. Remove four screws from both front and rear sides

3. Unplug two inline connectors, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 5-103 Unplug two connectors
TIP: Be sure to check the hook when reassembling.

instructions.

Entrance unit
● Entrance sensor (S1)
● Entrance motor (M10)

Entrance sensor (S1)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the punch cover
● Step 3: Remove the entrance sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the entrance sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001381 Entrance sensor
Required tools

Post service test


Step 2: Remove the punch cover
1. Unplug the connector. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the slide shaft at the rear of the inner finisher.
Figure 5-106 Remove the slide shaft
2. Open the punch cover.
Figure 5-107 Open the punch cover

3. Remove the front punch sheet, and then remove the e-ring and the washer. And then remove the punch
cover.
Figure 5-108 Remove the punch cover

Step 3: Remove the entrance sensor
1. Loosen the adhesive tape around, and then remove four screws. And then remove the punch cover.
Figure 5-109 Remove the punch cover.
2. Remove one screw, unplug the connector, and then remove the entrance sensor bracket.
Figure 5-110 Remove the entrance sensor bracket.

3. Remove one screw, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 5-111 Remove the entrance sensor.

instructions.

Entrance motor (M10)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
● Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide
● Step 7: Remove the entrance motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the entrance motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01344A Entrance motor assembly
Required tools

Post service test

cover.




cover.

Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller
1. On the front of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and bushing.
Figure 5-120 Remove the e-ring and bushing
2. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring (slightly hidden from
view).
Figure 5-121 Remove the e-ring, pulley, bushing, belt, and spring

3. Remove the diverter guide and the middle roller.
Figure 5-122 Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
Step 6: Remove the middle paper guide

1. Remove six screws, and then open the middle paper guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 5-123 Open the middle paper guide
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the sensor connector.

2. Unplug the connector under the middle paper guide. And then, remove the middle paper guide.
Figure 5-124 Remove the middle paper guide

Step 7: Remove the entrance motor
2. Open the clamps, and then unplug the connector.
Figure 5-126 Unplug the connector

3. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor.
Figure 5-127 Remove the entrance motor
instructions.

Exit unit
● Exit sensor (S21)
● Exit motor (M2)
● Exit roller (R3)

Exit sensor (S21)
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the exit sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001415 Feed actuator sensor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.




cover.

view).




Step 7: Remove the exit sensor
▲ Remove the exit sensor from the middle paper guide.
Figure 5-141 Remove the exit sensor

instructions.

Exit motor (M2)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the exit motor bracket
● Step 3: Remove the exit motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC31-00169B Exit motor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.

Step 2: Remove the exit motor bracket
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the motor connector, and remove the exit motor bracket.
Figure 5-143 Remove the exit motor bracket

Step 3: Remove the exit motor
▲ Remove two screws, and then remove the exit motor from the bracket.
Figure 5-144 Remove the exit motor
instructions.

Exit roller (R3)
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the sub paddle unit
● Step 4: Remove the exit roller
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the exit roller.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC66–04244A Exit roller
JC61–07449A Front compile guide
JC61–07450A Rear compile guide
Required tools

Post service test

cover.


Step 3: Remove the sub paddle unit
1. Open the top cover, and then remove one screw securing the sub paddle unit.
2. Remove the e-ring, and then remove the pulley and timing belt. And then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 5-149 Remove the e-ring, pulley, timing belt, and bushing

3. Lift up and remove the sub paddle unit.
Figure 5-150 Remove the sub paddle unit

Step 4: Remove the exit roller
1. Remove the guide on the center of the exit roller.
Figure 5-151 Remove the guide
2. On the front of the inner finisher, release the timing belt connected to the exit motor.
Figure 5-152 Release the timing belt

3. Remove five screws securing the rear harness guide.
Figure 5-153 Remove five screws
4. On the rear of the inner finisher, remove the e-ring and the pulley and then remove the e-ring and the
bushing.
Figure 5-154 Remove the e-ring, pulley, and bushing

5. Push the bushing to detach it, and then remove the exit roller.
Figure 5-155 Remove the exit roller
instructions.

Paper support unit
● Front paper support
● Rear paper support unit

Front paper support
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
● Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
● Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
● Step 10: Remove the paper holding
● Step 13: Remove the front tamper
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
● Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front paper support.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
JC90-01310A Front paper support
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.




Step 7: Remove the front harness guide
1. Open one clamp, unplug five connectors, and then remove the wire harness from the front harness guide.
2. Remove four screws, and then remove the front harness guide.
Figure 5-171 Remove the front harness guide

Step 8: Remove the output tray motor assembly
▲ Remove three screws, and then remove the output tray motor assembly.
Figure 5-172 Remove the output tray motor assembly

Step 9: Remove the output tray lower limit switch
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the output tray lower limit switch.
Figure 5-173 Remove the output tray lower limit switch

Step 10: Remove the paper holding
1. Remove the paper holding actuator spring.
Figure 5-174 Remove the paper holding actuator spring
2. Remove the e-ring and the rack pinion gear. Remove the pin and the e-ring, and then remove the bushing.
Figure 5-175 Remove e-ring, rack pinion gear, pin, and bushing
NOTE: Be sure not to lose the pin.

3. Carefully remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator.
Figure 5-176 Remove the paper holding shaft and the actuator

bushing.



bushing.


Step 13: Remove the front tamper
2. Unplug the connector and release the hook, and then pull the front tamper up to remove.
Figure 5-186 Remove the front tamper

Step 14: Remove the rear tamper
1. Remove the rear tamper.
NOTE: Move cable guide out of position to access the screws.
2. Unplug two connectors and release the hook, and then remove the rear tamper.
Figure 5-188 Remove the rear tamper

Step 15: Remove the ejector and paper support assembly
1. Open one clamp, disconnect one connector.
2. Pull the rear paper support up, and then release one clamp and disconnect two connectors.
Figure 5-190 Remove the ejector assembly

3. Remove four screws, and then remove the ejector & paper support assembly
Figure 5-191 Remove the ejector & paper support assembly

Step 16: Remove the front paper support
1. Remove the e-ring and the bushing, and then pull and remove the drive shaft.
Figure 5-192 Remove the drive shaft
TIP: When reassembling the drive shaft, ensure the paper supports are in the full down position (against
the stops).
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the front paper support.
Figure 5-193 Remove the front paper support

instructions.

Rear paper support unit
● Rear paper support
● Paper support home sensor (S12)
● Paper support motor (M8)

Rear paper support
● Introduction
● Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear paper support.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
JC90-01311A Rear paper support
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.






Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
2. Remove the shaft while pulling the bushinging in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 5-231 Remove the shaft

3. Remove the rear paper support with attention for pinion.
Figure 5-232 Remove the rear paper support
instructions.

Paper support home sensor (S12)
● Introduction
● Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the paper support home sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper support home sensor.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
0604-001393 Paper support home sensor
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.






Step 16: Remove the rear paper support
2. Remove the shaft while pulling the bushinging in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 5-270 Remove the shaft

3. Remove the rear paper support with attention for pinion.
Figure 5-271 Remove the rear paper support

Step 17: Remove the paper support home sensor
▲ Remove the sensor from the rear paper support.
Figure 5-272 Remove the paper support home sensor
instructions.

Paper support motor (M8)
● Introduction
● Step 16: Remove the paper support motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper support motor.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
JC93-00802B (not orderable) Paper support motor assembly
JC31-00149A (not orderable) Paper support motor
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.






Step 16: Remove the paper support motor
▲ Remove two screws, disconnect one connect, and then remove the paper support motor.
Figure 5-309 Remove the paper support motor
instructions.

Paddle unit
● Main Paddle
● Main paddle home sensor (S4)
● Main paddle motor (M3)
● Main paddle assembly
● Sub paddle unit

Main Paddle
● Introduction
● Step 1: Remove the main paddle
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90–1327A Main paddle
JC82–01038A Main paddle kit
JC63–04957A Main paddle A
JC63–04958A Main paddle B
JC81–07560A Main paddle holder
Required tools

Post service test

Step 1: Remove the main paddle
2. Rotate the main paddle shaft to see the lower side of the main paddle.
Figure 5-310 Rotate the main paddle shaft

3. Remove the main paddle by pushing both sides.
Figure 5-311 Remove the main paddle
TIP: When reassembling the main paddle, check the pin position of the paddle and the hole position of
the shaft, and then assemble them.

instructions.

Main paddle home sensor (S4)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the main paddle home sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle home sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001393 Main paddle home sensor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.

Step 2: Remove the main paddle home sensor
1. Remove one screw. Open the clamp and unplug one connector, and then remove the main paddle home
sensor bracket.
Figure 5-313 Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
2. Remove the main paddle home sensor from the bracket.
Figure 5-314 Remove the main paddle home sensor

instructions.

Main paddle motor (M3)
● Introduction
● Step 2: Remove the main paddle motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC93-01001A Main paddle motor assembly
Required tools

Post service test

cover.

Step 2: Remove the main paddle motor
1. Remove three screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the main paddle motor bracket.
Figure 5-316 Remove the main paddle motor bracket
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor from the bracket.
Figure 5-317 Remove the main paddle motor

instructions.

Main paddle assembly
● Introduction
● Step 3: Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
● Step 4: Remove the main paddle motor bracket
● Step 5: Remove the main paddle
● Step 6: Remove the main paddle assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the main paddle assembly.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01327A (not orderable) Main paddle assembly
Required tools

Post service test

cover.


Step 3: Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket
▲ Remove one screw. Open the clamp and unplug one connector, and then remove the main paddle home
sensor bracket.
Figure 5-321 Remove the main paddle home sensor bracket

Step 4: Remove the main paddle motor bracket
▲ Remove three screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the main paddle motor bracket.
Figure 5-322 Remove the main paddle motor bracket

Step 5: Remove the main paddle
2. Rotate the main paddle shaft to see the lower side of the main paddle.
Figure 5-323 Rotate the main paddle shaft

3. Remove the main paddle by pushing both sides.
Figure 5-324 Remove the main paddle
TIP: When reassembling the main paddle, check the pin position of the paddle and the hole position of
the shaft, and then assemble them.

Step 6: Remove the main paddle assembly
1. Remove the belt in the front.
Figure 5-325 Remove the belt
2. Remove the e-ring and the main paddle CAM in the rear. And then remove the e-ring and the bushing.
Figure 5-326 Remove the e-ring, cam, and bushing

3. Push the shaft to remove the main paddle shaft.
Figure 5-327 Remove the main paddle shaft
instructions.

Sub paddle unit
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the sub paddle.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01336A Sub paddle unit
Required tools

Post service test


bushing.


instructions.

Tamper unit
● Front tamper
● Rear tamper

Front tamper
● Front tamper
● Front tamper home sensor (S5)
● Front tamper motor (M9)
Front tamper
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC82–00899A Front tamper
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



instructions.
Front tamper home sensor (S5)

● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the front tamper home sensor

Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper home sensor.
cable.
blank).
0604-001393 Front tamper home sensor
Required tools
Post service test


cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



Step 14: Remove the front tamper home sensor
▲ Unplug the connector, and then remove the front tamper home sensor.
Figure 5-395 Remove the front tamper home sensor
instructions.

Front tamper motor (M9)
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the front tamper motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the front tamper motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

JC93-01001A Front tamper motor
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



Step 14: Remove the front tamper motor
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the motor.
Figure 5-427 Remove the front tamper motor
instructions.

Rear tamper
● Rear tamper
● Rear tamper home sensor (S14)
● Rear tamper motor (M5)

Rear tamper
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

JC82–00900A Rear tamper
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



instructions.

Rear tamper home sensor (S14)
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper home sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper home sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

0604-001393 Rear tamper home sensor
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



Step 14: Remove the rear tamper home sensor
▲ Unplug the connector, and then remove the rear tamper home sensor.
Figure 5-490 Remove the rear tamper home sensor
instructions.

Rear tamper motor (M5)
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the rear tamper motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the rear tamper motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

JC93-01001A Rear tamper motor assembly
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



Step 14: Remove the rear tamper motor
▲ Remove two screws, unplug the connector, and then remove the motor.
Figure 5-522 Remove the rear tamper motor
instructions.

Stapler
● Stapler
● Stapler position sensor (S2)
● Stapler position motor (M1)

Stapler
● Introduction
● Step 4: Remove the stapler
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01342A Stapler assembly
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



Step 4: Remove the stapler
1. Push the stapler from the rear-side to the front-side.
Figure 5-527 Push the stapler
2. Remove one screw, unplug two connectors, and then remove the stapler assembly.
Figure 5-528 Remove the stapler assembly

3. Remove two screws, and then remove the stapler.
Figure 5-529 Remove the stapler
instructions.

Stapler position sensor (S2)
● Introduction
● Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
● Step 9: Remove the staple position sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler position sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001393 Stapler position sensor

Required tools
Post service test

cover.




cover.

view).




Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
1. Remove three screws at the front of the inner finisher, and then remove the bracket.
2. Remove two screws at the front of the inner finisher.

3. Remove two screws at the rear of the inner finisher.
4. Loosen three cable clamps. Unplug the connector at the sensor, and then remove the end fence sensor
bracket.
Figure 5-547 Remove the end fence sensor bracket

Step 9: Remove the staple position sensor
1. Remove one screw from the front of the inner finisher.
2. Remove one screw from the rear of the inner finisher.

3. Unplug four photo-sensor connectors. Open the six cable clamps.
Figure 5-550 Unplug connectors
4. Remove the assembly, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 5-551 Remove the stapler position sensor

instructions.

Stapler position motor (M1)
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the stapler postion motor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the stapler position motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
Traverse Motor assembly part number
JC93-00999A Stapler position motor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.




cover.

view).



Step 7: Remove the stapler postion motor
1. Remove three screws, unplug the motor connector, and then remove the stapler position motor bracket.
Figure 5-565 Remove the stapler position motor bracket
2. Remove two screws, and then remove the motor from the bracket.
Figure 5-566 Remove the stapler postion motor

TIP: Use the following steps when reinstalling the stapler position motor:
a. Release the spring tension screw.
b. Apply tension to the spring by pulling the belt, and then tighten the spring tension screw. Tightening
the screw puts maximum slack in the belt.
c. Lower the stapler position motor while placing the belt on the motor pulley, and then secure the
bracket with three screws.
d. Release the spring tension screw to allow the spring to apply tension to the belt, and then tighten it
again.

instructions.

Ejector unit
● Ejector and paper support assembly
● Ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/ M7)
● Ejector assembly (include end fence, S10/ S16)

Ejector and paper support assembly
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector and paper support assembly.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

SS456-61001 Ejector
JC90-01310A Front paper support
JC90-01311A Rear paper support
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.





instructions.

Ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/ M7)
● Introduction
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector motor assembly.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
JC90-01309A (not orderable) Ejector motor assembly
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.






Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
▲ Remove two screws, and then pull the paper support assembly out of ejector assembly.
Figure 5-639 Remove paper support assembly

Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
1. Remove the e-ring and washer. Remove two timing belts. Then, remove one screw.
Figure 5-640 Remove e-ring, washer, belt, and screw
2. Remove the timing belt and one screw.
Figure 5-641 Remove the belt and screw

3. Remove the cable from clamp, and then disconnect two motor connectors and the sensor connector.
Figure 5-642 Disconnect the motor and sensor connectors
4. Remove the ejector motor assembly.
Figure 5-643 Remove the ejector motor assembly

instructions.

Ejector assembly (include end fence, S10/ S16)
● Introduction
● Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
● Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
● Step 18: Remove the ejector assembly
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the ejector assembly.
instructions.

cable.
blank).
SS456–61001 Ejector
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.






Step 16: Remove the front paper support and the rear paper support
▲ Remove two screws, and then pull the paper support assembly out of ejector assembly.
Figure 5-680 Remove paper support assembly

Step 17: Remove the ejector motor assembly
1. Remove the e-ring and washer. Remove two timing belts. Then, remove one screw.
Figure 5-681 Remove e-ring, washer, belt, and screw
2. Remove the timing belt and one screw.
Figure 5-682 Remove the belt and screw

3. Remove the cable from clamp, and then disconnect two motor connectors and the sensor connector.
Figure 5-683 Disconnect the motor and sensor connectors
4. Remove the ejector motor assembly.
Figure 5-684 Remove the ejector motor assembly

Step 18: Remove the ejector assembly
2. Unplug two connectors, and then remove the ejector assembly.

instructions.

End fence unit
● End fence sensor (S17)

End fence sensor (S17)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
● Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
● Step 9: Remove the end fence sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the end fence sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001381 End fence sensor

Required tools
Post service test

cover.




cover.

Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
view).




Step 8: Remove the end fence sensor bracket
1. Remove three screws at the front of the inner finisher, and then remove the bracket.

3. Remove two screws at the rear of the inner finisher.
4. Loosen three cable clamps. Unplug the connector at the sensor, and then remove the end fence sensor
bracket.
Figure 5-704 Remove the end fence sensor bracket

Step 9: Remove the end fence sensor
▲ Remove one screw, and then remove the end fence sensor.
Figure 5-705 Remove the end fence sensor
instructions.

Output tray unit
● Output tray
● Output tray top of stack sensor (S8)
● Output tray lower limit switch (S7)
● Output tray motor assembly

Output tray
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90–01137B Output tray
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.

instructions.

Output tray top of stack sensor (S8)
● Introduction
● Step 7: Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray top of stack sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC82–01039A Output tray top of stack sensor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.




Step 7: Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
▲ Remove two screws from both sides of the left cover. Remove the bracket, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 5-732 Remove the output tray top of stack sensor
instructions.

Output tray lower limit switch (S7)
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray lower limit switch.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01320A Output tray lower limit switch
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.





instructions.

Output tray motor assembly
● Output tray motor assembly (M4)
● Output tray motor sensor (S6)
● Output tray motor

Output tray motor assembly (M4)
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor assembly.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01334B Output tray motor assembly
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.





instructions.

Output tray motor sensor (S6)
● Introduction
● Step 9: Remove the output tray motor sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001393 Output tray motor sensor

Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.






Step 9: Remove the output tray motor sensor
▲ Remove one screw, remove the shaft, and then remove the sensor.
Figure 5-784 Remove the output tray motor sensor
instructions.

Output tray motor
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the output tray motor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC31-00178B Output tray motor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.





instructions.

Paper holding unit
● Paper holding
● Paper holding sensor (S9)
● Paper holding solenoid (SL1)

Paper holding
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01313A Paper holding actuator

Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.







instructions.

Paper holding sensor (S9)
● Introduction
● Step 11: Remove the paper holding sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding sensor (S9).
instructions.
cable.
blank).

0604-001393 Paper holding sensor
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









Step 11: Remove the paper holding sensor
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Remove the adhesive strip from below the sensor.
3. Remove the paper holding sensor.
Figure 5-843 Remove the paper holding sensor
instructions.

Paper holding solenoid (SL1)
● Introduction
● Step 14: Remove the paper holding solenoid
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the paper holding solenoid.
instructions.
cable.
blank).

JC33-00037A Paper holding solenoid
Required tools
Post service test

cover.



output tray.


frame.









bushing.



bushing.



Step 14: Remove the paper holding solenoid

3. Disconnect two connectors and remove the solenoid assembly.
Figure 5-877 Remove the solenoid assembly
4. Remove two screws, and then release the solenoid from the bracket.
Figure 5-878 Remove the paper holding solenoid

instructions.

Punch unit
● Punch cover
● Punch waste full sensor (S19)

Punch cover
● Introduction
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the punch cover.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
JC90-01343A Punch cover
Required tools

Post service test



cover.

instructions.

Punch waste full sensor (S19)
● Introduction
● Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
● Step 7: Remove the punch dust full sensor
Introduction
Learn how to remove and replace the punch waste full sensor.
instructions.
cable.
blank).
0604-001381 Punch waste full sensor
Required tools

Post service test

cover.




cover.

Step 5: Remove the diverter guide and middle roller
view).



Step 7: Remove the punch dust full sensor
1. Remove one screw, unplug the connector, and then remove the punch dust full sensor sub-assembly.
Figure 5-897 Remove the punch dust full sensor sub-assembly
2. Remove one screw, and then remove the punch dust full sensor.
Figure 5-898 Remove the punch dust full sensor

instructions.

Problem solving
Control panel message document (CPMD)
Refer to {Xref Error! Target does not exist.} for more details.
ENWW Problem solving 1175

Schematic diagrams (inner finisher)
Learn about the inner finisher electrical connections.
● Punch waste full sensor
● Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
● Entrance motor
● Exit sensor
● Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper holding solenoid
● Paper support motor and home sensor
● Front tamper motor and home sensor
● Rear tamper motor and home sensor
● End fence sensor
● Stapler position motor and sensor
● Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
● Output tray motor and sensor
● Output tray top of stack sensor
● Top cover switch
● Front cover switch

Punch waste full sensor
Figure 5-899 Punch waste full sensor
PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
1 STAPLER MOTOR OUT1
5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
10 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nA
11 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR A
12 STAPLER POSITION HOME REAR
13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
14 DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
20 ENTRANCE MOTOR nA
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
5V 24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
35 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
36 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
37 PUNCH MOTOR DECAY
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU
ENWW Schematic diagrams (inner finisher) 1177

Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
Figure 5-900 Punch waste box sensor and finisher docking sensor
Inner Finisher PCA

CN01, REAR SENSOR
5V 1 PUNCH WASTE BOX SENSOR 5V

2 DGND
3 PUNCH WASTE BOX SENSOR
4 FINISHER DOCKING SENSOR 5V

5V 5 DGND
6 FINISHER DOCKING SENSOR
7 DGND
8 ENTRANCE SENSOR
9 5V
10 OUT_PATH
11 nDETECT_FAN
12 DGND
PUNCH WASTE BOX

5V SENSOR
5V
FINISHER DOCKING
SENSOR

Entrance motor
Figure 5-901 Entrance motor
24V
ENTRANCE MOTOR
Inner Finisher PCA

5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
14 DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
24V 19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU

Exit sensor
Figure 5-902 Exit sensor
5V Inner Finisher PCA

EXIT SENSOR
CN02, REAR
1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V

6 DGND
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED

13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
14 EXIT SENSOR 5V
15 DGND
5V 16 EXIT SENSOR
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
21 DGND
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB
25 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA
26 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A

Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper
holding solenoid
Figure 5-903 Exit motor, main paddle motor & home sensor, output tray lower limit switch, and paper holding
solenoid
Inner Finisher PCA

CN07, FRONT
1 EXIT MOTOR B
24V 2 EXIT MOTOR A
24V 3 EXIT MOTOR nB
24V
EXIT MOTOR 4 EXIT MOTOR nA
5 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR 6 DGND
7 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR
8 MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V
5V 9 DGND
5V 10 MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR
MAIN PADDLE 11 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B
HOME SENSOR 12 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Nb
24V 13 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Na
14 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A
15 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1

16 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2
OUTPUT TRAY
LOWER LIMIT SWITH 17 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B
18 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Nb
19 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Na
24V 20 FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A
21 FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V
5V 22 DGND
23 FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR
5V 24 PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V
5V 25 DGND
26 PAPER HOLDING SENSOR
PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID
27 DGND
28 OUTPUT TRAY
Inner Finisher PCA Inner Finisher PCA TOP OF STACK SENSOR
CN09, PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID CN06, STACKER LITMIT SW

1 GND 1 DGND
24V 2 PAPER HOLDING SOLENOID 2 OUTPUT TRAY LOWER LIMIT SW NO/NC
3 OUTPUT TRAY LOWER LIMIT SW NC 5V

Paper support motor and home sensor
Figure 5-904 Paper support motor and home sensor
PAPER SUPPORT MOTOR
PAPER SUPPORT
HOME SENSOR
24V
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
REAR TAMPER MOTOR B 1
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB 2
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA 3
REAR TAMPER MOTOR A 4
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 5

DGND 6
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 7
DGND 8
TOP COVER 9
TOP COVER SWITCH 10
N.C 11
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED 12

OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED 13
EXIT SENSOR 5V 14
DGND 15
EXIT SENSOR 16
DGND 17
END FENCE SENSOR 18
END FENCE SENSOR 5V 19
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V 20
DGND 21 5V
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 22
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B 23
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB 24
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA 25 24V
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A 26

Front tamper motor and home sensor
Figure 5-905 Front tamper motor and home sensor
Inner Finisher PCA
CN07, FRONT
EXIT MOTOR B 1
EXIT MOTOR A 2
EXIT MOTOR nB 3
EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5
DGND 6
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 10
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11

MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nB 12
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nA 13
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT1 15

FRONT TAMPER
HOME SENSOR
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17 5V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nB 18 24V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nA 19
FRONT TAMPER
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20
MOTOR
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 21
DGND 22 24V
5V
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
DGND 25
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
DGND 27
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28
SENSOR RECEIVER

Rear tamper motor and home sensor
Figure 5-906 Rear tamper motor and home sensor
Inner Finisher PCA

CN02, REAR
24V 2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB

6 DGND
5V 7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C

REAR TAMPER 14 EXIT SENSOR 5V

HOME SENSOR 15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR
5V
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
24V 20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
REAR TAMPER 21 DGND
MOTOR 22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME

End fence sensor
Figure 5-907 End fence sensor
END FENCE SENSOR
5V
Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB

6 DGND
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITH
11 N.C

14 EXIT SENSOR 5V
15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR
17 DGND
18 END FENCE SENSOR
5V 19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V
21 DGND
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME

Stapler position motor and sensor
Figure 5-908 Stapler position motor and sensor
Inner Finisher PCA

STAPLER POSITION CN03, REAR JOINT I/F
5V HOME REAR
5V STAPLER POSITION 3 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
MID FRONT 4 STAPLER MOTOR OUT2
5V STAPLER POSITION 5 STAPLER LOW
MID REAR 6 STAPLER READY
5V 7 STAPLER HOME
STAPLER POSITION
HOME FRONT 8 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR B
24V 9 STAPLER POSITION MOTOR nB
5V
24V 13 STAPLER POSITION HOME FRONT
5V 14
DGND
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
STAPLER POSITION MOTOR 16 FRONT COVER SWITH
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
Inner Finisher PCA 19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
CN10, TRAVERSE SENSOR 21 STAPLER PCA 5V
1 STAPLER POSITION MID FRONT 5V 22 DGND

2 DGND 23 PUNCH WASTE FULL SENSOR
3 STAPLER POSITION MID FRONT 24 5V
4 STAPLER POSITION MID REAR 5V 25 24V

5 DGND 26 24V
6 STAPLER POSITION MID REAR 27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU

Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
Figure 5-909 Ejector 1 motor and home sensor, ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, and home sensor
EJECTOR1 HOME SENSOR
5V
EJECTOR2 MOTOR EJECTOR1 MOTOR

24V EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR
24V 5V
EJECTOR2 MOTOR
5V SENSOR
Inner Finisher PCA

CN04, EJECTOR
24V 1 EJECTOR2 MOTOR OUT2
2 EJECTOR2 MOTOR OUT1
3 EJECTOR1 MOTOR B
4 EJECTOR1 MOTOR nB
24V 5 EJECTOR1 MOTOR nA
6 EJECTOR1 MOTOR A
7 EJECTOR2 MOTOR SENSOR 5V

8 DGND
5V EJECTOR2 MOTOR SENSOR
9
10 EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR 5V
11 DGND
12 EJECTOR2 HOME SENSOR 5V
13 EJECTOR1 HOME 5V
14 DGND
5V
15 EJECTOR1 HOME

Output tray motor and sensor
Figure 5-910 Output tray motor and sensor
Inner Finisher PCA

CN07, FRONT
24V
EXIT MOTOR B 1
EXIT MOTOR A 2
EXIT MOTOR nB 3
EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5 24V
DGND 6
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11

OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Nb 12
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR Na 13
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14

OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2 16 5V
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Nb 18
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR Na 19
FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20 5V
22 OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR
DGND
FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
DGND 25
PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
DGND 27
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28
SENSOR RECEIVER

Output tray top of stack sensor
Figure 5-911 Output tray top of stack sensor
OUTPUT TRAY
TOP OF STACK SENSOR
5V RECEIVER
OUTPUT TRAY
TOP OF STACK SENSOR
LED
5V
Inner Finisher PCA Inner Finisher PCA
CN02, REAR CN07, FRONT

1 REAR TAMPER MOTOR B EXIT MOTOR B 1
2 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB EXIT MOTOR A 2
3 REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA EXIT MOTOR nB 3
4 REAR TAMPER MOTOR A EXIT MOTOR nA 4
OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 5V 5
5 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V DGND 6
6 DGND OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR SENSOR 7
7 REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR MAIN PADDLE HOME SENSOR 5V 8
DGND 9
8 DGND
9 TOP COVER
10 TOP COVER SWITCH MAIN PADDLE MOTOR B 11
11 MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nB 12
N.C
MAIN PADDLE MOTOR nA 13
12 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED MAIN PADDLE MOTOR A 14
5V 13 OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED
14 EXIT SENSOR 5V OUTPUT TRAY MOTOR OUT2 16
15 DGND
16 EXIT SENSOR FRONT TAMPER MOTOR B 17
17 DGND FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nB 18
18 END FENCE SENSOR FRONT TAMPER MOTOR nA 19
19 END FENCE SENSOR 5V FRONT TAMPER MOTOR A 20
20 PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V DGND 22
21 DGND FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR 23
22 PAPR SUPPORT HOME PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 5V 24
23 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B DGND 25
24 PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB PAPER HOLDING SENSOR 26
DGND 27
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK 28 5V
SENSOR RECEIVER

Top cover switch
Figure 5-912 Top cover switch
TOP COVER SWITCH
5V
Inner Finisher PCA

CN02, REAR
REAR TAMPER MOTOR B 1
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nB 2
REAR TAMPER MOTOR nA 3
REAR TAMPER MOTOR A 4
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 5V 5

DGND 6
REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR 7
DGND 8
TOP COVER 9
10 5V
TOP COVER SWITCH
N.C 11
OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK SENSOR LED 12

OUTPUT TRAY TOP OF STACK LED 13
EXIT SENSOR 5V 14
DGND 15
EXIT SENSOR 16
DGND 17
END FENCE SENSOR 18
END FENCE SENSOR 5V 19
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 5V 20
DGND 21
PAPR SUPPORT HOME 22
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR B 23
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nB 24
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR nA 25
PAPR SUPPORT MOTOR A 26

Front cover switch
Figure 5-913 Front cover switch
5V
FRONT COVER SWITH

Inner Finisher PCA
5 STAPLER LOW
6 STAPLER READY
7 STAPLER HOME
14 DGND
5V
15 FRONT COVER OPEN
17 ENTRANCE MOTOR B
18 ENTRANCE MOTOR A
19 ENTRANCE MOTOR nB
21 STAPLER PCA 5V
22 DGND
24 5V
25 24V
26 24V
27 DGND
28 DGND
29 DGND
30 5V
31 3.3V
32 PUNCH MOTOR SLE
33 PUNCH MOTOR EN
34 PUNCH MOTOR HA
38 DS2 2
39 DS2 1
40 LED5 OU

Glossary
802.11
802.11 is a set of standards for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, developed by the IEEE LAN/MAN
Standards Committee (IEEE 802).
802.11b/g/n
802.11b/g/n can share same hardware and use the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b supports bandwidth up to 11 Mbps, 802.11n
supports bandwidth up to 150 Mbps. 802.11b/g/n devices may occasionally suffer interference from microwave ovens,
cordless telephones, and Bluetooth devices.
Access point
Access Point or Wireless Access Point (AP or WAP) is a device that connects wireless communication devices together on
wireless local area networks (WLAN), and acts as a central transmitter and receiver of WLAN radio signals.
ADF
An document feeder is a scanning unit that will automatically feed an original sheet of paper so that the printer can scan
some amount of the paper at once.
BOOTP
Bootstrap Protocol. A network protocol used by a network client to obtain its IP address automatically. This is usually done
in the bootstrap process of computers or operating systems running on them. The BOOTP servers assign the IP address
from a pool of addresses to each client. BOOTP enables 'diskless workstation' computers to obtain an IP address prior to
loading any advanced operating system.
CCD
Charge Coupled Device (CCD) is a hardware which enables the scan job. CCD Locking mechanism is also used to hold the CCD
module to prevent any damage when you move the printer.
Collation
Collation is a process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collation is selected, the device prints an entire set before
printing additional copies.
Control Panel
A control panel is a flat, typically vertical, area where control or monitoring instruments are displayed. They are typically
found in front of the printer.
Coverage
It is the printing term used for a toner usage measurement on printing. Print cartridge life is approximate, based on average
A4 /Letter-size page count with ISO coverage. Declared cartridge yield value is in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798. Actual
yields vary considerably based on images printed and other factors. For more information, visit www.hp.com/go/
learnaboutsupplies.
Default
The value or setting that is in effect when taking a printer out of its box state, reset, or initialized.
ENWW Glossary 1193

DHCP
A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides configuration
parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information required by the client host to participate on
an IP network. DHCP also provides a mechanism for allocation of IP addresses to client hosts.
DNS
The Domain Name Server (DNS) is a system that stores information associated with domain names in a distributed database
on networks, such as the Internet.
DPI
Dots Per Inch (DPI) is a measurement of resolution that is used for scanning and printing. Generally, higher DPI results in a
higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
Duplex
A mechanism that will automatically turn over a sheet of paper so that the printer can print (or scan) on both sides of the
paper. A printer equipped with a Duplex unit can print on both sides of paper during one print cycle.
Duty Cycle
Duty cycle is the page quantity which does not affect printer performance for a month. Generally the printer has the lifespan
limitation such as pages per year. The lifespan means the average capacity of print-outs, usually within the warranty period.
For example, if the duty cycle is 48,000 pages per month assuming 20 working days, a printer limits 2,400 pages a day.
Ethernet
Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). It defines wiring and signaling
for the physical layer, and frame formats and protocols for the media access control (MAC)/data link layer of the OSI model.
Ethernet is mostly standardized as IEEE 802.3. It has become the most widespread LAN technology in use during the 1990s
to the present.
FDI
Foreign Device Interface (FDI) is a card installed inside the printer to allow a third-party device such as a coin operated device
or a card reader. Those devices allow the pay-for-print service on your printer.
FTP
A File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a commonly used protocol for exchanging files over any network that supports the TCP/IP
protocol (such as the Internet or an intranet).
Fuser Unit
The part of a laser printer that fuses the toner onto the print media. It consists of a heat roller and a pressure roller. After
toner is transferred onto the paper, the fuser unit applies heat and pressure to ensure that the toner stays on the paper
permanently, which is why paper is warm when it comes out of a laser printer.
Grayscale
A shade of gray that represents light and dark portions of an image when color images are converted to grayscale; colors
are represented by various shades of gray.
Halftone
An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly colored areas consist of a large number of
dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots.
Hard Disk Drive (HDD)

A nonvolatile storage device which stores digitally-encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces.
IEEE
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an international non-profit, professional organization for the
advancement of technology related to electricity.
1194 Glossary ENWW

Intranet
A private network that uses Internet Protocols, network connectivity, and possibly the public telecommunication system to
securely share part of an organization's information or operations with its employees. Sometimes the term refers only to
the most visible service, the internal website.
IP address
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique number that devices use in order to identify and communicate with each other
on a network utilizing the Internet Protocol standard.
IPM
The Images Per Minute (IPM) is a way of measuring the speed of a printer. An IPM rate indicates the number of single-sided
sheets a printer can complete within one minute.
IPP
The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing as well as managing print jobs, media size,
resolution, and so forth. IPP can be used locally or over the Internet to hundreds of printers, and also supports access
control, authentication, and encryption, making it a much more capable and secure printing solution than older ones.
ISO
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is an international standard-setting body composed of
representatives from national standards bodies. It produces world-wide industrial and commercial standards.
ITU-T
The International Telecommunication Union is an international organization established to standardize and regulate
international radio and telecommunications. Its main tasks include standardization, allocation of the radio spectrum, and
organizing interconnection arrangements between different countries/regions to allow international phone calls. A -T out of
ITU-T indicates telecommunication.
ITU-T No. 1 chart

Standardized test chart published by ITU-T for document facsimile transmissions.
JBIG
Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group (JBIG) is an image compression standard with no loss of accuracy or quality, which was
designed for compression of binary images.
JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a most commonly used standard method of lossy compression for photographic
images. It is the format used for storing and transmitting photographs on the World Wide Web.
LDAP
The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a networking protocol for querying and modifying directory services
running over TCP/IP.
LED
A Light-Emitting Diode (LED) is a semiconductor device that indicates the status of a printer.
MAC address
Media Access Control (MAC) address is a unique identifier associated with a network adapter. MAC address is a unique 48-bit
identifier usually written as 12 hexadecimal characters grouped in pairs (e. g., 00-00-0c-34-11-4e). This address is usually
hard-coded into a Network Interface Card (NIC) by its manufacturer, and used as an aid for routers trying to locate machines
on large networks.
MFP
Multi Function Peripheral (MFP) is an office printer that includes the following functionality in one physical body, so as to
have a printer, a copier, a scanner and etc.
MMR
Modified Modified READ (MMR) is a compression method recommended by ITUT T.6.
ENWW Glossary 1195

Modem
A device that modulates a carrier signal to encode digital information, and also demodulates such a carrier signal to decode
transmitted information.
MR
Modified Read (MR) is a compression method recommended by ITU-T T.4. MR encodes the first scanned line using MH. The
next line is compared to the first, the differences determined, and then the differences are encoded and transmitted.
OPC
Organic Photo Conductor (OPC) is a mechanism that makes a virtual image for print using a laser beam emitted from a laser
printer, and it is usually green or rust colored and has a cylinder shape.
An imaging unit containing a drum slowly wears the drum surface by its usage in the printer, and it should be replaced
appropriately since it gets worn from contact with the cartridge development brush, cleaning mechanism, and paper.
OPE unit
See Control Panel.
Originals
The first example of something, such as a document, photograph or text, etc, which is copied, reproduced or translated to
produce others, but which is not itself copied or derived from something else.
OSI
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) is a model developed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) for
communications. OSI offers a standard, modular approach to network design that divides the required set of complex
functions into manageable, self-contained, functional layers. The layers are, from top to bottom, Application, Presentation,
Session, Transport, Network, Data Link and Physical.
PCL
Printer Command Language (PCL) is a Page Description Language (PDL) developed by HP as a printer protocol and has
become an industry standard. Originally developed for early inkjet printers, PCL has been released in varying levels for
thermal, dot matrix printer, and laser printers.
PDF
Portable Document Format (PDF) is a proprietary file format developed by Adobe Systems for representing two dimensional
documents in a device independent and resolution independent format.
PostScript
PostScript (PS) is a page description language and programming language used primarily in the electronic and desktop
publishing areas. - that is run in an interpreter to generate an image.
PPM
Pages Per Minute (PPM) is a method of measurement for determining how fast a printer works, meaning the number of
pages a printer can produce in one minute.
Print Media
The media like paper, labels, and transparencies which can be used in a printer, a scanner, or a copier.
Printer Driver
A program used to send commands and transfer data from the computer to the printer.
PRN file
An interface for a device driver, this allows software to interact with the device driver using standard input/output system
calls, which simplifies many tasks.
Protocol
A convention or standard that controls or enables the connection, communication, and data transfer between two
computing endpoints.
1196 Glossary ENWW

PS
See PostScript.
Resolution
The sharpness of an image, measured in Dots Per Inch (DPI). The higher the dpi, the greater the resolution.
SMB
Server Message Block (SMB) is a network protocol mainly applied to share files, printers, serial ports, and miscellaneous
communications between nodes on a network. It also provides an authenticated Inter-process communication mechanism.
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard for e-mail transmissions across the Internet. SMTP is a relatively
simple, text-based protocol, where one or more recipients of a message are specified, and then the message text is
transferred. It is a client-server protocol, where the client transmits an email message to the server.
TCP/IP
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP); the set of communications protocols that implement
the protocol stack on which the Internet and most commercial networks run.
TCR
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP); the set of communications protocols that implement
the protocol stack on which the Internet and most commercial networks run.
TIFF
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) is a variable-resolution bitmapped image format. TIFF describes image data that typically
come from scanners. TIFF images make use of tags, keywords defining the characteristics of the image that is included in
the file. This flexible and platform-independent format can be used for pictures that have been made by various image
processing applications.
Toner Cartridge
A kind of bottle or container used in a printer like a printer which contains toner. Toner is a powder used in laser printers and
photocopiers, which forms the text and images on the printed paper. Toner can be fused by a combination of heat/pressure
from the fuser, causing it to bind to the fibers in the paper.
TWAIN
An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN-compliant scanner with a TWAIN-compliant program, a
scan can be initiated from within the program. It is an image capture API for Microsoft Windows and Apple Mac operating
systems.
URL
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the global address of documents and resources on the Internet. The first part of the
address indicates what protocol to use, the second part specifies the IP address or the domain name where the resource is
located.
USB
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to connect computers
and peripherals. Unlike the parallel port, USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer USB port to multiple
peripherals.
Watermark
A watermark is a recognizable image or pattern in paper that appears lighter when viewed by transmitted light. Watermarks
were first introduced in Bologna, Italy in 1282; they have been used by papermakers to identify their product, and also on
postage stamps, currency, and other government documents to discourage counterfeiting.
WPS
The Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) is a standard for establishing a wireless home network. If your wireless access point
supports WPS, you can configure the wireless network connection easily without a computer.
ENWW Glossary 1197

XPS
XML Paper Specification (XPS) is a specification for a Page Description Language (PDL) and a new document format, which
has benefits for portable document and electronic document, developed by Microsoft. It is an XML-based specification,
based on a new print path and a vector-based device-independent document format.
1198 Glossary ENWW

Index
A document feeder exit sensor dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup units
after-service checklist 108, 509 removing and replacing 252 removing and replacing 294
auto size sensor document feeder friction pad dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear cover
removing and replacing 187 removing and replacing 140 removing and replacing 286
document feeder front cover dual cassette feeder (DCF) right door
C removing and replacing 234 removing and replacing 284
cautions v document feeder length sensor duplex sensor
Channel partners support removing and replacing 255 removing and replacing 197
HP Channel Services Network document feeder main frame parts
(CSN) 104, 300 parts lists and diagrams 328 E
checklists document feeder motor ejector unit
after-service 108, 509 removing and replacing 245 inner finisher 498
preservice 107, 509 document feeder open cover electrostatic discharge (ESD) 106,
control panel parts removing and replacing 237 509, 511
parts lists and diagrams 320 document feeder parts end fence unit
conventions, document v parts lists and diagrams 326 inner finisher 493
covers document feeder pickup roller entrance unit
parts lists and diagrams 314 assembly inner finisher 478
removing and replacing 138 ESD (electrostatic discharge)
D document feeder rear cover precaution during parts removal
developer fan removing and replacing 234 106
removing and replacing 166 document feeder registration sensor ESD electrostatic discharge (ESD)
developer unit removing and replacing 243 509, 511
removing and replacing 120 document feeder solenoid exit parts
diverter unit removing and replacing 245 parts lists and diagrams 304
inner finisher 479 document feeder stacker exit unit
document conventions v removing and replacing 239 inner finisher 482
document feeder document feeder upper parts removing and replacing 189
removing and replacing 232 parts lists and diagrams 326
document feeder board document feeder width sensor F
removing and replacing 241 removing and replacing 255 feed sensor
document feeder clutch document revisions iii removing and replacing 215
removing and replacing 245 dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed motor feed unit and sensor
document feeder cover sensor removing and replacing 290 removing and replacing 217
removing and replacing 243 dual cassette feeder (DCF) main board firmware, downloading new 352
document feeder detect sensor removing and replacing 288 first pickup parts
removing and replacing 243 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup parts lists and diagrams 308
document feeder exit idle sensor motor front and rear frame parts
removing and replacing 250 removing and replacing 292 parts lists and diagrams 310
ENWW Index 1199

front door open switch left cover (c7) 546 stapler position motor (M1) 909
removing and replacing 229 main paddle 716 stapler position sensor (s2) 893
fuser drive board main paddle assembly 731 stapler unit 495
removing and replacing 170 main paddle home sensor 721 sub paddle unit 741
fuser exit drive main paddle motor (m3) 726 system 465
parts lists and diagrams 312 middle cover (c3) 535 tamper unit 490
fuser exit drive unit motors and solenoids 470 top cover (c2) 540
removing and replacing 172 output tray 1023 views 459
fuser out sensor output tray and paper holding work flow 466
removing and replacing 194 unit 502, 507 interpret control-panel messages and
fuser unit output tray lower limit switch event log entries 1175
removing and replacing 129 (s7) 1044
output tray motor 1085 L
H output tray motor assembly laser scanner unit (LSU)
hard disk drive (HDD) (m4) 1058 removing and replacing 146
removing and replacing 281 output tray motor sensor (s6) left cover
history, revisions iii 1071 removing and replacing 142
HP Channel Services Network (CSN) output tray top of stack sensor
Channel partners support 104, (s8) 1032 M
300 paddle unit 487, 715 main board
HVPS board paper holding 1099 removing and replacing 159
removing and replacing 152 paper holding sensor (S9) 1114 main drive unit
paper holding solenoid (sl1) removing and replacing 174
I 1131 main engine parts
image scanner Paper holding unit 1098 parts lists and diagrams 306
removing and replacing 257 paper support home sensor main parts
inner finisher (s12) 661 parts lists and diagrams 302
covers 528 paper support motor (m8) 689 motors and solenoids
diverter unit 479 paper support unit 485 inner finisher 470
ejector and paper support PCA 474 MP right cover parts
assembly 923 pca cover (c6) 544 parts lists and diagrams 316
ejector assembly (include end punch (optional) 475 MP solenoid
fence, s10/ s16) 977 punch cover 1157 removing and replacing 206
ejector motor assembly (S11/ M6/ punch unit 1156 MP Tray 1 parts
M7) 948 punch waste full sensor (S19) parts lists and diagrams 318
ejector unit 498 1163 MP unit
end fence sensor (s17) 1008 rear cover (c8) 532 removing and replacing 199
end fence unit 493, 1007 rear paper support 634
entrance motor (m10) 566 rear tamper 816 N
entrance sensor (s1) 559 rear Tamper home sensor (s14) notes v
entrance unit 478 839
exit motor (m2) 591 rear tamper motor (m5) 862 O
exit roller(r3) 596 remove and replace 511 OPC drum unit
exit sensor (s21) 579 rollers 473 removing and replacing 115
exit unit 482 schematics 1176 OPE unit
front cover (c1) 529 sensors 467 removing and replacing 155
front paper support 606 specifications 460 OPE unit parts
front tamper home sensor (s5) specifications and descriptions parts lists and diagrams 320
769 458 ordering 510
front tamper motor (m9) 792 stapler 886 output tray and paper holding unit
inner finisher 502, 507
1200 Index ENWW

P MP right cover parts 316 document feeder motor 245
paddle unit MP Tray 1 parts 318 document feeder open cover 237
inner finisher 487 OPE unit parts 320 document feeder pickup roller
paper dust stick scanner lower parts 324 assembly 138
removing and replacing 113 scanner parts 322 document feeder rear cover 234
paper support unit scanner upper parts 322 document feeder registration
inner finisher 485 PCA sensor 243
parts inner finisher 474 document feeder solenoid 245
screws 107 pickup drive unit document feeder stacker 239
parts and accessories 510 removing and replacing 176 document feeder width sensor
parts and diagrams pickup unit 255
covers (inner finisher) 513 removing and replacing 210 dual cassette feeder (DCF) feed
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main pickup unit empty sensor motor 290
frame pickup 1 parts 332 removing and replacing 213 dual cassette feeder (DCF) main
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main pickup unit level sensor board 288
frame pickup parts 334 removing and replacing 213 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main pliers, required 107 motor 292
frame pickup, upper parts 336 post-service tests 108, 510 dual cassette feeder (DCF) pickup
Dual cassette feeder (DCF) main preservice checklist 107, 509 units 294
parts 330 print quality dual cassette feeder (DCF) rear
dual cassette feeder (DCF) parts test 108, 510 cover 286
330 punch (optional) dual cassette feeder (DCF) right
ejector unit (inner finisher) 525 inner finisher 475 door 284
inner finisher 511 duplex sensor 197
main (inner finisher) 511 R exit unit 189
main paddle unit, entrance unit, rear upper and lower covers feed sensor 215
exit unit, paper holding unit, and removing and replacing 144 feed unit and sensor 217
output tray unit (inner finisher) registration unit and sensor front door open switch 229
515 removing and replacing 220 fuser drive board 170
paper support unit (inner remove and replace fuser exit drive unit 172
finisher) 517 inner finisher 511 fuser out sensor 194
stapler assembly, entrance unit removing and replacing fuser unit 129
(inner finisher) 523 auto size sensor 187 hard disk drive (HDD) 281
stapler unit, end fence unit (inner developer fan 166 HVPS board 152
finisher) 521 developer unit 120 image scanner 257
tamper unit (inner finisher) 519 document feeder 232 laser scanner unit (LSU) 146
parts lists and diagrams 299 document feeder board 241 left cover 142
control panel parts 320 document feeder clutch 245 main board 159
covers 314 document feeder cover sensor main drive unit 174
document feeder main frame 243 MP solenoid 206
parts 328 document feeder detect sensor MP unit 199
document feeder parts 326 243 OPC drum unit 115
document feeder upper parts document feeder exit idle sensor OPE unit 155
326 250 paper dust stick 113
exit parts 304 document feeder exit sensor 252 pickup drive unit 176
first pickup parts 308 document feeder friction pad pickup unit 210
front and rear frame parts 310 140 pickup unit empty sensor 213
fuser exit drive 312 document feeder front cover 234 pickup unit level sensor 213
main engine parts 306 document feeder length sensor rear upper and lower covers 144
main parts 302 255 registration unit and sensor 220
ENWW Index 1201

scanner APS sensor 278 scanner upper parts side unit
scanner glass 264 parts lists and diagrams 322 removing and replacing 191
scanner imaging unit 273 schematics SMPS board
scanner joint board 276 ejector 1 motor and home sensor, removing and replacing 168
scanner LED lamp module 271 ejector 2 motor, motor sensor, specifications
side cover open switch 227 and home sensor (inner inner finisher 460
side unit 191 finisher) 1187 specifications and descriptions
SMPS board 168 end fence sensor (inner finisher) inner finisher 458
temperature sensor 149 1185 stapler unit
toner cartridge 109 entrance motor (inner finisher) inner finisher 495
toner collection unit 111 1179 static precautions 106
toner collection unit (TCU) exit motor, main paddle motor & static, precautions for 509, 511
sensor 184 home sensor, output tray lower supplies 510
toner duct 182 limit switch, and paper holding system
toner duct drive unit 178 solenoid (inner finisher) 1181 inner finisher 465
toner supply drive unit 180 exit sensor (inner finisher) 1180
transfer roller 132 front cover switch (inner finisher) T
Tray 1 rollers 136 1191 tamper unit
Trays 2–5 rollers 134 front tamper motor and home inner finisher 490
removing parts sensor (inner finisher) 1183 temperature sensor
cautions for 106 output tray motor and sensor removing and replacing 149
checklists 107, 509 (inner finisher) 1188 tests
tools, required 107 output tray top of stack sensor post-service 108, 510
replacing (inner finisher) 1189 print-quality 108, 510
parts 106 paper support motor and home tips v
replacing the main SVC part sensor (inner finisher) 1182 toner cartridge
right door dampener and lever punch waste box sensor and removing and replacing 109
kit 161 finisher docking sensor (inner toner collection unit
revision history, document iii finisher) 1178 removing and replacing 111
right door dampener and lever kit punch waste full sensor (inner toner collection unit (TCU) sensor
161 finisher) 1177 removing and replacing 184
rollers rear tamper motor and home toner duct
inner finisher 473 sensor (inner finisher) 1184 removing and replacing 182
stapler position motor and sensor toner duct drive unit
S (inner finisher) 1186 removing and replacing 178
scanner APS sensor top cover switch (inner finisher) toner supply drive unit
removing and replacing 278 1190 removing and replacing 180
scanner glass screwdrivers, required 107 tools, required 107
removing and replacing 264 screws transfer roller
scanner imaging unit replacing 106 removing and replacing 132
removing and replacing 273 sensors Tray 1 rollers
scanner joint board inner finisher 467 removing and replacing 136
removing and replacing 276 service Trays 2–5 rollers
scanner LED lamp module tools, required 107 removing and replacing 134
removing and replacing 271 service and support information
scanner lower parts WISE and CSN 104, 300 U
parts lists and diagrams 324 service approach 509 upgrade firmware 353
scanner parts side cover open switch upgrades, downloading product
parts lists and diagrams 322 removing and replacing 227 firmware 352
1202 Index ENWW

V
views
inner finisher 459
W
warnings v
Web-based Interactive Search Engine
WISE 104, 300
WISE
Web-based Interactive Search
Engine 104, 300
work flow
inner finisher 466
ENWW Index 1203

1204 Index ENWW

Laserjet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Laserjet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Laserjet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630 Series Printer

© Copyright 2018 HP Development Company, Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP, and

The information contained herein is subject to

The only warranties for HP products and

Table -1 Revision history

Revision number Revision date Revision notes

4.0 June/2019 Updated all inner finisher content. See Inner

Updated developer unit remove and replace

Added right door dampener kit remove and

1.0 April/2018 HP LaserJet MFP M72625, M72630

Service manual initial release

NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.

1 Product specifications and features ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

2 Removal and replacement ................................................................................................................................................................. 101

3 Parts and diagrams .............................................................................................................................................................................. 299

5 Inner finisher ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 457

Glossary ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1193

Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1199

– M72625dn: Up to 25 ppm on A4 or Letter

– M72630dn: Up to 30 ppm on A4 or Letter

– 45 ipm mono on A4 or Letter

– Dual core 1 GHz

● 7-inch color LCD touchscreen control panel

– 320 GB hard disk drive

– 802.11 b/g/n + NFC-A wireless module

2 Chapter 1 Product specifications and features ENWW

Processor CPU 1 GHz (Chorus4N Dual Core)

Image processor Embedded in Chorus4N

Memory Standard 1.5 GB

Maximum 1.5 GB (optional memory N/A)

Storage Optional 320 GB hard disk drive (HDD)

Interface USB (device) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 2.0)

USB (host) Yes (Hi-Speed USB 2.0)

Wired LAN Standard (Ethernet 10/10/1G Base TX)

Wireless LAN Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n + NFC Active

NFC Optional (IEEE 802.11b/g/n + NFC Active

Warm-up time From power off Less than 25 seconds

From sleep Less than 23 seconds

Power consumption Ready Less than 100 Wh

Normal operation ● M72625: Less than 550 Wh

● M72630: Less than 590 Wh

Max/Peak Less than 1.750 Wh

Sleep Less than 1.5 W

Power off Less than 0 W

TEC ● M72625: Less than 1,700 Wh

● M72630: Less than 2,270 Wh

Default sleep delay time 2 minutes (low power = 1 minute; power

Maximum sleep delay time 60 minutes (low power = 30 minutes; power

Power requirement ● Input voltage (Europe): AC 220–240 V

● Input voltage (USA): AC 110–127 V (–

● Input voltage (Korea): AC 220–240 V (–

● Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz

● M72630: Less than 51 dBA

Copying ● M72625: Less than 53 dBA

● M72630: Less than 55 dBA

Standby Less than 30 dBA

Sleep Less than 27 dBA

Weight Whole unit, including supplies ● M72625: 58.30 kg (128.53 lb)